Home

Bunn 3 Coffeemaker User Manual

1. D 2 E Telefe mri T SUPPLIED h h h ON 1 QUAD 01 UNITS 6 r tle el e 22606 831 e 32 7 CERES Ter 3 8 SIEMENS 6RA70 acy Fig X300 9 D 15 E 339 13 4 0 6 en NOTE IMPORTANT ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS 4 OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE OR CABLE ENTRY EXIT AND BENDING REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 100 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Dimensions mm inches 326 12 8 NOTE IMPORTANT ALLO
2. oO 220222000 2 2 2 fe OAL garn L8 SITISITISITIS FUSE NOT SUPPLIED ON m 1 QUAD UNITS 2 P 7917976 ere I 1951129 ___ 638 vm SIEMENS 6RA70 613 24 1 Ao rig X300 UA 15 Amp 9 le 265 10 4 0 4 45 238 9 4 30 Amp 0 6 9 4 339 18 4 i 268 10 6 NOTE IMPORTANT ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS 4 OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE OR CABLE ENTRY EXIT AND BENDING REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 15 30 AMP BASE DRIVE PANELS 1 amp 4Q 6 2 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Dimensions mm inches TERMINALS 80 92 POWER TERMINALS MOUNTING HOLES FOR 8 L1 L2 L3 A1 2 GND 3127 SCREWS 4 PLACES Bu
3. f JD 2 oo je 22 222222 22 2 Stele 2 e ems KL HO lel E 4 FUSE NOT SUPPLIED ON 1 QUAD UNITS 91191 6 ela eje elle of 734 28 9 e o o o 709 27 9 SIEMENS 6RA70 000 xs xj 339 13 4 0 6 238 9 4 4 268 10 6 NOTE IMPORTANT ALLOW LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS 4 OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE OR CABLE ENTRY EXIT AND BENDING REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 60 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q Siemens Energy amp Automation 6 3 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Dimensions mm inches TERMINALS 80 92 POWER TERMINALS MOUNTING HOLES FOR M8 L1 L2 L3 A1 2 GND 312 SCREWS 4 PLACES
4. 0 50 SCREWS 6 PLACES GROUND TERMINAL 3 1 12 L3 o DO oO TERMINALS pru E y 80 102 os 965 Jals 38 0 488 HE SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES AM 2cTR ARE LOCATED INSIDE THE ae 0 Tere oo POWER MODULE PM 1981 l 78 0 ____ m 1 1 101 i bo og 965 38 0 goa Boe M 25 767 30 2 gt lt 23 0 9 1 0 813 32 0 gt NOTE FROM THE BACK OF THE MOUNTING PANELTO THE TOP OF THE POWER MODULE TALLEST COMPONENT 629 24 8 1180 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q Siemens Energy amp Automation 6 11 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Dimensions mm inches MOUNTING SLOTS FOR M12 0 50 SCREWS 6 PLACES gt r4 O L3 os B h 965 55 BEBE 38 0 8 e 1CTR PM 2 A 2CTR Be A 09 SISSIN 1981 0 5 78 0 10 3CTR SSES 101 0 s 00 965 ES 38 0 MREC zos J L L M2 M1 R v A 767 30 2
5. ms 9v INVHOVIG 32018 3 3 1dWOO 920V0 0071XH9 TVNNVIN 9NILVH3dO OL H3433H ST1IV LAG TIV MOHS LON S3OQ 52018 QaldridiWis uba 21907 10008 21901 00008 JON3H333H C va YOLOANIG indino 0 9 0 lt HOLO3NIS Andino INTIVA HOLO3NIS 4 9 LNdLNO 0 HOLO3NIG Al V LAdLNO uo SYOLOATAS YOLOANIG mae 0 540199198 YOLOANIA ES 0 111058 Ae x NIW ra 0 YALT uaria 9600L 968 X 96V 0 HOLIMS 9 NOILONNA WW LNd LNO 40199713S g YOLOSNNOO NOILON 3fTIVA QN3931 5 YALSVIN Od 02789 091 8000 06 20007 09 9000 08 S000 002 70004 001 20007 26002 20007 00 0007 0 00007 SHOLO3NIS 6 5 Q3NDISSV 3Hd HOLO3NIS N ANIWA 21907 HO 1O3NIS H3SININ HOLO3NNOO ES ANTVA 5 HOLO3NNOO A Hal3lvsvd
6. ANALOG 4 Analog Outputs RESOULTION 11 BITS O to 10 Volts 2mA MAX CONNECTION TO CUD1 PARALLEL CONVERTER INTERFACE SERIAL INTERFACE 3 RS485 X162 TX RS485 TX RS485 RX TX RS485 RX TX RS485 RELAY 3 SELECT OUTPUT 3 LI SELECT OUTPUT 4 1 RELAY 4 J OUTPUT TYPICAL 24 VDC 100 ma MAX ANALOG OUTPUTS X164 ANALOG 3 v Siemens Energy 4 Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Terminal Locations CUD2 99999999 9999999999 9999999999 99999 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions C98043 A7006 7 19 7 4 Description of Power Control Terminals The Base Drive Panel might sustain serious or irreparable damage if connected incorrectly The power cables and or busbars must be secured mechanically outside the converter in order to provide proper stress relief at the terminals Base Drive Panels are complete drive assemblies that include all semiconductor type fuses main contactor and a control transformer ready to be connected and operated All external connections to Base Drive Panels including power connections are made with compression type terminals on the drive The user is responsible for installation of the motor SIMOREG Base Drive Panel transformer and other devices in accordance with the National Electric Code and other applicable lo
7. 3ONVISIS3H JHOLlVWHV 3HOLVINHV NOLLOAYIG SNOYOL ONINNG ATNO 3ALLOV 0 4091 0 ge WATIOHINOO lOHLNOO a33dS WO 4 1404138 0 30819 0 8514 199 17 39974 Ny dy 1 INTIVA TWNLOW 1 3n 1v 39V L10A IN va via 2018 Gal4ldWIS NO NMOHS LON 318VIVAV TIY X90018 5 YALSVIN 02799 11 5 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Siemens Energy amp Automation Sheet 5 and Field Current Control 318VN3 L J szd YOLOW GALVY IHL OL SQNOdSHHHOO 00 lt gt SOLLSIH3 LOVHVHO eun Aejaq 801 47952 2 80d 0334 ASVLIOA ANN 0 tzioa q qasoTo SHOLOVINOO 0 3ONVISIS3H 91915 1 81 41524 QH 18VSIQ Sas1nd 31V9 N3HM O3Z OL 13S SI LNIOdL3S 0 8 2693 v0 20 0 194 51 4145 1N3YYN90 91913 TWNOILIGGV ANSYYND TusaNvis
8. 2018 NO NMOHS LON SNOLLONRQ 3 18V1IVAV 71 2018 YALSVIN 02799 Siemens Energy 4 Automation 11 10 Operating Instructions SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Sheet 10 Control Word 1 12034 HINES I 8 00001 70 0 eue PHO PHO 1221 1221 22 Lez 2 eZ 1urodjes 0 uogounj dwey ze yesq o3uoo 19109 0 9 19 a 17 99294 pezuojoui 1 vl ud oe 0797294 p z ozo eseaJouj SSN se pejdeooe sseooJd ay jeu eunsue y 99 JO 264151 jes eq snu 0 18 3 q 0 8 9d uonejo jo 0
9. uueje ON 0 lo quoo Z ON 0 Z auo ON 0 lo quoo 12085 EL CEM ong el e tcf 4 e vas 4 94 eef 84 of peedsie o ON 0 6 SeuBiig jeeus ejeds ejeds 2 smas 2018 1 NO NMOHS LON TIY NVYSVIC 2018 qaatiridWis YALSVIN 02789 Siemens Energy 4 Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel 11 14 Operating Instructions Sheet 14 Signals ee 8L Z snyers IER TA peedsieAQ z i 291 5664 860 sod 6 661 0 0 8204 Jne4 0021 4 0 021 3 L8 d 38 4 peeds 440 66 661 000 0650 3 L d 440 Burouenbes L prom snjejs 0 julodjas peeds annisog 66 711 3 8 021 v6Sd ies u
10. ul e e 4 e ON IQ 6 8 raaf sef ef 4 of E 169d 0 9 94 sila jonuoo NO NMOHS LON SNOILONNA INVH9VIQ 512018 314 1 5 YALSVIN 02799 JOU 69d 01 9 94 SHA jojuoo jo 6 lt gt 6 UUM Z PIOM OHUOD Siemens Energy amp Automation 11 12 Operating Instructions SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Sheet 12 Status Word 1 Aejdsip uo 2991 paom jo Aeidsiq peeds 0 peeds eAnisog K sieubis Joays Woy jou 10jejeueB 0 JoyejeueB z Buisseooud julodjas Jojoejuoo eziBJeue oj jou 0 1 2 ezifueue Burouenbes si ON 0 _____6 55 00 9 jou julodjas 0 juiodjes uosedwop 4 s
11. 13S ASVNIS NOIL NN LYVd NES g d LO XXXd Jequunu Jayewesed y 0 1 senjeA pue ujoq pasn YILINYAYd 215 xxx 1 H3LSWV HVd 3 YIVA 1 AHOLOVA 140 H qui vog HO3L d 1 ONILLAS 0158 0 SH3ldWvHvd Siemens Energy amp Automation Operating Instructions SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Sheet 2 Speed Setpoint System x4 at 0 reed D 9124 0 c 4 5 ANIOdLAS 0 55 4 xl 3 C sio T P af J 0 4 S 9d 07 La EE 30438 440 NO ALINY lOd ANIOdL3S 5 0 05 44 007001 8 0 007001 AWIL 5 2 lt 1 D 32 LAND kano Sindino SNI1VOS LNIOd13S M 318V19313S 80 L0 SIX c a DL L 4 oma 0 L pom H 2701 9181 pom uuo GNVAWOO 3 40 NO 80 10 17011 j03u0
12. 1 jo UONDaJIP ejqeu3 cb va L 4294 pelgesip uonejoJ jo SANISOG 0 jo eAnisod ejqeu3 amisi lt gt aging USF 80 V 8129d peijsenbeij jo guoo ON 0 lt gt OL vd z Buryouj 61g 8 0 8 699d Buryoul 1 8 8 ar 0 8 8994 lt 0 119 0 9994 Us a hoa V 70994 ajqesiq 0 ejqeua 918 dojs uonounj duies 0 yes 1 uonouny dwey Sg 34 le V 8 v99d 1 2 V 8 99 0 0 0 uonounj duie1 9 algesip asind 0 ses nd ejqeue ajqeug 1g V 9994 avna zz uonipuoo dois 186 2440 0 zug sjseoo ejqesip esind 2440 0 yug 9 a 1 6 1 9 V 9 859 3015 1sv4 58 V 29 ek md V q 959d Hie 00 875594 3015 15709 09108 e dsip jueuuBes uo 0694
13. jo nuoo ejdsiq 1 exyeJq oj 42 1444444 pJOM aval el of ul al ol vf sif peio3uoo eBpe uonipuoo e qesip esind Aq ei uvopinus 44050 340 Buluesy ON M 6 l e ere yq 10 0 Hq 196 ge pue JOU GL9d 01 998 SHA jo jndu 6 lt gt ueuw 9 98 O 99 SHA jo 6 40018 4 NMOHS LON 38V SNOILONN 318VTIVAV 71 INVH9VIQ X90718 Gala Id WIS YALSVIN 02799 NO ONIHONI M 440 NO e vNINH3L zz 3015 LYV LS IVINHON 0005 11 11 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Sheet 11 Control Word 2 2 WEY yoeq yoaYo 10 2ejuoo be va V 8 L69d 2 80000 0 218 091g 109 98 195 091g 199 8S 0 oe Wa 2568 0 0694 0 09 4 2
14. oN wege 0 6z 18 1 8 6894 oN 1 3 0 8z ae L 889 wieje 6 50000 70 5 1 peeds 1 0 2238 0 8 289 0 09 4 Z ynej jeu19 X3 0 gz md V 8 9894 ve peeds 19945 2203 p jqes p 0 peeds ejqeu3 59238 86 D 99899 Z jeuJejx3 re ET 3 peeds 1eeus 8 0000 1 0 dooup 0 dooup peeds ejqeu3 vei _ _ k EE V 8 v89d sug zo o9 d ads ez ards cc Wa ZO OEPd HLIM PHO ez Julodjes Z 18196 0 8 L89d 10 0 PHO ez Julodjes pexi4 12995 0 julodjas 1 oz Hd 8 0 ards 6 19 ads 8 19 195 uonounj 2996 1 19 uo 1991 2 paom jo Aejdsiq 0 195 9Lig LEES lt 12007 2
15. t Alarm message from free function block FB8 active in all operating states The binector connected via parameter 0106 Index 001 is the log 1 state Alarm message from free function block FB9 active in all operating states The binector connected via parameter U107 Index 001 is in the log 1 state Drive blocked active in operating states of 1 Il The monitoring function responds if the following conditions are fulfilled for longer than the time set in parameter P355 Positive or negative torque or armature current limit reached Armature current is greater than 1 of converter rated armature DC current actual speed value is less than 0 4 of maximum speed No armature current can flow active in operating states of Il This monitoring function responds if the armature firing angle is at the rectifier stability limit for more than 500 ms and the armature current is less than 196 of the converter rated armature DC current A037 motor monitor has responded active in operating states of 1 Il The alarm is activated when the calculated 12t value of the motor reaches the value which corresponds to the final temperature at 10096 of permissible continuous motor current 7 P113 P100 A038 Overspeed active in operating states of I II The monitoring function responds if the actual speed value selected in P595 exceeds the positive P512 or negativ
16. P307 Ramp up time 2 0 00 to 650 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 10 00 P051 40 6136 0 015 02 Online P308 Ramp down time 2 0 00 to 650 00 Ind 4 52 3 FDS s FS 10 00 P051 40 6136 0 015 02 Online P309 Lower transition rounding 2 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 0 00 P051 40 6136 0 015 02 Online P310 Upper transition rounding 2 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 0 00 P051 40 6136 0 015 02 Online Ramp function generator parameter set 3 see also parameter P330 Ramp function generator parameter set 3 is selected via the binector parameterized in P638 P311 Ramp up time 3 0 00 to 650 00 Ind 4 052 3 205 5 FS 10 00 P051 40 G136 0 015 2 Online 10 40 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions actual speed value K0179 value is filtered by PT1 in P200 other filters may also be active setting may not be used in conjunction with P205 0 During a Shutdown process the limitation at the ramp function generator output is not effective P318 must be set to 1 or 2 to prevent any temporary excess speed during Shutdown when the generator output is limited Ind 4 052 3 FS 0 00 P051 40 Type 02 Online P319 Delay time for enabling ramp function generator SW 1 5 and later 0 00 to 10 00 FDS s G136
17. 2 on line P567 Number of current peaks for frequency response recording 100 to 1000 Ind None 052 3 SW 1 9 and later 1 FS 300 051 40 Type O2 on line While the frequency response is being recorded an average over the number of current peaks set here is calculated for each measuring frequency High values improve the result but extend the measuring time When P567 1000 the frequency response recording takes about 9 minutes SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 57 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 32 Field reversal see also Section 9 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD P580 Source for selection of Direction of rotation reversal using field All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 reversal 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS mS Type L2 Offline Selection of binector to control the Direction of rotation reversal using field reversal function G200 0 binector 80000 1 binector B0001 etc Signal 0 Positive field direction is selected B0260 1 B0261 0 actual speed value is not inverted Signal 1 Negative field direction is selected B0260 0 B0261 1 actual speed value is inverted P581 Source for selection of Braking with field reversal All binector numbers Ind 2 52 3 7 EA 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS Selection of binector
18. P654 Source for control word 1 bitO All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 1 FS 1 051 40 BDS O OFF1 1 ANDed with terminal 37 Type L2 Offline G130 P655 1st source for control word 1 bit1 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 Sa ane 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS 0 2 ANDed with 27 and 3 sources for Type L2 Offline G180 P656 2nd source for control word 1 bit1 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 rd 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS 0 2 ANDed with 1 and 3 sources for bit1 Type L2 Offline G180 P657 3rd source for control word 1 bit1 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 j nd 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS 0 2 ANDed with 17 and 2 sources for Type L2 Offline G180 P658 1st source for control word 1 bit2 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 i es Si rd 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS 0 stop ANDed with 2 and 3 sources for bit2 Type L2 Offline G180 P659 2nd source for control word 1 bit2 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 en rd 1 FS 1 051 40 BDS 0 stop ANDed with 1 and 3 sources for bit2 Type L2 Offline G180 P660 3rd source for control word 1 bit2 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 rere nd 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS 0 stop ANDed with 1 and 2 sources for bit2 Type L2 Offline G180 P661 Source for control word 1 bit3 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40
19. Type 02 Offline controller G152 1 Controller component is active The component is stopped when a torque or current limit is reached 2 Controller component is active The component is stopped when a torque limit is reached 3 Controller component is active The component is stopped only when 199 99 is reached P225 Speed controller P gain 0 10 to 200 00 Ind 4 P052 3 0 01 FS 3 00 P051 40 FDS ea setting values for Speed controller adaptation function P550 to Type O2 Online P559 G151 This parameter is set automatically during the speed controller optimization run 51 26 P226 Speed controller reset time 0 010 to 10 000 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS EAD s FS 0 650 051 40 6151 This parameter is set automatically during the speed controller optimization 9 0015 Type 02 Online P227 Speed controller droop 0 0 to 10 0 Ind 4 P052 3 MS 96 FS 0 0 P051 40 FDS A 10 speed droop setting causes a 10 deviation in the speed from the 0 1 Type 02 Online setpoint at a 100 controller output 100 torque or armature current 6151 setpoint softening of closed loop control See also P562 P563 P630 and P684 P228 Filter time for speed setpoint 0 to 10000 Ind 4 P052 3 ms FS 0 P051 40 FDS Filtering of setpoint by means of a PT1 element 1ms Type O2 Online This parameter is automatically set to the same value as the speed G152 controller reset time during the speed control
20. cvod c 0 JZcvd 0 4 i 90 Lv01 YO v04 40 90 0 0 v0J V0 v04 SAETASIC 201090000 7 OL 907 33S OSIY lt 91707 lt s0v0y lt lt lt VHOX 4 lt 0Tv0 lt Elroy lt 0 0 lt AA _____ lt LOTO 00 50 00 4 0 0 JYZLvd 009 4 LOvd 49226 01 89 7 66 661 01 66 66 oBuei Bunjes pex 211 39S 2 195 195 eyep ooig do9 ccc 110 10 2504 z Jequinu Jes ejep ooig eAnoe 890 Jojoeuuoo pue J0joeuiq Z 4 yes Aq 941 771 5 eoinos 5 yes gyep dop vv 70 2 0 5504 i yes ejep eAnoe 9901 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Jequunu 2
21. 9 GL PIOM EL ZL LL OL 6 PJOM 8 4 POM 9 7 9 PIOM SSN JO sng 0 LI Ws us pJoM 7 PIOM X XW 8 4XL XH sid 9 9L 01 L00L8J V PION SSN sseo0ld pJoM pJOM 01 enjeA Weed 2018 qaradridWis NO NMOHS LON TIY 4 4 02018 67018 810181 0 81 z 393 SSN 9594 X90718 5 YALSVIN 02789 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Sheet 7 USS Interface 2 X172 5 9L SL VL
22. Global network of innovation Converter software version As these Operating Instructions went to print SIMOREG 6RA70 DC Master converters were being delivered from the factory with software version 2 2 installed These Operating Instructions also apply to other software versions Earlier software versions Some parameters described in this document might not be available in the software i e the corresponding functionality is not available on the converter or some parameters will have a restricted setting range SIMOREG 6 70 Base Drive Panel series requires software version 1 8 or later Later software versions Additional parameters might be available on the SIMOREG DC Master i e extra functions might be available which are not described in these Operating Instructions or some parameters might have an extended setting range In this case leave the relevant parameters at their factory setting or do not set any parameter values which are not described in these Instructions The latest software version of the SIMOREG DC Master can be read in parameters r060 and r065 The latest software version is available at the following Internet site http www4 ad siemens de view cs en 8467834 The reproduction transmission or use of this document or contents is not permitted without express written authority All rights including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design are reserved We ha
23. L PIOM ZL LL OL 6 8 4 9 9 L eoeyieju SSN 0 ssa90Jg pJOM enjeA uleJeg M01 z pJoAA yd SSN TUISUEJ 9L 0 LO EL84 Buisseooud w 0 181 6L L8 816181 21 2181 LOS WES 49661 1099 noeumn Buuojuou 9L SL ZL LL PIOM OL PION 6 8 POM 4 PION 9 9 pJOM gt y s Z si 970074181 SSN 5 pJoM YBIH pJOM MO z 2018 GaldridWis NO NMOHS LON SNOLLONR 3 18VTIVAV bead 0
24. 35 r956 Alarm parameter 4 Ind None P052 3 Type V2 Parameter alarms 4 If one of the alarms between 49 and 64 is generated the corresponding segment in the display lights up ls le le le E ls gt 56 5 4 53 52 51 1957 Alarm parameter 5 Ind None 052 3 Type V2 Parameter alarms 5 If one of the alarms between 65 and 80 is generated the corresponding segment in the display lights up m 72 71 fics oo foo 1958 Alarm parameter 6 Ind None P052 3 Type V2 Parameter alarms 6 CB alarms If one of the alarms between 81 and 96 is generated the corresponding segment in the display lights up fos Jos fo ls le Joo ls 88 Me isc 85 o3 82 fe 10 90 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status r959 Alarm parameter 7 Ind None 052 3 Type V2 Parameter alarms 7 TB alarms 1 If one of the alarms between 97 and 112 is generated the corresponding segment in the display lights up fre gt los lo los los 04 103 102 101 4 Pr 960 Alarm parameter 8 Ind None 052 3 Type V2 Parameter alarms 8 TB alarms
25. 5 JOAOYOIIMS Z WOJ Iq 195 uonounj Z DJOM 0114195 ud 9poo Aq peynuep eu 5 5 11 16 Siemens Energy 4 Automation Operating Instructions SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel
26. 165 degrees for the armature current requested in the new torque direction i e until the field and thus the EMF have been reduced accordingly See also parameter P082 A044 An alarm is active on one slave connected to the paralleling interface active in all operating states A046 Analog select input for main setpoint terminals 4 and 5 faulty active in operating states of lt 06 This alarm is activated when P700 2 current input 4 to 20 mA and the input current is less than 3mA A047 Analog select input 1 terminals 6 and 7 faulty active in operating states of lt 06 This alarm is activated when P710 2 current input 4 to 20 mA and the input current is less than 3mA 9 30 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions SCB1 No SCI slave connected active in all operating states SCB1 Not all required SCI slaves are available active in all operating states The SCI slave required to perform the parameterized functions is not available Alarm message from free function block FB258 active in all operating states The binector connected via parameter 0106 Index 002 is in the log 1 state Alarm message from free function block FB259 active in all operating states The binector connected via parameter U107 Index 002 is in the log 1 state Remaining time for temporary enabling of the S00 technology option is now less than 100 operati
27. 440 JO 1440 4 euin s 07001 7070 0 2 4 880d peeds uwopinus 430 966666170070 040 4 0 4 3sAu duioo u 66 661 70070 0076 3 v d 440 A lt ee 491 6Sd pe u snjejs payoess uosueduiog 9 lt J ew uosuedwog S 00017070 0 4 5 4 66 661 00 0 00 001 J d 15 66 661 7000 007 4 68 d 4L 0V 1204 4 440 4 1 0 0 00 70 0 uued ep Te per dies 07 40664 96666610070 0076 4 88 4 9 Uq ee 491 2693 mance 491 L6Sd pe u ard 0 1 0664 Qes u 2018 4 NO NMOHS LON 38V SNOILONNA TIY INVH95VIG X90148 aatiridWis YALSVIN 02789 11 15 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Sheet 15 Miscellaneous 90 50 07 01 207 01 0 Sp01 VO Gy0J S E USI JOpaul 92v d OL 9 33S OSIY 0 J SZvd vecvog 0 J vcvd 0 J Zvd
28. If monitoring functions are deactivated there may be a risk to the safety of operating personnel or of substantial property damage if a fault or error actually occurs P820 Deactivation of fault messages 0 to 147 Ind 99 P052 3 FS 051 40 The numbers of fault messages to be deactivated must be entered in this see column Online parameter Fault numbers can be entered in any order 0 must be entered on left for any unused indices of the parameter Type O2 Factory setting i001 7 overvoltage i002 18 short circuit at binary outputs i003 31 monitoring of speed controller i004 35 drive blocked i005 36 armature current cannot flow i006 37 I2t motor monitoring function has responded i007 to 1099 0 P821 Deactivation of alarms 0 to 147 Ind 99 P052 3 1 5 0 P051 40 The numbers of all alarm messages to be deactivated must be entered Type 02 Online this parameter Alarm numbers can be entered in any order 0 must be entered for any unused indices of the parameter 10 42 Compensation values r824 A7006 compensation values 0 to 65535 Ind 10 P052 3 1 Type 02 These data contain compensation values for the analog section of electronics board 7006 P825 Offset compensation for actual field current channel 13000 to 25000 Ind 3 052 3 i 1 FS 19139 P051 40 These data contain compensation values for the actual field current
29. The rated voltage value of the power system actually used to supply the except when power section must be set in this parameter 1071 460V This setting acts as the reference for the undervoltage overvoltage and then 460V phase failure monitoring functions see also P351 P352 and P353 as well O2 as for connectors K0285 to K0289 K0291 K0292 K0301 K0302 K0303 and K0305 NOTE If a SIMOREG converter is operated at a rated input voltage that is lower than its rated supply voltage then the rated DC voltage specified in the technical data Section 3 4 cannot be reached P079 Short pulses long pulses armature gating unit 0101 Ind None 052 3 FS 0 P051 40 0 Short pulses 0 89 ms approx 16 degrees at 50 Hz are output Type 02 Offline G163 on the armature gating unit 1 Long pulses pulse duration up to approx 0 1 ms before next pulse are output on the armature gating unit e g required in cases where field is supplied via armature terminals 10 16 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 5 Setting values for converter control 080 6140 Control word for brake control 1 The brake is a holding brake When the Operating enable command is cancelled or when the Voltage disconnection or E Stop command is input the Close brake comma
30. XF 3RT1926 1BD00 XF1 2 1 1 125 500 A1 FUF 00D 018 1 20 O 5N1 PWR SUPPLY 3U1 3W1 FIELD SUPPLY POWER MODULE 3C 3D 1U1 1V1 1W1 ARMATURE SUPPLY CATALOG NO 6RA7031 6FS22 0Z X01 1 QUAD CATALOG 6RA7031 6FV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD C1 O O 90 91 10 AWG 60 TORQUE TO 5 INCH LBS bad Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 4Q UNITS ONLY 150A 700V A1 FUF 00E 019 1 2 l 1 AWG 60C TORQUE OH 27 INCH LBS MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 100 AMPS DC 460 1 1 1 r1 MAIN DISCONNECT AND FAM BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTION SIZED Dru a PER N E C i77 ieu CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 1 i IF APPLICABLE 1 1 2 050 75 TORQUE TO 2 BASE DRIVE PANEL 140 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD P L1 2 113 Qu 1CFU 2CFU 2 5A 600V A1 FUF AFA 011 CONTROL TRANSFORMER 150A 500V 3CFU 250VA A1 FUF 00D 019 1 5A 250V I 1 0 286 A1 FUF DKA GBP MAIN CONTACTOR 3RT1045 1AP60 AT FUF END C20 SUPPRESSOR 3RT1926 1BD00 XP XF1 2 XF1 1 Ox 5N1 3U1 101 1V1 1W1 PWR FIELD ARMATURE SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG 6RA7075 6FS22 0Z X
31. g 1 1 J 1 se SERIAL INTERFACE 2 RS485 X172 TX RS485 TX RS485 RX TX RS485 RS485 4 RX TX 88485 SELECT OUTPUT 1 OUTPUTS X SELECT OUTPUT 2 24 VDC 100 ma MAX OUTPUT TYPICAL 5 M 24VDC ANALOG 1 ANALOG 2 i 1 OPTIONAL CUD2 H 1 TERMINAL EXPANSION SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Analog Outputs M RESOULTION 11 BITS O to 10 Volts 2mA OPERATOR PANEL Siemens Energy amp Automation Operating Instructions Terminal Locations CUD1 C98043 A7001 L1 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 7 17 7 INPUTS 7 18 Control Connections CUD2 OPTIONAL CUD2 CONTROL CONNECTIONS X161BINARY INPUTS 24VDC SUPPLY 100mA SELECT INPUT BINARY SELECT INPUT BINARY SELECT INPUT BINARY SELECT INPUT BINARY RETURN M 8 5ma 24 V X163 BINARY INPUTS 24VDC SUPPLY 100mA M SELECT INPUT BINARY 3 OPTICALLY ISOLATED SELECT INPUT BINARY 4 SELECT INPUT BINARY 5 OUTPUTS SELECT INPUT BINARY 6 8 5ma 24 V X164 ANALOG INPUTS ANALOG 2 RESOULTION 10 BITS M ANALOG 3 52K ohms M M MOTOR TEMP 52K ohms MOTOR TEMP
32. 1 9 1 2 4 Fault messages from motor sensors Brush length too short active in operating states of lt 03 When parameter P495 2 binary sensing of brush length fault message at log 0 signal longer than 10s at terminal 211 Possible fault causes Encoder for brush length has responded Open circuit in encoder cable Bearings in bad condition active in operating states of lt 06 When parameter 496 2 bearing condition sensing fault message at log 1 signal longer than 2 s at terminal 212 Possible fault causes Encoder for bearing condition has responded Air flow monitoring of motor fan active in operating states of When parameter P497 2 air flow monitoring fault message at log 0 signal longer than 40s at terminal 213 Possible fault causes Encoder for fan monitoring has responded Open circuit in encoder cable Motor overtemperature active in operating states of lt 06 When parameter P498 2 thermostat connected fault message at log 0 signal longer than 10s at terminal 214 Possible fault causes Thermostat for monitoring motor temperature has responded Open circuit in encoder cable 9 8 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Motor overtemperature active in all o
33. 3 x FS 0 P051 40 effective ramp up time ramp down time or time difference for dy dt is Type 02 Online product of the time setting in parameter P462 P463 and P464 G126 respectively multiplied by the factor set in this parameter 0 Parameters P462 P463 and P464 are multiplied by a factor of 1 1 Parameters P462 P463 and P464 are multiplied by a factor of 60 P466 Source for motorized potentiometer setting value All connector Ind 4 052 3 M numbers FS 0 P051 40 FDS Selection of the connector to be injected as the motorized potentiometer 1 Type L2 Offline setting value G126 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc P467 Motorized potentiometer starting value 199 9 to 199 9 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 96 FS 0 0 P051 40 G126 Starting value of motorized potentiometer after ON when P473 0 0 1 Type 12 Online P468 Setpoint for Raise motorized potentiometer 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS ST 9o FS 100 00 51 40 2126 Motorized potentiometer manual operation Setpoint for Raise motorized 0 01 Type 12 Online potentiometer P469 Setpoint for Lower motorized potentiometer 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 96 FS 100 00 P051 40 G126 Motorized potentiometer manual operation Setpoint for Lower motorized 0 01 Type 12 Online potentiometer P470 Source for clockwise counter clockwise switchover All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 RDS
34. 55 60 X Explanation at end of list of tables Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 1 5 2 140ADC to 850ADC Base Drive Panels 460V 1 amp 4Q Rated supply voltage 3 Phase armature 1 460 41096 5 Rated input current 129 8 187 2 234 1 377 6 4482 mars me meum er Fan type Internal 24VDC 1 Phase MN Fnmemd ____ Rated Rated supply voltage field voltage Rated supply voltage field 1 Phase 460 10 Rated frequency Hz 45 to 65 Hz self adapting armature and field are Rated DC voltage 3 V DC Rated DC voltage 3 3 e M NUN PR Rated output 240 VDC ____ output Rated output 240 240 VDC 125 150 Power loss at rated DC current EM EN EM approximately Rated Rated DC voltage field _____ Rated DC voltage field V field Operational ambient 0 to 45 at temperature fan cooled 4 Storage and transport C 25 to 70 temperature Installation altitude above sea lt 1000 m at rated DC current 5 level Control stability An 0 006 of the rated motor speed valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint An 0 1 of the rated motor speed valid for analog tachometer or analog setpoint 6 Degree of protection Open Chassis IP00 Dimensions Refe
35. All 1Q Ratings 6RY1703 0DA01 1 Power Interface board 4Q 85 to 575 VAC All 4Q Ratings 6RY1703 0DA02 C98 043 A7002 L4 ped PMU Operator Panel C98 043 A7005 L1 Ratings 6 1704 0 00 Field Supply board C98 043 7014 11 30 to 100 Amp 6RY1703 0CA03 Field Supply board C98 043 A7014 L2 140 to 510 Amp 6RY1703 0CA01 Field Supply board C98 043 A7004 L 1 Snubber board C98 043 A7007 L4 60 10 100 6RY1703 0FA04 Snubber board C98 043 A7007 L6 30 140 8 210 6RY1703 0FA11 i ce Snubber board C98 043 A7011 L6 255 amp 430 Amp 6RY1703 0FA10 Snubber boards C98 043 A7011 L1 510 amp 850 Amp 6RY1703 0FA06 Main Power Section Connector board 15 Amp 1Q 4Q 6RY1703 0CA04 1 C98 043 A7010 L2 Fuse for Power Supply 1 amp F1 F2 15 1680 Amp 6 1702 0 00 2 Mounted on Power Interface board Cables US Rating 460V NUMBER SPARE 0 7 Rito Cae Rien Cale Rien Cae pve ______ 00 007 Rien Cale 20 pve ea Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Fans Blowers DESCRIPTION WHERE USED PART NUMBER RECOM US Rating 460V SPARE FAN 24 VDC 140 amp 210 amp 6RY1701 0AA07 2 C98130 A1256 C553 FAN 230 VAC 1 Phase 255 430 amp 510 6RY1701 0AA11 1 eme mL FAN 230 VAC 1 Phase
36. Operating Instructions ONLY 250A 700V A1 FUF 00E 023 2 250 MCM 75 275 LBS MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 210 AMPS DC BASE DRIVE PANEL 255 AMPS 1CFU 2CFU 3 5A 600V A1 FUF AFA 014 3CFU 2A 250V A1 FUF DKA GBV 460 VAC HI CUSTOMER SUPPLIED IF APPLICABLE 1 amp 4 QUAD 1CTR 2 H4 CONTROL TRANSFORMER 350VA 1 00 287 3CFU 230 V A1 FUF END C40 XF12 XF1 1 MAIN DISCONNECT AND 57 BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTION SIZED gL PER N E C 2 250 MCM 75 C TORQUE TO 275 INCH LBS 250A 500V A1 FUF 00D 023 501 5W1 PWR SUPPLY 301 3W1 FIELD SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG NO 6RA7082 6FS22 0Z X01 1 QUAD CATALOG NO 6RA7082 6FV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD 1U1 1V1 1W1 ARMATURE SUPPLY 3C 3D 4Q UNITS ONLY 300A 700V A1 FUF 00E 025 O O 801 81 10 AWG 60 C TORQUE 5 INCH LBS bud 2 250 MCM 75 TORQUE TO 275 INCH LBS SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 255 AMPS DC Siemens Energy amp Automation Operating Instructions BASE DRIVE PANEL 430 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 1CFU 2CFU 3 5A 600V A1 FUF AFA 014 3CFU 2A 250V A1 FUF DKA GBV 460 VAC Er 21 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED IF AP
37. P603 Source for variable current limit in torque direction I All connector Ind 7 P052 3 numbers FS P051 40 1 1001 1 Offline G161 i001 i004 Selection of connector to be injected as variable current limit in torque direction Normalization 100 corresponds to P100 P171 1005 Selection of connector to be injected as current limit in torque i006 2 direction with Fast Stop or Shutdown i007 2 Normalization 100 corresponds to P100 P171 Type L2 i006 Selection of connector to be injected as variable current limit in torque direction Normalization 100 corresponds to r072 002 can be set in SW 1 9 and later i007 Selection of connector to be injected as current limit in torque direction with Emergency Stop or Shutdown Normalization 100 corresponds to r072 002 can be set in SW 1 9 and later Settings 0 connector 1 connector 0001 etc 10 60 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P604 Source for variable current limit in torque direction II All connector Ind 7 P052 3 zt numbers FS 9 P051 40 1001 1004 Selection of connector to be injected as variable current limit 1 Type 12 Offline in torque direction II G161 Normalization 100 corresponds to P100 P172 i005 Selecti
38. SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P689 Source for control word 2 bit29 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 2 _ 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS Ozexternal alarm 2 1 external alarm 2 Type L2 Offline G181 P690 Source for control word 2 bit30 All binector numbers Ind None 052 3 E 1 FS 0 P051 40 G181 0 select Bico data set 1 1 select Bico data set 2 Type L2 Offline P691 Source for control word 2 Bit31 SW 1 8 and later All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 051 40 Main contactor checkback signal Type L2 Offline BDS 0 main contactor dropped out 1 main contactor picked up 6181 This control input is intended as a means of looping an auxiliary contact of the main contactor into the device control During the Power ON routine this signal must switch to 1 within the time period set in 095 If it does not or it disappears during operation fault message F004 with fault value 6 is activated P691 0 Bit 31 of control word 2 is inoperative This setting of P691 is always active regardless of whether control word 2 is input in word mode P649 9 or bit mode P649 lt gt 9 P691 1 Bit 31 of control word 2 is inoperative This setting of P691 is active only when control word 2 is input in bit mode i e when P649 lt gt
39. Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P492 Analog monitoring of motor temperature Trip temperature 0 to 200 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 3 FS 0 P051 40 G185 Operative only when P490 x 1 1 Type 02 Online P493 Motor temperature analog 1 temperature sensor at terminals 22 23 0103 Ind 4 052 3 t Tripping of alarm or fault message 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS Type O2 Offline Motor temperature grasped with KTY84 G185 0 Monitoring deactivated 1 Alarm A029 at temperature gt P491 2 Fault message F029 at temperature P492 3 Alarm A029 at temperature P491 and fault message F029 at temperature P492 Motor temperature grasped with PTC thermistor 0 Monitoring deactivated 1 Alarm message A029 when operating point of PTC thermistor is reached 2 Fault message F029 when operating point of PTC thermistor is reached 3 Illegal setting P494 Motor temperature analog 2 temperature sensor at terminals 204 0103 Ind 4 052 3 i 205 Tripping of alarm or fault message 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS 02 Offline Motor temperature grasped with KTY84 0 Monitoring deactivated G185 1 Alarm A029 at temperature gt P491 2 Fault message F029 at temperature gt P492 3 Alarm A029 at temperature gt P491 and fault message F029 at temperature gt P492 Motor temperature grasped with PTC thermistor 0 Monitoring deactivated 1 Alarm message A029 when operating point of PTC thermistor is reached 2 Fa
40. 052 3 eee 1 FS 2 P051 40 G172 When P800 0 or 9 is selected Parameter is irrelevant Type O2 Offline G174 When USS protocol P800 2 is selected Number of PZD elements 0 No process data are expected or sent in the USS protocol 1 16 Number of process data words USS protocol same number applies to transmission and receipt The received PZD elements 1 to max 16 are available at connectors K6001 to K6016 and in some cases bit serially at binectors for internal wiring purposes The PZD elements to be transmitted 1 to max 16 are selected in parameters P804 01 to P804 16 When peer to peer P800 5 is selected Number of transferred words 0 Illegal setting 1 5 Number of transferred words 6 16 Illegal setting P802 Length of parameter jobs for G SST3 0 3 4 127 Ind None 052 3 x 1 FS 127 51 40 G172 This parameter is effective only when P800 2 USS protocol O2 Offline 0 No PKW data are expected or sent in the USS protocol 3 4 3 or 4 PKW data words are expected in the USS protocol and 3 or 4 PKW data words are also sent for transmission of parameter values 127 Number of PKWs is determined by the telegram length 10 82 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setti
41. 1 2 These data contain details about the power section design model r829 A7001 compensation values 0 to 65535 Ind 68 052 3 1 Type O2 These data contain compensation values for the analog section of electronics board A7001 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 87 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 43 Thyristor diagnosis P830 Control word for thyristor diagnosis 0103 Ind None 052 3 2 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 Thyristor check function deactivated Type O2 Offline 1 Thyristors are checked on initial SWITCH ON or INCHING command after connection of the electronics supply voltage 2 Thyristors are checked on every SWITCH ON or INCHING command 3 Thyristors will be checked on the next SWITCH ON or INCHING command Parameter P830 is set to O if no fault is detected Note The thyristor check function may not be activated setting P830 0 must be selected when the Enable a torque direction for torque direction change by parallel drive function is in use see also parameter P165 or when the converter is used to supply large inductances e g field supply from armature terminals supply of lifting solenoids etc 10 44 Parameters for DriveMonitor and OP1S P831 Parameters for the Trace function of DriveMonitor P052 3 These parameters are settings fo
42. 12 6115 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P751 Mode of signal injection at analog output 1 0 to 3 Ind None P052 3 E MINUM 1 FS 0 051 40 0 Injection of signal with correct sign Type 02 Online G115 1 Injection of absolute value of signal 2 Injection of signal with sign inverted 3 Injection of absolute value of signal inverted P752 Filtering time for analog output 1 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 ms FS 0 051 40 6115 ims Type O2 Online P753 Normalization of analog output 1 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 FS 10 00 051 40 6115 P753 0 01V Type 12 Online 100 x Normalization input corresponds to filtering output y Normalization output corresponds to output voltage at analog output with offset 0 P754 Offset for analog output 1 10 00 to 10 00 Ind None P052 3 FS 0 00 051 40 6115 0 01V Type 12 Online Analog output terminals 16 17 P755 Source for output value at analog output 2 All connector Ind None 052 3 numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connector whose value is to applied to the analog output 1 12 6115 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P756 Mode of signal injection at analog output 2 0 to 3 Ind None P052 3 mem 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 Injection of signal with correct sign Type 02 Online G115 1 Injection of absolute value of signal 2 Injection of signal with sign inverted
43. 181 67018 82181 21 2181 ueieg SSN Eep 9 9294 INVH9VIG 2018 5 YALSVIN 02789 e qeu3 onsouDeip SSN jo sseooJd jo ujpue ro 2 0 5428 acm EE uui Re euin 500070 2644 Jo uo SSN 0 0624 SSN 10 sng 0 zl 1 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Sheet 8 Peer to Peer Interface 172 Jojoeuig aL amp zm Buimojjoj o 9 L Eep 2098 Jajawesed whos une 06098 0209 86 44 yne4 S0 0110 18J eoeyiejui Jeed o 1eed 10 jou si wol4 0 4 lt 2 gt eouejsiseJ
44. 82 MMd 510 ejdsiq 99 qol Jeyewesed sisouDeip g 10 89 21 60 v0 LO xepu cV 60 Xepu 8221 Y0 L0 xepu 2 LO xepu I 6 nowy 006 8 00828 00228 00928 00928 00 00 8 00c 8 CVCMCONCMCOCOM COM 00128 oud 5 0 LL go S0 L0 Xepu 01 0 82 0 0221 spJeoq iejueuiejddns ezijeniu 07 0121 g9 1510 991 10 5 9L 91027 T LOEM SL LOem L cLOEM 11027 ZL LL OLON OL PIOM 600 800 6 8 p4eoq 200 4 900 0065 J 9 9 T00 122 Y PIOM 20067 i 20067 I Z PJOM 10027 L gt lt 9 91 01 INDY 81 ABojouuo9 Jo 99 pJeoq suoneoiunuuuoo e
45. BDS 0 disable 1 enable ANDed with terminal 38 Type L2 Offline 6180 662 Source for control word 1 bit4 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 1 FS 1 051 40 BDS 0 set ramp function generator to zero 1 enable ramp function generator Type L2 Offline 2180 663 Source for control word 1 bit5 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 1 FS 1 051 40 5 0 ramp function generator stop 1 ramp function generator start Type L2 Offline G180 P664 Source for control word 1 bit6 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS 0 setpoint 1 disable setpoint Type L2 Offline G180 P665 1st source for control word 1 bit7 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 D 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS 01 transition acknowledge ORed with 2 and 3 sources for bit7 Type L2 Offline G180 10 68 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P666 2nd source for control word 1 bit7 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 iti ap ast rd 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS 0 gt 1 transition acknowledge ORed with 1 and 3 sources for bit7 Type L2 Offline G180 P667 3rd source for control word 1 bit7 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 id NE m 1
46. L2 Offline selected G127 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc Inching setpoint Function Up to 8 connectors can be selected in P436 indices 01 to 08 These can be applied as an inching setpoint K0202 K0207 via the binectors selected in P435 indices 01 to 08 setpoint is applied when binector switches to log 1 state P437 indices 01 to 08 can be set to define for each setpoint individually whether the ramp function generator must be bypassed on setpoint injection If more than one inching setpoint is injected an output value corresponding to inching setpoint 0 is applied If inching setpoint injection is not selected the connector set in P438 is applied to K0207 P435 Source for injection of inching setpoint All binector numbers Ind 8 P052 3 VS Ted 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binector to control injection of the inching setpoint Type L2 Offline G129 1 state inching setpoint injected 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 etc P436 Source for inching setpoint All connector Ind 8 P052 3 A numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the inching setpoint 1 Type L2 Offline G129 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P437 Source for selection of ramp function generator bypass 0 to 1 Ind 8 P052 3 x 1 FS 0 051 40 Selection as to whether or not ramp function generator must be bypassed Type 02 Offline G
47. None FS 0 Type 02 052 3 P051 40 Offline Source for selection of sign reversal at Main setpoint analog input Selection of binector to control sign reversal at the analog input 1 state reverse sign 0 binector 0000 1 binector 80001 All binector numbers Ind None FS 0 Type L2 052 3 P051 40 Offline etc P705 Filtering time for Main setpoint analog input 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 ms FS 0 P051 40 6113 Note Hardware filtering of approximately 1 ms is applied as standard rhs Type 02 Online SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 71 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P706 Source for enabling of Main setpoint analog input All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 Selection of binector to control enabling of the analog input 1 state Type L2 Offline G1 13 enabled 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 etc P707 Resolution of Main setpoint analog input 11 to 14 Ind None P052 3 Bit FS 12 P051 40 The voltage applied to the analog input is converted to a digital value A D 1 bit Type 02 Offline conversion for further processing The method used calculates an average G113 9 9 value of the input voltage over a specific measuring time The A D conversion process pro
48. None P052 3 6151 0 01 02 6152 221 Speed controller Hysteresis for speed dependent PI P controller 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 switchover SW 1 9 and later FS 2 00 P051 40 FDS 0 01 of 02 Online G152 See P222 for further details speed P222 Speed controller Speed dependent switchover threshold for PI P 0 00 to 10 00 Ind 4 P052 3 controller FS 0 00 P051 40 FDS 0 0196 of maximum Type O2 Online 0 00 Automatic switchover from PI to P controller deactivated speed 6152 gt 0 00 Depending on the actual speed 0166 the controller switches over to a P controller if the speed drops below the threshold set in parameter P222 The integrator is not switched in again with value of 0 until the actual speed is gt P222 P221 This function allows the drive to be stopped without overshoot using a zero setpoint with the controllers enabled This function is active only if the binector selected in P698 is in the log 1 state Setting values for speed controller P223 Control word for speed controller precontrol 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS P Speed controller precontrol disabled m Type 02 Offline peed controller precontrol acts as torque setpoint is added to 6152 controller output P224 Control word for speed controller component 0 to 3 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 FDS 0 Set controller component to 0 i e to achieve a
49. Operational display status as soon as the cause has been eliminated Setting parameters when fault or alarm message is active On the PMU You can shift an active fault message or alarm to the background by pressing the P key and Higher key simultaneously on the PMU If you do not press any key on the PMU within a 30 s period the fault message or active alarm in the background is automatically displayed again You can fetch a message back to the foreground earlier by pressing the P key and Lower key simultaneously on the PMU when the parameter number level is selected On the OP1S You can set parameters normally even if a fault message or alarm is active 9 1 Fault messages 911 General information about faults Fault message display On the PMU F fault and a three digit number The red LED Fault lights up On the OP1S On bottom line of operational display The red LED Fault lights up Only one current fault message can be displayed at a time i e other simultaneously active faults are ignored Many fault messages see List of Fault Messages can only be active in certain operating states The system responses to a fault are as follows e The armature current is reduced the firing pulses are disabled and the SIMOREG unit switches to operating state 011 0 fault e Fault message is displayed on the operator panel PMU 15 e B0106 status word 1 bit is set and 80107 cancelled see also alarm bits for special fault
50. am FS 40 P05120 0 No access authorization 02 Online 6 Do not set for use by DriveMonitor 7 Do not set for use by DriveMonitor 9 Do not set for use by DriveMonitor 21 Restore factory settings All parameters are reset to their defaults factory settings Parameter P051 is then automatically reset to factory setting 40 22 Execute internal offset compensation see Section 7 4 25 Optimization run for precontrol and current controller armature and field see Section 7 5 26 Optimization run for speed controller see Section 7 5 27 Optimization run for field weakening see Section 7 5 28 Optimization run for compensation of friction and moment of inertia see Section 7 5 29 Optimization run for the speed controller with an oscillating mechanical system see Section 7 5 40 Access authorization to parameter values for authorized service personnel P052 Selection of display parameters 0 1 3 Ind None P052 3 P FS 3 051 gt 0 0 0 Display only parameters that are not set to original factory Type 02 Online settings 1 Display only parameters for simple applications 3 Display all parameters used SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 11 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P053 Control word for the permanent memory SW 1 7 and later 0 to 1 Ind 2 052 3 Disabling
51. d t FS 20 P051 40 FDS The internal line synchronization for the armature gating pulses derived from Type 02 Online the power terminals armature mains infeed is averaged over the number of G163 line periods set in this parameter In operation on weak power supplies with unstable frequencies for example on a diesel driven generator isolated operation this parameter must be set lower than for operation on constant V Hz systems in order to achieve a higher frequency correction speed P153 Control word for the armature precontrol 0103 Ind 4 52 3 5 ten FS 1 P051 40 FDS 0 Armature precontrol disabled output of the precontrol 165 Type O2 off line 1 Armature precontrol active 2162 2 Armature precontrol active but EMF influence only active on change in torque direction 3 Armature precontrol active but without EMF influence i e for precontrol the EMF is assumed to be 0 recommended setting for supplying large inductance from armature terminals e g solenoids field supply can only be set on SW 1 7 and later 10 30 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P154 Set armature current controller component to zero 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 4 1 FS 1 P051 40 FDS 0 Set controller component to zero i e
52. in response to 0 signal G186 2 Temperature switch connected terminal 214 is scanned Fault message F028 in response to 0 signal 10 52 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range Unit Steps No indices Factory setting Type See Change Access Status 10 27 Configuring of torque shell input P500 Source for torque setpoint for slave drive All connector Ind 2 P052 3 14 numbers FS 170 P051 40 Selection of the connector to be injected as the torque setpoint for slave 4 Type L2 Offline BDS drive G160 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P501 Source for additional torque setpoint All connector Ind 2 P052 3 26 numbers FS 0 P051 40 BDS Selection of connector to be injected as the additional torque setpoint 1 Type L2 Offline 0 connector K0000 G160 1 connector K0001 etc P502 Source for value to be added to speed controller output All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the value to be added to the speed 4 Type L2 Offline G152 controller output in addition to friction and moment of inertia compensation 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc P503 Multiplier for torque setpoint in slave mode 300 00 to 300 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 100 00 P051 40 G160 0 01 Type 12
53. of P078 002 voltage remains below the threshold and during the subsequent voltage stabilization period set in P090 When switch on command is entered the converter dwells in operating states o4 and o5 for a maximum total delay period for both states set in P089 until the voltages in all phases exceed the threshold set in this parameter before fault message F004 or F005 is activated Stall protection time 0 0 to 600 0 P052 3 m s P051 40 F035 is activated if the conditions for the Stall protection fault message are 9 4s Online fulfilled for longer than the period set in P355 When P355 0 0 the Drive blocked monitoring function F035 is deactivated and alarm A035 is likewise suppressed Threshold for tachometer interruption monitoring 10 to 70 52 3 7 3 P051 40 F042 is suppressed if the actual EMF value is lower than the value in 1 Online P357 The setting is entered as a of the ideal mean DC voltage value at a 0 i e as a of P078 001 1 35 10 42 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P360 Response delay for external faults and alarms 0 to 10000 Ind 4 052 3 ms FS 0 051 40 180 The fault message or alarm is not activated the converter until the 1ms Type
54. purposes The PZD elements to be transmitted 1 to max 16 are selected in parameters P794 01 to P794 16 When peer to peer P790 5 is selected Number of transferred words 0 Illegal setting 1 5 Number of transferred words 6 16 Illegal setting P792 Length of parameter jobs for G SST2 0 3 4 127 Ind None P052 3 1 5 127 P051 40 6171 This parameter is effective only when 790 2 USS protocol O2 Offline 0 No PKW data are expected or sent in the USS protocol 3 4 3 or 4 PKW data words are expected in the USS protocol and 3 or 4 PKW data words are also sent for transmission of parameter values 127 Number of PKWs is determined by the telegram length P793 Baud rate for G SST2 1 to 13 Ind None P052 3 1 FS 6 P051 40 6171 1 300 baud 02 Offline 3 1200 baud 4 2400 baud 5 4800 baud 6 9600 baud 7 19200 baud 8 38400 baud 9 56700 baud 11 93750 baud 13 187500 baud P794 Source for transmit data for G SST2 All connector Ind 16 P052 3 numbers FS P051 40 G171 Selection of connectors to be transferred as transmit data via basic 1 i001 32 Offline G173 converter interface 2 i002 167 3 i003 0 When USS protocol P790 2 is selected 1004 33 1005 1016 0 i001 Selection for word 1 Type L2 i002 Selection for word 2 i016 Selection for word 16 When peer to peer P790 5 is selected i001 Selection for word 1 i002 Selection for word 2 i005 Selection for word 5 i006 Not u
55. r824 r829 P830 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation Compensation values Thyristor diagnosis SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 1 Range of parameter numbers Function P831 P899 Parameters for DriveMonitor and OP1S P918 P927 Profile parameters 1947 P952 Fault memory r953 r960 Visualization parameters Alarms r964 Device identification r967 r968 Visualization parameters Control and status word P970 r999 Resetting and storing parameters list of existing and modified P and r parameters U710 n739 Configuration of supplementary boards in board locations 2 and 3 n980 n999 List of existing and modified U and n parameters 10 2 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Overview of abbreviations Example PNU Description Value range indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P520 Friction at 0 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 x 0 0 5 gt 1 Setting as of converter rated DC current or converter rated torque el 4 FS 0 0 posl 2052 0 1 Type 02 3 Online 8 9 G153 10 1 under the parameter number means that the parameter requires confirmation i e the altered value does not take effect until the P key is pressed 2 Abbreviation indicating that the parameter belongs to a data set refers only to indexed parameters see Section 9
56. the protective measures necessary when dealing with sensitive electronic components are illustrated in the sketches below Conductive flooring Anti static overall Anti static table Anti static chain Anti static footwear Grounding connections of cabinets f f f a P Seated workstation Standing workstation Standing seated workstation Siemens Energy amp Automation 1 3 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 1 4 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 2 2 1 2 2 Description Base Drive Panel Description Series 6RA70 SIMOREG DC MASTER Base Drive Panels are complete drive assemblies ready to be installed and operated They include a 3 phase armature converter single phase field converter main contactor protective semiconductor fuses control power transformer and power control terminals Base Drive Panels are fully digital compact units which supply the armature and field of variable speed DC drives with rated armature currents from 15A to 1680A The motor field circuit can be supplied with DC currents of up to 85A current levels depend on the armature rated current General Information Series 6RA70 SIMOREG DC MASTER converters are characterized by their compact space saving construction Their compact design makes them particularly easy to service and maintain since individual components are readily accessibl
57. to obtain pure P Type 02 Offline G162 controller 1 Controller component is active P155 Armature current controller P gain 0 01 to 200 00 Ind 4 P052 3 i 0 01 FS 0 10 051 40 FDS Proportional gain of armature current controller Type 02 Online This parameter is automatically set during the optimization run for precontrol and current controller armature and field 51 25 G162 See also parameter P175 P156 Armature current controller reset time 0 001 to 10 000 Ind 4 052 3 oe s FS 0 200 051 40 FDS This parameter is automatically set during the optimization run for precontrol 0 001s Type 02 Online and current controller armature and field 51 25 6162 See also parameter 176 P157 Control word for current setpoint integrator 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 0 051 40 0 Reduced gearbox stressing Type 02 Offline FDS The integrator is active only after a change in torque direction acts as ramp function generator for armature current setpoint G162 only until the output reaches the setpoint at the integrator input for the 1 time after a change in torque direction 1 Current setpoint integrator The integrator is always active acts as ramp function generator for the armature current setpoint P158 Ramp up time for current setpoint integrator reduced gearbox 0 000 to 1 000 Ind 4 P052 3 stressing s FS 0 000 P051 40 FDS 0 0015 2 Online Period of an acceleration ramp wi
58. unpacking SIMOREG Base Drive Panels are packed at the manufacturing plant in protective containers suitable for shipping Avoid dropping and shocks during unloading and moving the SIMOREG during receiving Observe the instructions on the package for transport storage and correct handling If you discover that the Base Drive Panel has been damaged during shipment please inform your shipping agent immediately WARNING If a SIMOREG Base Drive Panel was damaged during transport it must not be connected up without first being repaired and tested by a qualified repair person Non observance of the safety instructions can result in death severe personal injury or substantial property damage Only qualified personnel should work on or around the equipment after first becoming thoroughly familiar with all warning and safety notices and maintenance procedures contained herein The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on proper handling installation operation and maintenance Procedure for Shipping Damage SIMOREG Base Drive Panels are normally shipped FOB factory making it the buyers responsibility to make sure the equipment is received undamaged Carefully examine the equipment before accepting the shipment from the transport carrier If you do not notify the carrier immediately of any damage you may lose your right to file a damage claim If required you can request support from the local Siemens office e Whe
59. 0 1min Ind None FS 4 0 Type 02 P052 3 P051 40 on line SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 21 PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P097 Response of field current to fault messages SW 2 1 and later 0 to 1 Ind None 052 3 1 FS 1 51 40 G166 0 Field pulses are blocked when a fault message is activated Type 02 Online 1 Field pulses are not blocked when a fault message is activated but the field current setpoint cannot be increased above its current setting 098 Contactor DC circuit SW 2 1 and later 0 to 1 Ind None 052 3 g dro 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 The DC circuit does not include a contactor Type 02 Online 1 The DC circuit contains a contactor which is controlled by the relay for the line contactor terminals 109 and 110 The values for the armature voltage Ua and for EMF K0286 0287 0291 0292 r037 r038 are set to 0 whenever 0124 0 request main contactor not active This is because the motor terminals are separated in this case from output terminals 1C and 1D of the SIMOREG DC Master and it is then impossible to measure the armature voltage Ua or the EMF 10 6 Definition of motor P100 Rated motor armature current acc to motor rating plate 0 0 to 6553 0 Ind 4 P052 3 A FS 0 0 P051 40 FDS 0
60. 0 to 1000 0 Ind 4 P052 3 E FS 100 0 51 40 FDS This parameter specifies the percentage value which is generated for an 0 1 Type 12 Online input voltage of 10V or an input current of 20mA at the analog input G113 The following generally applies For voltage input 711 10V X Input voltage in volts Y value which is generated for input voltage X With current input P711 20 mA X Input current in mA Y value which is generated for input current X P712 Offset for Analog selectable input 1 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 FS 0 00 P051 40 6113 0 01 12 Online P713 Mode of signal injection at Analog selectable input 1 0103 Ind None P052 3 ee TM 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 Injection of signal with sign Type O2 Offline 6113 17 Injection of absolute value of signal 2 Injection of signal with sign inverted 3 Injection of absolute value of signal inverted 10 72 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P714 Source for selection of sign reversal at Analog selectable input 1 All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binector to control sign reversal at the analog input 1 state Type L2 Offline 6113 reverse sign 0 bi
61. 0196 Type I2 Online P410 K410 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 G120 is applied to connector K0410 0 0196 Type I2 Online SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 45 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 411 411 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 9o FS 0 00 P051 40 2120 8 applied to connector 0411 0 01 Type 12 Online P412 K412 fixed value 32768 to 32767 Ind 4 052 3 FDS 4 1 FS 0 P051 40 6120 is applied to connector 412 Type 12 Online P413 K413 fixed value 32768 to 32767 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 1 FS 0 P051 40 6120 applied to connector K0413 Type I2 Online P414 K414 fixed value 32768 to 32767 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 1 1 FS 0 P051 40 6120 is applied to connector 414 Type 12 Online P415 K415 fixed value 32768 to 32767 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 1 FS 0 P051 40 6120 is applied to connector 415 Type 12 Online P416 K416 fixed value 32768 to 32767 Ind 4 052 3 FDS 1 FS 0 P051 40 6120 is applied to connector 416 Type 12 Online 10 20 Fixed control bits Function The value set in the parameter is applied to the specified binector P421 B421 fixed bit 0101 Ind 4 052 3 FDS 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 G120 is applied to binector B
62. 0788 WNWININ 0 4 292 v 0 09234 veo S 0 40524 W3TIOHLINOO ANSYYND 8727 AWONO23 qi 8927 920 LNIOd1AS m p v 0 12019 2749524 3ONVAGV Ny INN qii 6775524 YATIOULNOO LNAYYND dy aala I 0 180d SALLOV SNIN3 V3M 91315 1N3YYN9 9 lt _ 062 A6Eld d OcLd JIN3MHMOD TIVNHALNI 992 2198 91315 wir AWA quu 43345 asva Gave 1024 0 0 48 j Y av lu 4 aifmosav 991 d3aas AWA ES EBENE V0 Cero 075192 1 041365 AWA MJTIOHINOO 0827 2807 8827 6201 ANIOdLAS AWA J OLLd X J 00Ld 2729774 7 lt 2 Ny dy 0 32224 H3TIOHINOO 29207 ee 9824 gt TIVNIIAHGLL SOLL VIA V 9202 91915 WNALOV lt gt 21801 Iniov 31 5 NMOHS LON 318 177 X90189 31511 5 YALSVIN 02799 982 9194 SNIVA AWS Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base
63. 1 TB or 1 2 2 CB 9 26 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error 8 Fault in parameter response channel from basic unit to ney TB 10 process data failure message timeout period set i015 Code number of board in U722 1 TB or 1 CB 2 2 CB 15 Fault in setpoint channel from CB TB to basic unit i015 Code number of board 1 TB or 1 CB 2 2 CB 16 Fault in actual value channel from basic unit to CB TB i015 Code number of board 1 TB or 1 CB 2 2 CcB 9 1 2 14 Fault messages from supplementary boards This group of fault messages is activated by supplementary boards Please refer to the operating manual of the relevant supplementary board for explanation of the fault messages and fault values Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 27 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 9 2 Alarm messages Alarm message display On PMU A Alarm and a three digit number The red LED Fault flashes On the OP1S On the bottom line of the operational display The red LED Fault flashes An alarm message cannot be acknowledged but disappears automatically when the cause has been eliminated Several alarm messages can be active at the same time these are then displayed in succession Many alarms
64. 3ounos 1000 AlhiYlOd 1 0 11 3 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Siemens Energy amp Automation imi lt gt LN3HSOO zv OSHLINOO 1N3YYNO OL ANIOd13S 3ALLVO3N 001 2 14 nM Pec 95001 14 LON TWNOIS Le 0 1 TwNoIS 5 1 v LON TWNOIS 62 G 51 v ONITVOS asind ae 96001 8 Jeni es 1 22 1 S110A 14 9 Q 1 01 6 4 YALAWOHOVL 0 9 1 5 1 1 12 993895 dor 1V a _ 0 0 ANDYOL 25 anowol pL SNOYOL SALLVO3N 00 1814 9600 0814 p HOLOW 4601 0 ana H3Q000N3 HOWL 0 3 002d qaads WNLov 0 2054 ANODYOL 911 q18vVN3 0919 pss 001d LNSYYND
65. 40 FDS This parameter specifies the percentage value which is generated for an 0 1 Type 12 Online input voltage of 10V or an input current of 20mA at the analog input G114 The following generally applies For voltage input 731 10V 2 X Input voltage in volts Y value which is generated for input voltage X With current input P731 20 m 24 X Input current in mA Y value which is generated for input current X P732 Offset for Analog selectable input 3 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 26 FS 0 00 P051 40 G114 0 01 Type 12 Online P733 Mode of signal injection at Analog selectable input 3 0103 Ind None P052 3 D PROP 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 Injection of signal with sign 02 Offline G114 1 Injection of absolute value of signal 2 Injection of signal with sign inverted 3 Injection of absolute value of signal inverted P734 Source for selection of sign reversal at Analog selectable input 3 All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binector to control sign reversal at the analog input 1 state Type L2 Offline G114 reverse sign 0 binector B0000 1 binector B0001 etc P735 Filtering time for Analog selectable input 3 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 7 02 ms FS 0 P051 40 G114 Note Hardware filtering of approximately 1 ms is applied as standard 1ms Type O2 Online P736 Source for enabling of Analog selectable input 3 All binecto
66. 850 amp 6RY1701 0AA12 1 FAN 460 VAC 3 Phase 1180 1660 6RY1701 0AA04 1 warsa Thyristors amp Diodes Armature Converter Thyristor Modules for 1 Quad Drives US Rating 460V SPARE LOCI CRANE 222 sd _________ 7 ve ran ea NA mames 51 Dual Thyristor Module 210 amp 10 6SY7010 0AA02 Dual Thyristor Module 255 amp 10 6RY1700 0AA15 Dual Thyristor Module 430 amp 10 6SY7010 0AA05 Dual Thyristor Module 510 amp 1Q 6SY7010 0AA04 WO Dual Thyristor Module 850 amp 1Q 6RY1700 0AA04 003 Thyristor Heatsink Assembly Front 1180 amp 10 6RY1702 0CA15 C98 130 A1255 B510 eet see Thyristor Heatsink Assembly Back 1180 amp 10 6RY1702 0CA16 2 Thyristor Heatsink Assembly Front 1660 10 6RY1702 0CA17 2 Thyristor Heatsink Assembly Back 1660 10 6RY1702 0CA18 2 Siemens Energy amp Automation 3 5 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 3 6 Armature Converter Thyristor Modules for 4 Quad Drives US Rating 460V SPARE Bar rasa pres ore sarang 3 Dual Thyristor Module 255 amp 6RY1700 0AA15 Dual Thyristor Module 430 amp 6SY7010 0AA05 Dual Thyristor Module 510 to 850 amp 4Q 6SY7010 0AA04 Thyristor Heatsink Assembly 1180 amp 40 6RY1702 0CA02 C98 130 A1256 B510 Thyristor Heatsink Assembly 1660 amp 6RY1702 0CA03 C98 130 A1256 B520 Thyristor Heatsi
67. 9 10 36 Further configuring measures P692 Source for selection of injection of standstill field All binector numbers Ind 2 52 3 OA SENE _ FS 0 P051 40 BDS Selection of binector to control injection of the standstill field 0 state Type L2 Offline inject standstill field 6166 Note The delay time set in P258 is not effective when this function is active 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 etc P693 Source for selection of enabling command for EMF controller All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 5 1 P051 40 Selection of binector which is to control enabling of the EMF controller Type L2 Offline 0 binector 80000 G165 1 binector 80001 etc P694 Source for selection of enabling command for Torque limit All binector numbers Ind 2 52 3 switchover 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS m Type L2 Offline Selection of binector which is to control enabling of the Torque limit switchover function 1 enable see also Sheet G160 in Section 8 of 0160 Operating Instructions GRX1700 0AD and P180 to P183 0 binector B0000 1 binector B0001 etc P695 Source for selection of Set speed controller component function All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 RDS Selection of binector to control the Set component function Type L2 Offline 0 binector 80000 G152 1 binector B0001 etc When the binector selected in P695 switches from log 0 to log 1 the co
68. 9 and later 0 to 10000 Ind 4 P052 3 cA 15 FS 0 51 40 or Filtering of actual EMF value at the input of the EMF controller 1ms Type O2 on line P283 Filter time for actual value for EMF controller precontrol 0 to 10000 Ind 4 52 3 SW 1 9 and later ms FS 0 P051 40 FDS 1ms Type O2 on line G165 Filtering of actual speed value at the input of the EMF controller precontrol The purpose of this filter is to stabilize the EMF controller precontrol even when the actual speed signal is unsteady or distorted by harmonics 10 38 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P284 Set EMF controller P component to zero 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 FDS 0 Set controller P component to zero Type 02 Offline G165 i e to obtain pure controller 1 Controller P component is active 10 14 Ramp function generator see also Section 8 Sheet G136 and Section 9 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD See P639 and P640 for ramp function generator setting parameters P295 Mode for rounding the ramp function generator SW 1 9 and later 0 to 1 Ind 4 052 3 FS 0 051 40 FDS 0 If the setpoint is reversed during ramp up ramp down 1 2 on line acceleration deceleration is abo
69. Drive Panel Operating Instructions uonezuejeueJed ejqeu3 onsouDeip SSN 68 1 221 29244 sseooJd jo ujpue V84d ge SseJppe e e s 0 98 4 eun so00 0 8 4 SSN 2 082d 5 jo Ceea 11 7 Sheet 6 USS Interface 1 X300 9 SL pJOM 0 911n aaa aaa L ZL LL OL POM 6 PIOM OL 8 2 60 80 9 407 9 PIOM 907 S07 PIOM v0 PIOM 07 207 aveau SSN ejeq pJOM enjeA uleJeg pJOM M01 enjeA WEIL xepu z yd SSN gusueJp T ro QL 0110 118 Buiss vosd A 2 Id SL LISI ZL LL
70. FS 0 P051 40 BDS 01 transition acknowledge ORed with 1 and 2 sources for bit7 Type L2 Offline 6180 668 Source for control word 1 bit8 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 Dres 1 FS 0 P051 40 5 1 inching Type 12 Offline G180 P669 Source for control word 1 bit9 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 US 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS 1 inching bit1 Type L2 Offline 6180 671 Source for control word 1 bit11 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 ess 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS 0 direction of rotation disabled 1 pos direction of rotation enabled Type L2 Offline G180 P672 Source for control word 1 bit12 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 fex ws 4 1 5 1 P051 40 BDS 0 neg direction of rotation disabled 1 neg direction of rotation enabled Type L2 Offline G180 P673 Source for control word 1 bit13 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 051 40 BDS 1 raise motorized potentiometer Type L2 Offline G180 P674 Source for control word 1 bit14 All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS 1 lower motorized potentiometer Type L2 Offline G180 P675 Source for control word 1 bit15 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS O external fault 1 no external fault Type L2 Offline G180 Control word 2 P676 Source for control word 2 bit16 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 E 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS s
71. IHL OL SQNOdS3HMHOO 96001 lt gt 8012 8 Q33ds vti ler zo 3018 1574 11821 RE 0 HOLIVHJN39 Ne 4 0 1309195 VLVM 9201 43345 Siemens Energy amp Automation Operating Instructions SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel 0 8 Y31714 lNIOd 3S LIATT LN3SOD AAILISOd 300801 590 49224 0 4 lt 224 Sheet 3 Speed Controller and Current L I 0629 XN14 HOLON z s 0 I HJTIOHLNOO 43885 AALLVOAN 001 9 0 LINT dOOYA H pc ES 911 vz ua 00 3 264 9 yz9gq J18VN3 3AILISOd x2018 aatdridWis NO NMOHS LON 38V SNOLLON QH 3 18V VAV INVH9VIQ 512018 qaatarid Wis YALSVIN 02799 Sheet 4 Armature Current Control 001d LNAYYND YOLOW GALVY IHL OL 5 4400 00 lt gt LN3881O 3SLLVIASHV 4 0 LN3HSICD JYNLYNWYY 21901 SNISH3A3H ONLNOO 1 D 0 094 i 1 SNISH3A3H AWS 22 7 0 0 JoLLd
72. If the Automatic restart function is selected 086 gt 0 on the peer to peer communication partner then only a parameter setting of P807 gt P086 on the communication partner is meaningful P808 Source for activation of F013 9030 9031 Ind None P052 3 3 FS 9030 P051 40 G172 Selection of binector which will activate fault message F013 when it Type L2 Offline G174 Switches to log 1 9030 binector B9030 9031 binector B9031 r809 Diagnostic information for G SST3 Ind 10 052 3 Type O2 Free running counter overflow at 65535 G172 G174 i001 Number of error free telegrams i002 Number of errored telegrams Byte frame parity overrun or BCC error i003 Number of byte frame errors i004 Number of overrun errors i005 Parity error i006 STX error Start interval before STX not observed telegram residual transfer time not observed delay time of LGE character too long erroneous STX i e 02 i007 Violation of telegram residual transfer time USS prot only i008 Block check error i009 Incorrect telegram length With PP802 3 or 4 only The length of the received telegram 15 P801 P802 Note If the received values are correct they will be processed even when this error has been detected i010 Timeout error No valid telegram has been received for a period exceeding the setting in P807 After the occurrence of a timeout error this counter is not activated again until the next valid telegram
73. Ind 2 052 3 d 5 numbers FS P051 40 Selection of the input signals that are added and led to the input of the 1 i001 179 offline G153 friction compensation i002 0 i001 Input signal with sign Type L2 i002 Input signal with absolute value generator Settings 0 Connector 0000 1 Connector 0001 etc P520 Friction at 0 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 20 FS 0 0 P051 40 5 Setting as of converter rated DC current rated torque 0 1 Type 02 Online P521 Friction at 10 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 E 20 FS 0 0 P051 40 Ci Setting as of converter rated DC current or rated torque 0 1 Type 02 Online P522 Friction at 20 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 i FS 0 0 P051 40 dm Setting as of converter rated DC current or rated torque 0 1 2 Online P523 Friction at 30 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 5 FS 0 0 P051 40 s Setting as of converter rated DC current or rated torque 0 1 2 Online P524 Friction at 40 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FS 0 0 P051 40 C Setting as of converter rated DC current or rated torque 0 1 Type 02 Online P525 Friction at 50 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 52 3 FS 0 0 P051 40 ie Setting as of converter rated DC current or rated torque 0 1 2 Online P526 Friction at 60 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 5 FS 0 0 P051 40 m Setting as of converter rated DC current or rat
74. Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Speed Setpoint Selection With factory defaults the Base Drive Panel is automatically configured to get the speed reference from the main setpoint analog input at terminals 4 and 5 on connector X174 The default scaling provides 10 volts at terminals 4 with respect to 5 equals 100 speed setpoint in the forward direction If the input is 10 volts at terminals 4 with respect to 5 then 100 speed setpoint in the reverse direction is provided Alternatively the drive can be configured receive the speed setpoint from the CUD1 serial ports at connectors X300 or X172 and from optional communication boards or serial port located on the optional CUD2 board If an alternative source of the speed setpoint is required it can be set using parameter P433 The normal choices are Source of Speed Setpoint P433 Main setpoint analog input factory default setting K0011 Serial Interface 1 X300 USS protocol Word 2 K2002 Serial Interface 2 X172 USS protocol Word 2 K6002 Technology Board or First Communication Board Word 2 K3002 Second Communication Board Word 2 K8002 Serial Interface 3 CUD2 X162 USS protocol Word 2 K9002 The speed setpoint can come from many other sources such as other analog inputs other words in the serial protocols MOP function and other freely selectable function in the base drive software The ultimate selection of the setpoint source d
75. O2 Offline P781 Number of process data for G SST1 G170 When P780 0 or 9 is selected Parameter is irrelevant When USS protocol P780 2 is selected Number of PZD elements 0 No process data are expected or sent in the USS protocol 1 16 Number of process data words in USS protocol same number applies to transmission and receipt The received PZD elements 1 to max 16 are available at connectors K2001 to K2016 and in some cases bit serially at binectors for internal wiring purposes The PZD elements to be transmitted 1 to max 16 are selected in parameters P784 01 to P784 16 Length of parameter jobs for G SST1 Ind None 052 3 FS 127 P051 40 This parameter is effective only when P780 2 USS protocol Type O2 Offline 0 No PKW data are expected or sent in the USS protocol 3 4 3 or 4 PKW data words are expected in the USS protocol and 3 or 4 PKW data words are also sent for transmission of parameter values 127 Number of PKWs is determined by the telegram length P783 Baud rate for G SST1 300 baud 600 baud 1200 baud 2400 baud 4800 baud 9600 baud 19200 baud 38400 baud 56700 baud 11 93750 baud 13 187500 baud P784 Source for transmit data for G SST1 All connector Ind 16 052 3 numbers FS P051 40 G170 Selection of connectors to be transferred as transmit data to the USS 1 i001 32 Offline master via USS interface 1 i002 167 i003 0 i004 33 1005 1016 0 Type L2 G1
76. P082 2 Automatic connection of standstill field set by P257 after a delay parameterized by P258 after operating status o7 or higher has been reached 082 3 Field current permanently connected Field weakening 081 0 No field weakening as a function of speed or P081 1 Field weakening operation as a function of internal EMF control so that in the field weakening range i e at speeds above motor base speed the motor EMF is maintained constant Note Rated EMF Rated Terminal voltage I ateaXRarmature EMF setpoint K289 P101 P100 P110 hg Selection of basic technological functions Current limits P171 Motor current limit in torque direction in of P100 default value 100 US setting P171 150 P172 Motor current limit in torque direction in of P100 default value 100 US setting P172 150 Ramp function generator P303 Acceleration time 1 in seconds default value 10 P304 Deceleration time 1 in seconds default value 10 P305 Initial rounding 1 in seconds default value 0 P306 Final rounding 1 in seconds default value 0 8 12 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Execution of optimization runs The unit must be in operating state 07 0 or 07 1 enter SHUTDOWN Select one of the following optimization runs in key parameter 051 P051 25 Optimization run for precontrol and current controller for armature and
77. P147 1 the nominal measuring time is switched over to 4 ms for low speeds G145 Caution When P146 1 the minimum measurable speed can be reduced by up to a factor of 4 as opposed to a 0 setting However this setting results in a longer actual speed sensing delay in the extended minimum speed range SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 29 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P147 Nominal measuring time of pulse encoder signal evaluation 0 to 20 Ind 4 P052 3 V 1 FS 0 51 40 0 Nominal measuring time 1 ms gating pulse synchronized Type 02 Offline FDS measurement G145 1 Nominal measuring time 2 ms gating pulse synchronized measurement produces steadier actual speed value than setting 0 2 Nominal measuring time 4 ms gating pulse synchronized measurement for drives with high moment of inertia produces steadier actual speed value than setting 0 12 Nominal measuring time 0 2 ms asynchronous measurement 13 Nominal measuring time 0 3 ms asynchronous measurement 20 Nominal measuring time 1 ms asynchronous measurement Note 12to20 Nominal measuring time 0 2 ms to 1 ms asynchronous measurement for highly dynamic drives reduces dead time in the actual speed value channel but less steady actual speed value than achieved with setting 0 to 2 can be set
78. Possible fault causes e 7001 module defective e Measuring circuit saturated input voltage at terminals 4 and 5 or 6 and 7 higher than approx 11 3V Fault value Measuring channel for main setpoint analog select input 1 faulty terminals 4 and 5 Measuring channel for main actual value faulty terminals 103 and 104 Measuring channel for analog select input 1 faulty terminals 6 and 7 MLFB data are faulty active in all operating states Possible fault causes Excessive EMC related interference is present e g due to unprotected contactors unscreened cables loose shield connections 7009 backplane wiring assembly is defective Fault value r047 Index 002 to 016 1 MLFB code number r070 MLFB code number r070 1002 Incorrect MLFB code number is illegal 9 1 213 Communication errors with supplementary boards SCB1 Serious initialization error active in all operating states SCB1 and SCI cannot power up correctly see diagnostic parameter n697 for details Fault value 12 connection to slave 1 22 Noconnection to slave 2 SCB1 Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input1 of slave 1 active in all operating states The cause of the fault may be a cable break SCB1 Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input2 of slave 1 active in all operating states The cause of the fault may be a cable break SCB1 Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input3 of slave 1 active in all operating states
79. SST3 0 to 30 Ind None 052 3 1 FS 0 051 40 2172 This parameter is functional only when P800 2 USS protocol Address via Type 02 Offline which the unit can be addressed in USS bus operation SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 83 PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P807 Telegram failure time for G SST3 0 000 to 65 000 Ind None P052 3 5 FS 0 000 P051 40 The failure time set in this parameter is valid when setting P800 2 USS 0 0015 2 Offline 6172 protocol or P800 5 peer to peer is selected G174 0 000 No time monitoring 0 001 65 000 Time which may elapse between the receipt of two telegrams addressed to the unit before a fault message is activated Fault message F013 is activated if no valid telegram is received within this time period Note The telegram monitoring function is active e from the receipt of the first error free telegram after connection of the electronics power supply e from the receipt of the first error free telegram after the telegram monitor has responded i e monitoring timeout Since the telegram transfer time is dependent on the set baud rate the following minimum setting values for P807 are recommended Baud rate as set in P803 Recommended minimum value for P807 300 baud 0 520s 600 baud 0 260s 1200 baud 0 140s 2400 baud 0 080s 24800 baud 0 040s Note
80. Set EMF controller component to zero 0101 Ind 4 052 3 4 1 FS 1 P051 40 FDS 0 Set controller component to zero i e to obtain pure P Type 02 Offline G165 controller 1 Controller component is active P275 EMF controller P gain 0 10 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 5 2 ERE 0 01 FS 0 60 P051 40 FDS This parameter is automatically set during the field weakening optimization Type 02 Online P276 EMF controller reset time 0 010 to 10 000 Ind 4 P052 3 CDM s FS 0 200 P051 40 FDS This parameter is automatically set during the field weakening optimization 0 0016 Type 02 Online P277 EMF controller droop 0 0 to 10 0 Ind 4 P052 3 t 9o FS 0 0 P051 40 205 0 1 02 Online G165 P280 Filter time for setpoint for EMF controller precontrol SW 1 9 and later 0 to 10000 Ind 4 52 3 ms FS 0 51 40 FDS Filtering of the EMF setpoint at the input of the EMF controller precontrol 4ms Type 02 on line G165 The purpose of this filter is to decouple the EMF controller precontrol from the EMF controller P281 Filter time for setpoint for EMF controller SW 1 9 and later 0 to 10000 Ind 4 052 3 ms FS 0 51 40 FDS Filtering of the EMF setpoint at the input of the EMF controller 1ms Type O2 on line G165 The purpose of this filter is to decouple the EMF controller precontrol from the EMF controller P282 Filter time for actual value for EMF controller SW 1
81. Steps setting Access Type Status 10 35 Control word status word Selection of sources of control words 1 and 2 P648 Source for control word 1 ape Selection of connector to act as the source for control word 1 0 0000 6180 ie 8 connector K0008 9 parameters P654 to P675 are effective every individual bit of control word 1 is input by a binector 10 connector K0010 etc All connector numbers 1 Source for control word 2 Selection of connector to act as the source for control word 2 0 connector K0000 8 connector K0008 9 parameters P676 to P691 are effective every individual bit of control word 2 is input by a binector 10 connector K0010 etc All connector numbers 1 Display of control words 1 and 2 r650 Display of control word 1 Ind None 052 3 i r Type V2 G180 Mode of representation on operator panel PMU bs hs T lo Segments 0 to 15 correspond to bits 0 to 15 of the control word Segment ON Corresponding bit is in log 1 state Segment OFF Corresponding bit is in log 0 state r651 Display of control word 2 Ind None P052 3 i Type V2 G181 Mode of representation on operator panel PMU bs hs T ho l FREEREEELE Segments 0 to 15 correspond to bits 16 to 31 of the control word Segment ON Corresponding bit is in log 1 state
82. The cause of the fault may be a cable break F076 SCB1 Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input of slave 2 active in all operating states The cause of the fault may be a cable break F077 SCB1 Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input2 of slave 2 active in all operating states The cause of the fault may be a cable break Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 25 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error 078 SCB1 Current below 4mA minimum value at analog input3 of slave2 1 analog input3 of slave 2 active in all operating states The cause of the fault may be a cable break F079 SCB1 Telegram failure active in all operating states Check function of SCB1 activity LEDs and connection to SCI slaves fiber optics F080 Error in initialization of a CB TB board Possible causes for fault values 1 and 6 CB TB board is defective CB TB board is not installed correctly CB TB board is taking too long to run up e g due to very complex TB configuration Fault value r949 index 001 r047 index 002 to 016 The Heartbeat counter of the CB TB has not started 1015 Code number of board count within 20 s 1 1 2 2 CB The product version of the installed CT TB board is not Code number of slot containing incom
83. activation limit speed When the setting in parameter P102 is changed subsequently the field weakening optimization run must be repeated the same applies if the maximum speed setting is subsequently re adjusted Magnetization characteristic field characteristic Parameters P120 to P139 determine the curve shape of the magnetization characteristic field characteristic in normalized representation see example field characteristic below for further details Note When the setting in parameter P102 is changed subsequently the field weakening optimization run must be repeated because this alters the degree of saturation and thus the shape of the magnetization characteristic When parameter P100 P101 or P110 or the maximum speed adjustment is subsequently altered the settings in P120 to P139 remain the same but the values in P118 and or P119 are changed r120 Field current for 0 motor flux field characteristic point no 0 0 0 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS of P102 Type O2 G165 0 196 of P102 G166 P121 Field current for 5 motor flux field characteristic point no 1 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS FS 3 7 P051 40 6165 0 1 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 P122 Field current for 10 motor flux field characteristic point no 2 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 7 3 P051 40 G165 0 196 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 P123 Field current for 15 motor fl
84. b destination or freight allowed to destination destination means common carrier delivery point within the United States excluding Alaska and Hawaii nearest the destination b Title to the goods and risk of loss or damage shall pass to Buyer at the f o b point Seller shall not be responsible for damage to the goods after having received in good order receipts from the carrier 5 TAXES Any applicable duties or sales use excise value added or similar taxes will be added to the price and invoiced separately unless an acceptable exemption certificate is furnished 6 TERMS OF PAYMENT a Unless otherwise stated all payments shall be in United States dollars and a pro rata payment shall become due as each shipment is made If shipment is delayed by Buyer date of notice of readiness for shipment shall be deemed to be date of shipment for payment purposes b On late payments the contract price shall without prejudice to Seller s right to immediate payment be increased by 1 1 2 per month on the unpaid balance but not to exceed the maximum permitted by law c If any time in Seller s judgment Buyer is unable or unwilling to meet the terms specified Seller may require satisfactory assurance or full or partial payment as a condition to commencing or continuing manufacture or making shipment and may if shipment has been made recover the goods from the carrier pending receipt of such assurances 3 10 Siemens Energy amp A
85. binector 80000 1 binector B0001 etc 10 37 Analog inputs main actual value main setpoint selectable inputs see also Section 8 Sheets G113 and G114 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD Analog input terminals 4 5 main setpoint P700 G113 Signal type of Main setpoint analog input 0 Voltage input 0 to 10 V 1 Current input 0 to 20 mA 2 Current input 4 to 20 mA Ind None FS 0 Type 02 052 3 P051 40 Offline P701 FDS G113 Normalization of Main setpoint analog input This parameter specifies the percentage value which is generated for an input voltage of 10V or an input current of 20mA at the analog input The following generally applies For voltage input P701 10V X Input voltage in volts Y value which is generated for input voltage X With current input Y P701 20 IRAN X Input current in mA Y 9o value which is generated for input current X 1000 0 to 1000 0 0 1 Ind 4 FS 100 0 Type 12 052 3 P051 40 Online Offset for Main setpoint analog input 200 00 to 199 99 0 01 Ind None FS 0 00 Type 12 052 3 P051 40 Online Mode of signal injection at Main setpoint analog input 0 Injection of signal with sign 1 Injection of absolute value of signal 2 Injection of signal with sign inverted 3 Injection of absolute value of signal inverted 0103 1 Ind
86. contract price for the nonconforming goods c SELLER HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE SPECIFICALLY IT DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE COURSE OF DEALING AND USAGE OF TRADE d Buyer and successors of Buyer are limited to the remedies specified in this article and shall have no others for a nonconformity in the goods Buyer agrees that these remedies provide Buyer and its successors with a minimum adequate remedy and are their exclusive remedies whether Buyer s or its successors remedies are based on contract warranty tort including negligence strict liability indemnity or any other legal theory and whether arising out of warranties representations instructions installations or non conformities from any cause Note This article 1 does not apply to any software which may be furnished by Company In such cases the attached Software License Addendum applies 2 PATENTS Seller shall pay costs and damages finally awarded in any suit against Buyer or its vendees to the extent based upon a finding that the design or construction of the goods as furnished infringes a United States patent except infringement occurring as a result of incorporating a design or modification at Buyer s request provided that Buyer promptly notifies Seller of any charge of infringement and Seller is given the right at its expense to settle such charge and to
87. current controller optimization run 75 of the rated motor armature current flows for approximately 0 7s Furthermore individual current spikes of approximately 120 of the motor rated armature current are generated Siemens Energy amp Automation 8 13 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 8 14 P051 26 Speed coniroller optimization run process lasts approximately 65 The following parameters are set automatically P225 P226 and P228 Note The speed controller optimization run takes only the filtering of the actual speed controller value parameterized in P200 into account and if PO83 1 filtering of the main actual value parameterized in P745 When P200 20ms P225 gain is limited to a value of 30 00 The speed controller optimization run sets P228 speed setpoint filter to the same value as P226 speed controller integration time for the purpose of achieving an optimum control response to abrupt setpoint changes In many process applications it may be better to set P228 0 so that the actual speed follows the process setpoint with less delay During the speed controller optimization run the motor is accelerated at a maximum of 45 of its rated armature current The motor may reach speeds of up to approximately 2096 of maximum speed If field weakening is selected P081 1 or if closed loop torque control P170 1 or torque limiting P169 1 is selected or if a variable field current s
88. current for zero speed is applied as the armature current setpoint motor P100 can thus be increased to 2 2 times the value at maximum without exceeding 100 lA motor during optimization With speed controller optimization run The actual speed does not drop to below 2 of maximum speed or to below the speed threshold nmin set in P370 within 2 minutes With optimization run for field weakening The actual speed does not drop to below 2 of maximum speed or to below the speed threshold nmin set in P370 within 10 minutes With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation The actual speed does not drop to below 2 of maximum speed or to below the speed threshold nmin set in P370 within 11 or 2 minutes Possible cause e Single quadrant drive coasts to standstill too slowly Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 17 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error The average armature current required for the speed range from 7 to approximately 13 of maximum speed to cover the friction and or steady state load torque cannot be calculated Possible cause Drive with very little friction or very small integral action time and as a result of the very short measuring time computational inaccuracies during evaluation Distorted or disturbed actual
89. data word 1 i016 Display process data word 16 i017 Display parameter data word 1 i020 Display parameter data word 4 When peer to peer P790 5 is selected Display of the data to be transmitted via peer to peer interface 2 i001 Transmit data word 1 i005 Transmit data word 5 i006 Not used i020 Not used SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 85 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status r814 Receive data on G SST3 Ind 20 P052 3 Type L2 When USS protocol P800 2 is selected 6172 Display of data received USS interface 3 6174 isplay ived vi i001 Display process data word 1 i016 Display process data word 16 i017 Display parameter data word 1 i020 Display parameter data word 4 When peer to peer P800 5 is selected Display of data received via peer to peer interface 3 i001 Receive data word 1 i005 Receive data word 5 i006 Not used i020 Not used r815 Transmit data on G SST3 Ind 20 052 3 8 L2 When USS protocol P800 2 is selected Display of the data to be transmitted via USS interface 3 i001 Display process data word 1 i016 Display process data word 16 i017 Display parameter data word 1 i020 Display parameter data word 4 When peer to peer P800 5 is selected Display of the data to be transmitted via peer to peer interface 3 i001
90. direction change function 1 FS 220 P051 40 BDS Type L2 Offline G163 0 Binector 80000 1 Binector 0001 etc Binector status 0 Enable for MO or 1 Enable for MO or MI 10 9 Current limitation torque limitation P169 Select closed loop torque current control 0101 Ind 4 052 3 1 5 1 P051 40 FDS See parameter P170 Type 02 Offline G160 P170 Select closed loop torque current control 0 to 1 Ind 4 052 3 t 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS 169 170 2 Offline 0 0 Closed loop current control and current limitation 0 1 Closed loop torque control with torque limitation the G160 torque setpoint is converted to a current setpoint Current setpoint torque setpoint motor flux Current limitation is active additionally 1 0 Closed loop current control with torque limitation the specified torque limit is converted to a current limit Current limit torque limit motor flux Current limitation is active additionally 1 1 Do not set Note A valid field characteristic P117 1 must be available when P169 or P170 1 If one is not the optimization run for field weakening P051 27 must be executed P263 determines the input quantity for the motor flux calculation P171 System current limit in torque direction 0 0 to 300 0 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS of P100 FS 100 0 P051 40 G160 0 196 of P100 Type O2 Online 6161 172 System current limit torque direction II 300 0 to 0 0 Ind 4 52 3 FDS o
91. dissipated via a suppressor circuit e g a varistor to prevent the load inductor from producing a surge voltage See also P179 P162 EMF calculation method for armature precontrol 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 T 1 FS 1 P051 40 0 The EMF derived from the measured armature voltage is Type 02 Offline FDS ype applied 1 The EMF derived from the calculated armature voltage is G162 i applied the purpose of this setting is to prevent the occurrence of any low frequency lt 15 Hz armature current fluctuations SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 31 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P163 EMF filtering method for armature precontrol 0103 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 3 P051 40 FDS 0 No filtering Type O2 Offline 1 Filtering element filter time constant approx 10 ms G162 for use by works engineers only 2 Averaging over the last 2 EMF values for use by works engineers only 3 Averaging over the last 3 EMF values P164 Set armature current controller P component to zero 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 FDS 0 Set controller P component to zero i e to obtain pure Type 02 Offline G162 controller 1 Controller component is active P165 Select the binector to control the Enable a torque direction for torque All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3
92. encoder types 2x evaluation The rising and falling edges of one pulse track are evaluated can be set for encoder types 1 1a and 2 4x evaluation The rising and falling edges of both pulse tracks are evaluated can be set for encoder types 1 and 1a See parameters P450 and 451 for position sensing function P140 Selection of pulse encoder type 0104 Ind None P052 3 e 1 FS 0 P051 40 G145 See beginning of this Section 11 8 for pulse encoder types Type O2 Offline 0 No encoder Speed sensing with pulse encoder function not selected 1 Pulse encoder type 1 2 Pulse encoder type 1a 3 Pulse encoder type 2 4 Pulse encoder type 3 P141 Number of pulses of pulse encoder 1 to 32767 Ind None P052 3 pulses rev FS 500 P051 40 6145 1 pulse rev Type O2 Offline P142 Matching to pulse encoder signal voltage 0 to 1 Ind None P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 G145 0 Pulse encoder outputs 5 V signals Type O2 Offline 1 Pulse encoder outputs 15V signals Matching of internal operating points to signal voltage of incoming pulse encoder signals CAUTION Resetting parameter P142 to the alternative setting does not switch over the supply voltage for the pulse encoder terminals X173 26 and 27 Terminal X173 26 always supplies 15V An external voltage supply is must be provided for pulse encoders requiring a 5V supply 10 28 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating In
93. even when this error has been detected i010 Timeout error No valid telegram has been received for a period exceeding the setting in P787 After the occurrence of a timeout error this counter is not activated again until the next valid telegram is received G SST 2 RS485 on X172 see also Section 8 Sheets G171 and G173 and Section 9 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD P790 Selection of protocol for G SST2 basic converter interface 0 2 5 9 Ind None 052 3 0 Setting has no function 1 diee 6171 02 Offline 2 2 USS protocol 5 Peer to peer communication 9 For internal factory test purposes SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 79 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P791 Number of process data for G SST2 0 to 16 Ind None 052 3 da 1 FS 2 P051 40 G171 When P790 0 or 9 is selected Parameter is irrelevant Type O2 Offline G173 When USS protocol P790 2 is selected Number of PZD elements 0 No process data are expected or sent in the USS protocol 1 16 Number of process data words USS protocol same number applies to transmission and receipt The received PZD elements 1 to max 16 are available at connectors K6001 to K6016 and in some cases bit serially at binectors for internal wiring
94. for the requested maximum speed Note In motor operation it is possible to reach EMF values corresponding to the peak of the phase to phase supply voltage at a firing angle of 3730 rectifier stability limit P150 and low armature currents Setpoint EMF for field weakening operation too high parameter P101 is set too high Supply voltage dip EMF controller or field current controller is not optimized possibly resulting in excessive EMF on power up Fault value r047 Index 002 to 016 Calculated firing angle armature before limitation KO101 i002 Instantaneously measured actual EMF 0287 1003 Armature current controller setpoint 0118 A slave connected to the paralleling interface is not operating active when 0800 1 or 2 U806 gt 10 master after receipt of the first valid protocol in operating states 1 Fault value A fault message is active on a slave A slave is not in operation e g because its enable input is set to 0 Analog select input for main setpoint terminals 4 and 5 faulty active in operating states of lt 06 This fault message is activated when P700 2 current input 4 to 20 mA and an input current of less than 2mA is flowing Possible fault causes Open circuit in supply cable P700 is incorrectly set Analog select input 1 terminals 6 and 7 is faulty active in operating states of lt 06 This fault message is activated when P710 2 current input 4 to 20 mA and an input c
95. gt 25 1 0 4 813 32 0 6 12 GROUND TERMINAL TERMINALS 80 102 NOTE SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES ARE LOCATED INSIDE THE POWER MODULE PM 23 0 9 NOTE FROM THE BACK OF THE MOUNTING PANELTO THE TOP OF THE POWER MODULE TALLEST COMPONENT 629 24 8 1660 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Dimensions mm inches MOUNTING SLOTS FOR M12 0 50 SCREWS 6 PLACES GROUND TERMINAL gt y L1 12 L3 TERMINALS 1 80 102 3883 288 965 423 EARS 38 0 Jaj H SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES ARE LOCATED INSIDE THE POWER MODULE PM 227 i 2CTR pava 0 ISIGHT 1981 J 78 0 a A 292 0 09 3CTR 90 Ea 09 SISSE o ow 101 61 442 ad 965 ave 38 0 REC o 2 1 Y Y A la 767 30 2 gt 23 0 9 25 1 0 813 32 0 gt NOTE FROM THE BACK OF THE MOUNTING THE OF THE POWER MODULE TALLEST COMPONENT 629 24 8 1680 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 6 13 NOTES 6 14 Siemens Energ
96. i003 Incorrect voltage value normalized to 16384 Undervoltage persists for longer than time set in parameter P086 if this is set to gt 0 Overvoltage active in operating states of lt 04 The voltage at terminals 1U1 1V1 or 1W1 301 3W1 is higher than the response threshold for longer than the restart time set in P086 Response threshold for armature supply voltage P078 001 1 522 100 Response threshold for field supply voltage 078 002 100 Possible fault causes Line overvoltage Monitoring values set too sensitively or incorrectly P352 P078 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error NOTICE This monitoring function is deactivated in the delivery state It can be activated via parameter P820 Fault value r047 Index 002 to 016 Overvoltage has occurred 002 Number of phase that has activated fault message 0 Phase UV 1 Phase VW 2 WU 3 Phase field i003 Incorrect voltage value normalized to 16384 Undervoltage persists for longer than time set in parameter P086 if this is gt 0 Line frequency less than the minimum line frequency acc to parameter P363 active in operating states of lt 05 This fault message is activated if the line frequency is le
97. is activated during the optimization run if the electronics supply is disconnected before the relevant optimization run is restarted if another function data set than the one before is selected or if another optimization run is started in between The parameters of the function data set selected in each case are optimized While optimization runs are being executed the function data set selection must not be changed or else a fault message will be activated Siemens Energy amp Automation 8 15 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Optimization runs should be executed in the order listed above precontrol and current controller speed controller and field weakening control friction moment and moment of inertial compensation The determined parameters are dependent on the motor temperature Values set automatically when the motor is cold can be used as effective defaults For highly dynamic drives the optimization runs 51 25 should be repeated after the drive has been operated under load i e when motor is warm Checking and possible fine adjustment of maximum speed After the optimization runs have been executed the maximum speed should be checked and if necessary adjusted to its final value If it is necessary to change the maximum speed setting by more than about 10 the control response of the speed control loop must be checked It may be necessary to repeat the speed controller optimization run o
98. master Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 5 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Telegram failure at GSST2 when P790 2 USS telegram failure at G SST2 active from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states After the receipt of the first valid protocol no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P797 Possible fault causes Cable break Error in USS master when P790 4 or 5 and P798 32 or 33 Peer to peer telegram failure at G SST2 active in operating states of lt 06 After the receipt of the first valid protocol no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P797 Possible fault causes Interruption in connecting cable interference on connecting cable P797 is set too low F013 Telegram failure at GSST3 when P800 2 and P808 32 or 33 USS telegram failure to G SST3 active from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states After the receipt of the first valid protocol no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P807 Possible fault causes Cable break Error in USS master when P800 4 or 5 Peer to peer telegram failure at G SST3 active in operating states o
99. of shipment the goods are of the kind and quality described herein and are free of non conformities in workmanship and material This warranty does not apply to goods delivered by Seller but manufactured by others b Buyer s exclusive remedy for a nonconformity in any item of the goods shall be the repair or the replacement at Seller s option of the item and any affected part of the goods Seller s obligation to repair or replace shall be in effect for a period of one 1 year from initial operation of the goods but not more than eighteen 18 months from Seller s shipment of the goods provided Buyer has sent written notice within that period of time to Seller that the goods do not conform to the above warranty Repaired and replacement parts shall be warranted for the remainder of the original period of notification set forth above but in no event less than 12 months from repair or replacement At its expense Buyer shall remove and ship to Seller any such nonconforming items and shall reinstall the repaired or replaced parts Buyer shall grant Seller access to the goods at all reasonable times in order for Seller to determine any nonconformity in the goods Seller shall have the right of disposal of items replaced by it If Seller is unable or unwilling to repair or replace or if repair or replacement does not remedy the nonconformity Seller and Buyer shall negotiate an equitable adjustment in the contract price which may include a full refund of the
100. of the hours run counter as the fault occurred r048 is stored for each fault in 049 The data for the current not yet acknowledged fault are stored as the Hours run counter reading in index 1 The data for earlier already acknowledged faults are stored under the following indices 1947 r949 r049 Fault number Fault value Fault time h Index 1 Current t Current m Current Index 1 0 0 p 1 acknowl Index 2 r 2 acknowl Index 3 3 acknowl Index 4 4 acknowl Index 5 5 acknowl Index 6 tv t 6 acknowl Index 7 0 0 Index 9 1 acknowl 1 acknowl 7 acknowl Index 8 0 0 0 0 Index 17 2 acknowl 2 acknowl Plaintext information about the fault numbers is available under the corresponding index of parameter r951 Ind 64 Type 02 052 3 r949 G189 Fault value Fault value of faults allows more detailed diagnosis for a variety of parameters The fault values are stored in the same indices as the associated fault numbers r947 see parameter r947 Ind 64 Type 02 P052 3 r951 Fault text 0 to 65535 1 Ind 101 Type O2 52 3 952 Number of faults Settings 0 Deletes the entire fault memory r947 r949 and r049 by reset
101. on line 10 28 Speed limiting controller see also Section 8 Sheet 6160 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD The output of the speed limiting controller comprises a positive K0136 and a negative K0137 torque limit These limits are applied to the torque limitation P509 G160 Source for input quantity n act of speed limiting controller 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc All connector numbers 1 Ind None FS 167 Type L2 052 3 051 40 Offline P510 G160 Source for pos torque limit of speed limiting controller Selection of the connector to be injected as the limit value for torque limitation 1 0 connector 0000 1 connector K0001 etc All connector numbers 1 Ind None FS 2 Type L2 052 3 P051 40 Offline Source for neg torque limit of speed limiting controller Selection of the connector to be injected as the limit value for torque limitation 2 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc All connector numbers 1 Ind None FS 4 Type L2 052 3 P051 40 Offline P512 Maximum speed in positive direction of rotation 0 0 to 199 9 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 105 0 P051 40 G160 0 1 of rated speed O2 Online P513 Maximum speed in negative direction of rotation 199 9 to 0 0 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 105 0 P051 40 G160 0 1 of rated speed Type 12 Online P515 P gain of spee
102. or for claims by Buyer for damages of Buyer s customers Seller s maximum liability under this contract shall be the contract price Buyer and Seller agree that the exclusions and limitations set forth in this article are separate and independent from any remedies which Buyer may have hereunder and shall be given full force and effect whether or not any or all such remedies shall be deemed to have failed of their essential purpose 10 GOVERNING LAW AND ASSIGNMENT The laws of the State of Georgia shall govern the validity interpretation and enforcement of this contract without regard to its conflicts of law principles The application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall be excluded Assignment may be made only with written consent of both parties provided however Seller may assign to its affiliate without Buyer s consent 11 ATTORNEY FEES Buyer shall be liable to Seller for any attorney fees and costs incurred by Seller in enforcing any of its rights hereunder 12 DISPUTES Either party may give the other party written notice of any dispute arising out of or relating to this contract and not resolved in the normal course of business The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute promptly by negotiations between executives who have authority to settle the dispute If the matter has not been resolved within 60 days of the notice either party may initiate non binding mediation
103. r989 r981 List of existing parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r980 1982 List of existing parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See 980 1983 List of existing parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r980 1984 List of existing parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 P052 3 Type 02 See r980 r985 List of existing parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r980 1986 List of existing parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r980 1987 List of existing parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r980 1988 List of existing parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r980 r989 List of existing parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 Continuation of the list can be found under index 101 Please note Jh 860 1860 TECH BOARD installed 2980 n980 See also r980 r990 List of modified parameter numbers start Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 Visualization parameter for displaying the first 100 modified parameters in the or r parameter range 0 to 999 The parameter numbers are listed ascending sequence Repetition of a number over several indices means that there are no further modified parameters in the 0 to 999 range The list is continued at the parameter whose number is displayed under index 101 See also r999 r991 List of modified parameter n
104. restart function NOTE Setting values higher than 2 00s are effective only in relation to the voltages at terminals 101 1V1 1W1 301 3W1 A restart time of 2 00 s is operative in this case for the voltage at terminals 5U1 5W1 electronics power supply 0 00 to 10 00 s 0 01s Ind None FS 0 40 Type 02 052 3 051 40 Online P087 G140 Brake release time 10 00 to 0 01 5 The Release brake command is delayed in relation to enabling of the gating pulses for thyristors and controllers i e operating state or by the delay time set in this parameter During this period the motor rotates against the closed brake This setting is useful for example for vertical loads 0 00 to 10 00 s When a Switch on or Inching or Crawling command is input with Operating enable the drive dwells in operating state 01 0 for the delay period set in this parameter the internal controller enabling signal and thus enabling of the thyristor gating pulses do not take effect until the delay period has elapsed so as to give the holding brake time to open 10 00 to 10 00 5 0 015 Ind None FS 0 00 Type 12 052 3 P051 40 Online SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 19 PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type
105. see List of Alarm Messages can only be active in certain operating states The system responses to an alarm are as follows e Alarm message is displayed the operator panel PMU OP1S B0114 7 status word 1 bit 7 is set and B0115 is cancelled see also special alarm bits in status word 2 e g for an external alarm overload etc e The corresponding bit in one of the alarm words r953 K9801 to r960 K9808 is set Simolink start active in all operating states Although the board has been initialized it cannot yet exchange telegrams parameters have not yet been correctly configured on all nodes or the boards have not yet been linked via fiber optics to form a closed ring Short circuit at binary outputs active in all operating states Hardware monitoring function to check for short circuit at one of the binary select outputs see also F018 and r011 Alarm message from free function block FB256 active in all operating states The binector wired via parameter U104 Index 002 is in the state log 1 Alarm message from free function block FB257 active in all operating states The binector wired via parameter U105 Index 002 is in the state log 1 External alarm 1 active in all operating states Bit 28 in control word 2 was in the log state for longer than the time set in P360 index 003 External alarm 2 active in all operating states Bit 29 in control word 2 was in the log state for longer t
106. selected connectors result in a positive minimum value at the output of the limitation 0 connector K0000 8 connector 0008 9 value as set in parameter P642 1 10 connector 0010 etc P644 Source for main setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 numbers FS 206 P051 40 FDS Selection of connector to be injected as the main setpoint 1 Type L2 Offline 0 connector K0000 G135 1 connector K0001 etc P645 Source for additional setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 i A m numbers FS 0 P051 40 FDS Selection of connector to be injected as an additional setpoint 1 Type L2 Offline 0 connector K0000 G135 1 connector K0001 etc P646 Source for enable signal for ramp up integrator switchover All binector numbers Ind 2 52 3 5 5 TN 1 FS 1 P051 40 RDS Selection of binector to control enabling of the ramp function integrator Type L2 Offline switchover function G136 0 binector 80000 1 binector 0001 etc P647 Source for enable signal for ramp function generator tracking All binector numbers Ind 2 52 3 7 SW 2 1 and later 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS 1 Type L2 Offline Selection of binector to control enabling of the ramp function generator tracking function 6136 0 binector 80000 1 binector B0001 etc 10 66 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change
107. the armature current required in the new torque direction is gt 0 5 of rated converter DC current P072 fault message F043 is activated see Section 10 for possible fault causes 1 Alarm A043 and automatic field reduction if EMF is too high in braking operation If the EMF is too high in braking operation i e if the following applies to the armature firing angle o before limitation K0101 gt ayy 5 degrees alarm A043 is activated awy is the inverter stability limit according to P151 or 165 degrees with a discontinuous armature current The field is reduced with activation of A043 This field reduction is achieved by regulating the armature firing angle to aW 5 degrees by means of a P controller whose output reduces the EMF controller setpoint Field weakening operation by internal closed loop EMF control 081 1 must therefore be parameterized so that the field reduction can take effect When a torque direction change is requested both torque directions remain disabled until the field and thus the EMF have been reduced accordingly i e until the calculated firing angle K0101 for the armature current required in the new torque direction is 165 degrees P273 Control word for EMF controller precontrol 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 Y 1 FS 1 P051 40 EDS 0 EMF er precontrol disabled precontrol output rated Type 02 Offline 0165 motor field current P102 1 EMF controller precontrol is active P274
108. 0 0 to 199 9 Ind None P052 3 of P102 Type 02 G166 0 1 of P102 7 r037 Display of actual EMF value 1500 0 to 1500 0 Ind None P052 3 V 6165 ices r038 Display of actual armature voltage value 1500 0 to 1500 0 Ind None P052 3 V Type 12 0 1 039 Display of EMF setpoint 0 0 to 1500 0 Ind None P052 3 V Type O2 6165 This parameter displays the EMF setpoint which is applied as the control 0 1V quantity in the field weakening range This value is calculated from Umotor ateg IMotOrategs RA P101 P100 P110 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 9 PNU Description Value range Unit Steps No indices See Factory Change setting Access Type Status r040 Display of limitations Representation on operator panel PMU ls lo Li a Segment ON Corresponding limitation is reached Segment OFF Corresponding limitation is not reached Segment or bit 0 aw limit field reached P251 1 Negative current limit field reached 274 2 aw limit armature reached ayy acc to P151 for continuous current 165 for discontinuous current Susa Negative current limit armature reached K0132 4 uus Negative maximum speed reached P513 Speed limiting controller responds 80201 Negative torque limit reached 80203 Neg li
109. 0 01s PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P312 Ramp down time 3 0 00 to 650 00 Ind 4 P052 3 205 5 FS 10 00 P051 40 G136 0 01s Type O2 Online P313 Lower transition rounding 3 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 205 5 FS 0 00 P051 40 6136 0 015 02 Online P314 Upper transition rounding 3 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 205 5 FS 0 00 P051 40 6136 0 015 02 Online Displays r315 Display of effective times 0 00 to Ind 4 P052 3 650 00 10 00 02 i001 Display of effective ramp up time s 6136 1002 Display of effective ramp down time 0 01s i003 Display of effective lower transition rounding i004 Display of effective upper transition rounding r316 Display of ramp function generator status Ind None P052 3 Mode of representation on operator panel PMU 6136 del Segment 0 RFG enable 1 RFG start 2 Setpoint enable amp OFF1 3 SetRFG 4 RFG tracking 5 Bypass RFG 7 Ramp down 15 P317 Ramp function generator tracking 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 T 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS 0 Ramp function generator tracking is not active Type 02 Offline 2136 1 Ramp function generator tracking is active P318 Set ramp function generator output 0102 Ind 4 052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 This parameter determines how the ramp function generator output is set at Type O2
110. 0 50 Resetting and storing parameters list of existing and modified P and r parameters P970 Restore factory setting Reset parameters to factory setting default 0 Parameter reset All parameters are reset to their original values factory setting This parameter is then automatically reset to 1 1 No parameter reset Note Function can also be selected by setting 051 21 0 to 1 Ind None FS 1 Type 02 052 3 051 40 Offline SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 91 PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P971 EEPROM transfer 0101 Ind None P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 Transfer of parameter values from RAM to EERPROM on switchover from 0 Type O2 Offline to 1 It takes approximately 15s to process all values The PMU remains in value mode for this period r980 List of existing parameter numbers start Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 Visualization parameter for displaying the first 100 parameter numbers in the P or r parameter range 0 to 999 The parameter numbers are listed ascending sequence Repetition of a number over several indices means that there are no further parameter numbers in the 0 to 999 range The list is continued at the parameter whose number is displayed under index 101 See also
111. 0 Ind 4 P052 3 SW 1 9 and later ms FS 0 P051 40 FDS 1ms Type O2 on line Filtering of the armature current setpoint at the input of the armature current G162 controller The purpose of this filter is to decouple the armature current precontrol from the armature current controller 10 10 Auto reversing stage armature gating unit P192 Control word for the Alpha W limit armature as of SW 2 1 0 to 1 Ind 4 052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS 0 Continuous current Type 02 Online Inverter stability limit for the delay angle of the armature G163 converter Alpha W value according to parameter P151 Intermittent current Alpha W 165 1 Inverter stability limit for the delay angle of the armature converter Alpha W value according to parameter P151 10 11 Speed controller further parameters for the speed controller P550 P567 Setting values for speed controller actual value setpoint processing P200 Filter time for actual speed controller value 0 to 10000 Ind 4 P052 3 ELA ms FS 0 P051 40 FDS Filtering of the actual speed value by means of a PT1 element 1ms Type O2 Online G152 This filter setting is taken into account by the speed controller optimization run P051 26 P201 Band stop 1 Resonant frequency 1 to 140 Ind 4 P052 3 205 Hz FS 1 P051 40 6152 1Hz Type O2 Online P202 Band stop 1 Quality 0103 Ind 4 P052 3 0 G allty 05 1 FS 0 P0
112. 0 Parameter not yet set 0 1A Type 02 Offline G165 P101 Rated motor armature voltage acc to motor rating plate 10 to 2800 Ind 4 P052 3 x 5 400 P051 40 ppg Melee 1V 02 Offline One of the functions of this parameter is to determine the point at which G165 field weakening operation commences If possible the rated motor armature voltage the voltage drop in the motor feeder cable for a current setting acc to P100 should be set in P101 P102 Rated motor field current acc to motor rating plate 0 00 to 600 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 0 00 P051 40 FDS 0 00 Parameter not yet set 0 01A Type 02 Online G165 P103 Minimum motor field current 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 0 00 P051 40 Eps _ Note 0 01 02 Offline 6165 P103 must be lt 50 of P102 to execute the optimization run for field weakening 051 27 P104 Speed n1 acc to motor rating plate 1 to 10000 Ind 4 P052 3 V Ne rev min FS 5000 51 40 FDS 17 point speed value in speed dependent current limitation 1rev min Type O2 Offline This parameter is used together with P105 P106 P107 and P1068 to define 6161 the characteristic of the current limiting value as a function of actual speed P105 Armature current 11 acc to motor rating plate 0 1 to 6553 0 Ind 4 52 3 PES m A FS 0 1 P051 40 FDS 17 point current value in speed dependent current limitation 0 1A Type O2 Offline This
113. 00 Ind None 52 3 s FS 0 02 P051 40 When the line contactor has dropped out and the Switch on Inching 01s Type 02 Online Crawling command is applied or after a phase failure has been detected in the armature or field mains supply with active Automatic restart function 086 gt 0 the converter dwells in operating state 04 and 05 until voltage appears at the power section Line voltage is not assumed to be applied to the power terminals until the amplitude frequency and phase symmetry have remained within the permissible tolerance for a period exceeding the setting in this parameter The parameter applies to both the armature and field power connections Caution The setting in PO90 must be lower than the settings in PO86 except when 086 0 0 and 089 091 Setpoint threshold 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 2 52 3 dus 9o FS P051 40 i001 Threshold for function Switch on only if setpoint is low 0 01 1001 199 99 Online The converter be switched on only if a setpoint 1002 0 00 0193 x P091 001 is applied to the ramp function generator Type O2 input If the applied setpoint is higher the converter dwells in state o6 after switch on until the absolute setpoint value is P091 001 i002 Threshold for function Automatic pulse disable if setpoint is low SW 2 0 and later If n set 0193 and n act 166 are less than P091 002 the firing pulses are disabled and the driv
114. 01 1 QUAD CATALOG NO 6RA7075 6FV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD 1C1 4QUNTS ONLY 175A 700V A1 FUF 00E 020 90 91 Affe A2 o 8 2 250 75 C 10 AWG 60 TORQUE TO TORQUE TO 275 INCH LBS 5 INCH LBS Lun MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 140 AMPS DC Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 1 IF APPLICABLE 1 BASE DRIVE PANEL 210 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 460 VAC 1 1 1 WP ar RE MAIN DISCONNECT AND kA M BRANCH CIRCUIT 10 PROTECTION SIZED PERN EC inb 2 250 75 TORQUE TO 275 INCH LBS 1CFU 2CFU 2 5A 600V 1CTR A1 FUF AFA 011 3CFU 1 5A 250V A1 FUF DKA GBP CONTROL TRANSFORMER 250VA A1 TRC QOC 286 MAIN CONTACTOR 3TF5222 0AP6 4 SUPPRESSOR 3 7462 3 XF1 2 XF1 1 200A 500V A1 FUF 00D 021 A1 FUF END C20 5U1 5W1 PWR SUPPLY PWR POWER MODULE CATALOG NO 6RA7078 6FS22 0Z X01 1 QUAD CATALOG NO 6RA7078 6FV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD 301 3W1 FIELD SUPPLY 3C 3D 1U1 1V1 1w1 ARMATURE SUPPLY 1C1 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel 10 AWG 60 TORQUE TO 5 INCH LBS
115. 01 i004 Normalization 100 of the connector value corresponds to the negative system torque limit according to la P172 and If P102 i005 Normalization 100 of the connector value corresponds to the negative torque limit according to la r072 002 and If P102 can be set in SW 1 9 and later 0 0000 8 0008 9 value set in parameter P605 1 10 connector 0010 607 Source for torque setpoint for master drive All connector Ind 2 P052 3 numbers FS 148 P051 40 Torque limitation 1 Type L2 Offline BDS Selection of connector to be injected as the torque setpoint for a master drive G160 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 61 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status Speed controller P609 Source for actual speed controller value All connector Ind None P052 3 Lo numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the actual speed controller value 4 Type L2 Offline G1 51 when P083 4 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc Setting values for configuring of closed loop field and EMF control P610 Source for gating unit input field All connector Ind None P052 3 bi 2 numbers FS 252 051 40 Mes Selection of connector to be a
116. 02 Online G181 appropriate input or corresponding control word bit as selected in P675 P686 P688 or P689 has been in the LOW state for at least the time period set in this parameter see also Section 8 Sheets G180 and G181 i001 Delay for external fault 1 i002 Delay for external fault 2 i003 Delay for external alarm 1 i004 Delay for external alarm 2 P361 Delay time for the undervoltage monitoring SW 1 7 and later 0 to 60000 Ind 4 052 3 s 6 115 FS 0 P051 40 FDS Activation of the fault message F006 line undervoltage is delayed by the 1ms Type O2 on line time that can be set in this parameter During this delay time firing pulses are output Another time which is parameterized for automatic restarting P086 only begins after the time set here has elapsed P362 Delay time for the overvoltage monitoring SW 1 7 and later 0 to 60000 Ind 4 052 3 u ms FS 10000 P051 40 FDS Activation of the fault message F007 line overvoltage is delayed by the 1ms Type O2 on line time that can be set in this parameter During this delay time firing pulses are output Another time which is parameterized for automatic restarting P086 only begins after the time set here has elapsed P363 Threshold for the minimum line frequency SW 1 8 and later 23 0 to 60 0 Ind 4 P052 3 Hz FS 45 0 051 40 FDS If the line frequency falls below the value set here and does not rise above it 9 4 Hz Type 02 on line again
117. 02 on line P561 Adaptation n controller droop Threshold 2 SW 1 7 and later 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 6151 0 01 02 on line Drehzahlregler Begrenzung der Statik P562 Positive speed droop limitation 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 100 00 P051 40 6151 0 01 02 Online P563 Negative speed droop limitation 199 99 to 0 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 100 00 51 40 6151 0 01 12 Online Speed controller optimization for drives with oscillating mechanical system On drives with oscillating mechanical components it can be useful to optimize the speed controller using optimization run 51 29 The frequency response of the controlled system for frequencies from 1 Hz to 100 Hz is recorded during optimization The drive is first accelerated up to a base speed P565 FS 20 A sinusoidal speed setpoint with low amplitude P566 FS 1 is then injected The frequency of this supplementary setpoint is incremented in 1 Hz steps from 1 Hz up to 100 Hz An average per frequency is calculated over a parameterizable number of current peaks P567 FS 300 P565 Base speed for frequency response recording SW 1 9 and later 1 0 to 30 0 Ind None 052 3 FS 20 0 P051 40 0 1 Type O2 on line P566 Amplitude for frequency response recording SW 1 9 and later 0 01 to 5 00 Ind None 052 3 FS 1 00 051 40 0 01
118. 0421 Type 02 Online P422 B422 fixed bit 0101 Ind 4 052 3 FDS 1 FS 0 P051 40 G120 is applied to binector 80422 Type 02 Online P423 B423 fixed bit 0101 Ind 4 052 3 FDS 1 FS 0 P051 40 6120 is applied to binector 80423 Type 02 Online P424 B424 fixed bit 0 to 1 Ind 4 052 3 FDS r 1 FS 0 P051 40 G120 is applied to binector 80424 Type 02 Online P425 B425 fixed bit 0101 Ind 4 052 3 FDS 1 5 0 P051 40 6120 is applied to binector 80425 Type 02 Online P426 B426 fixed bit 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 1 FS 0 P051 40 6120 is applied to binector 80426 Type 02 Online P427 B427 fixed bit 0101 Ind 4 052 3 FDS 1 FS 0 P051 40 G120 is applied to binector B0427 Type 02 Online P428 B428 fixed bit 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 1 FS 0 P051 40 6120 is applied to binector 80428 Type 02 Online 10 21 Digital setpoint input fixed setpoint inching and crawling setpoints see also Section 8 Sheets G127 G129 and 6130 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD Fixed setpoint Function Up to 8 connectors can be selected in P431 indices 01 to 08 These can be applied as an additional fixed setpoint K0204 K0209 via the binectors selected in P430 indices 01 to 08 setpoint is applied when binector switches to log 1 state P432 indices 01 to 08 can be set to define for each setpoint individually whether the ramp function generator must be bypassed on setpoint i
119. 1 connector K0001 etc P591 Source for actual value of n set n act signal 1 All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers FS 167 P051 40 Setpoint actual value deviation signal 1 Type 12 Offline G187 Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity for the setpoint actual value deviation signal 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc 10 58 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P592 Source for actual value of n lt signal All connector Ind None P052 3 P numbers FS 167 P051 40 lt signal 1 Type L2 Offline G187 Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity n for the n yR signal 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc P593 Source for actual value of n lt nmin signal All connector Ind None P052 3 signal numbers FS 167 P051 40 min signa 1 Type L2 Offline 6187 Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity for the lt nmin hi signal 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P594 Source for input quantity of Polarity signal All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers FS 170 051 40 Polarity signal of speed setpoint 1 12 Offline G188 Selection of connector to be injected as in
120. 1 Identification code of boards mounted in locations 1 to 3 of electronics box 1 3 2 Arrangement of board locations 1 to 3 F D and slots D to Gin 5 electronics box 2 i001 Board in location 1 71 CUD1 72 CUD1 CUD2 i002 Board in slot D upper slot of location 2 111 Pulse encoder board SBP SW 1 8 and later 131 to 139 Technology board 141 to 149 Communications board 151 152 161 Special board EB1 EB2 SLB i003 Board in slot E lower slot of location 2 111 Pulse encoder board SBP SW 1 8 and later 131 to 139 Technology board 141 to 149 Communications board 151 152 161 Special board EB1 EB2 SLB i004 Board in slot F upper slot of location 3 111 Pulse encoder board SBP SW 1 8 and later 141 to 149 Communications board 151 152 161 Special board EB1 EB2 SLB i005 Board in slot G lower slot of location 3 111 Pulse encoder board SBP SW 1 8 and later 141 to 149 Communications board 151 152 161 Special board EB1 EB2 SLB SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 13 PNU Description Value range Unit Steps No indices See Factory Change setting Access Type Status r064 G101 Board compatibility Compatibility identifier of boards in locations 1 to 3 of electronics box The compatibility identifier is bit coded To ensure the compatibility of a board it must have 1 setting at the same bit location of the parameter value as the CUD in locatio
121. 1 5W1 109 PWR SUPPLY 5N1 301 PWR SUPPLY FIELD SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG 6RA7093 4GS22 0Z X01 1 QUAD CATALOG NO 6RA7093 4GV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD ESTOP 3D 101 1V1 1W1 SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES ARE INTERNAL TO POWER MODULE Note FAN MUST ROTATE COUNTER CLOCKWISE WHEN VIEWED FROM ABOVE ARMATURE SUPPLY 1 1 101 4 AWG 60 C TORQUE TO 11 INCH LBS A1 A2 m 4 500 MCM 75 C SS TORQUE TO 375 INCH LBS MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 1180 AMPS DC Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 460 ae pa p 19 07997 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED IF APPLICABLE 2 6 500 75 TORQUE TO 375 INCH LBS BASE DRIVE PANEL 1660 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 1CFU 2CFU 2 5A 600V 011 1 5A 250V A1 FUF DKA GBP CONTROL TRANSFORMER 250VA A1 TRC Q0C 286 ENABLE RELAY 3RH1122 1AP60 XP XP XR SUPPRESSOR 3RT1916 1BD00 RECT BR 1 116 002 001 D CONIACTOR A FUE END CSO AT CRD CAC 010 XF1 2 XF1 1 5A 600V A1 FUF AFA 016 CONTROL TRANSFORMERS 750 A1 TRC QOC 289 138 1 1 1 6A SET 1 50A 9 g T3 MSP 3RV1011 1AA10 4v1 o 5U1 5W1 109 PWR SUPPLY 3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1 FIELD SUPPLY SEMICONDUCTO
122. 10 24 10 25 10 26 10 27 10 28 10 29 10 30 10 31 10 32 10 33 10 34 10 35 10 36 10 37 10 38 10 39 10 40 10 41 10 42 10 43 10 44 10 45 10 46 10 47 10 48 10 49 10 50 Motorized potentiometer Oscillation definition of Motor Interface Torque Shell Input Speed limiting controller Friction compensation Compensation of moment of inertia dv dt injection Speed controller Field reversal Input Quantities for Signals Configuring of Closed Loop Control Control and Status Word Further Configuring Measures Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Binary Outputs Configuration of Serial Interfaces Deactivation of Monitoring Functions Compensation values Thyristor Diagnostics Parameters for DriveMonitor and OP1S Profile Parameters Fault memory Visualization parameters Alarms Device identification Visualization parameters Control and status word Resetting and Storing Parameters 11 Simplified Block Diagrams Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 49 10 51 10 52 10 53 10 54 10 54 10 55 10 57 10 59 10 59 10 60 10 68 10 71 10 72 10 76 10 78 10 79 10 89 10 89 10 90 10 90 10 90 10 91 10 92 10 93 10 93 10 93 0 3 1 Safety information Hazardous voltages and rotating parts are present in this electrical equipment during operation Non observance of the safety instructions can result in death severe personal injury or substantial property da
123. 11 Switch over parameter sets FDS Parameter belongs to the function data set see Section 9 1 subsection Data sets BDS Parameter belongs to the BICO dataset see Section 9 1 subsection Data sets 3 Specification of parameter type 02 Unsigned 16 bit value 12 Signed 16 bit value 04 Unsigned 32 bit value 4 Signed 32 bit value v2 Bit coded quantity 12 Nibble coded quantity 4 Setting steps for access via PKW mechanism 5 Factory setting 6 Minimum setting required P052 to allow display of the relevant parameter Minimum access level required P051 to allow modification of the relevant parameter Online The parameter can be changed in all converter operating states Offline The parameter can only be changed in converter operating states of gt 01 0 8 500 Parameter belongs to the technology software in the basic converter SOO option 9 The parameter number i e the number to be entered via the OP1S operator panel is specified in brackets in the PNU column for all parameters which are not P parameters or r parameters e g 2010 under n010 or 2100 under U100 10 The parameter is shown in the specified function diagram in Section 8 here G153 in SIMOREG DC Master Operating Instructions GRX1700 0AD76 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 3 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions NOTES 10 4 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instruction
124. 129 when the inching setpoint is injected The ramp function generator is bypassed if the AND operation between the binector selected via an index of P435 and the setting in the same index of P437 produces a log 1 P438 Source for standard setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 ken tet numbers FS 208 P051 40 Selection of the connector to be applied if inching setpoint injection is not 1 L2 Offline FDS selected 129 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc Function Crawling setpoint Up to 8 connectors can be selected in P441 indices 01 to 08 These can be applied as an additional crawling setpoint 201 K0206 via the binectors selected P440 indices 01 to 08 P445 can be set to define whether the setpoint must be applied when the selected binectors have reached the log 1 state when 445 0 or in response to a 0 1 transition when P445 1 When setpoint injection in response to a 0 gt 1 transition is selected the setpoint injection function is reset when the binector selected in P444 switches to the log 0 state P442 indices 01 to 08 can be set to define for each setpoint individually whether the ramp function generator must be bypassed on setpoint injection If crawling setpoint injection is not selected the connector set in P443 is applied to K0206 P440 Source for injection of crawling setpoint All binector numbers Ind 8 P052 3 M
125. 2 10 19 Settable fixed values Function The value set in the parameter is applied to the specified connector P401 K401 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 2120 applied to connector K0401 0 0195 12 Online P402 K402 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 G120 is applied to connector 0402 0 01 Type 12 Online P403 K403 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 G120 is applied to connector K0403 0 01 Type 12 Online P404 K404 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 G120 is applied to connector K0404 0 0196 Type I2 Online P405 K405 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 G120 is applied to connector 405 0 01 Type 12 Online P406 K406 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 96 FS 0 00 P051 40 G120 is applied to connector K0406 0 0196 Type I2 Online P407 K407 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 G120 is applied to connector K0407 0 0196 Type I2 Online P408 K408 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 6120 is applied to connector 0408 0 01 Type 12 Online P409 K409 fixed value 199 99 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 G120 is applied to connector K0409 0
126. 2 If one of the alarms between 113 and 128 is generated the corresponding segment in the display lights up E gt 2 2 20619618 117 16 1514 13 10 48 Device identification r964 Parameters for device identification on the PROFIBUS SW 2 0 and later Display parameters to support overview and diagnosis of all nodes on the PROFIBUS DP during and after commissioning coding according to PROFIBUS profile V3 i001 Display of the manufacturer of the SIMOREG DC Master 6RA70 SIEMENS 42 i002 Display of device type SIMOREG DC Master 6RA70 4110 i003 Display of the software version of the SIMOREG DC Master 6RA70 see r060 001 i004 Display of year of generation of the software of the SIMOREG DC Master 6RA70 yy y y see r061 001 i005 Display of the month and day of generation of the software of the SIMOREG DC Master 6RA70 dd m m see r061 003 and r061 002 i006 Display of the controlled axes of the SIMOREG DC Master 6RA70 1 0 to 65535 1 Ind 6 Type O2 P052 1 10 49 Visualization parameters Control and status word r967 Display of control word 1 Visualization parameter for control word 1 bits 0 15 Identical to r650 control word 1 Ind None Type V2 052 3 r968 Display of status word 1 Visualization parameter for status word 1 bits 0 15 Identical to r652 status word 1 Ind None Type V2 052 3 1
127. 2 ist P396 Threshold for field current monitoring SW 1 9 and later 1 to 100 Ind 4 052 3 FS 50 P051 40 FDS 0 01 of setpoint at Type O2 on line field current con 6167 troller input 0268 P397 Field current monitoring time SW 1 9 and later 0 02 to 60 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 0 50 P051 40 G167 0 01s Type O2 on line If lt lf x signal P398 Field current threshold x 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 x 1 96 FS 80 00 P051 40 FDS Setpoint oriented field current threshold for lt Ir limit value monitor 0 01 of setpoint O2 Online field current 6188 Note controller input This threshold affects the sequence of control operations for the Direction 0268 of rotation reversal using field reversal and Braking with field reversal functions see Section 9 The If lt lf x signal is connected to binector 80216 the actual value at field current controller input K0265 is applied as If B0216 0 when K0265 gt threshold set in P398 B0216 1 when K0265 threshold set in P398 hysteresis set in P399 0 1 transition takes place when K0265 P398 1 gt 0 transition takes place when K0265 gt P398 P399 P399 Hysteresis for lt x signal 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 052 3 FS 1 00 P051 40 FDS This value is added to the response threshold if If lt If x is active 0 01 of converter Type 02 Online see also P398 rated field DC G188 current 073 10
128. 2 Offline G166 P138 Field current for 90 motor flux field characteristic point no 18 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 79 8 P051 40 6165 0 1 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 P139 Field current for 95 motor flux field characteristic point no 19 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 89 1 P051 40 G165 0 1 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 25 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status Example of a field characteristic The example characteristic exhibits a sharper curvature i e a lower degree of saturation than the field characteristic produced by the factory setting Motor flux of ratet flux 100 oor 1 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 25 4 15 10 P124 P123 P122 P121 r120 P125 P129 P128 P127 P126 P131 P130 P132 P133 P134 P135 139 100 0 lt P138 P137 Field current in 96 of P102 P136 1 For actual field currents lf of gt 100 of P102 the characteristic is extended linearly for internal calculation of the motor flux 10 26 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Bas
129. 3 Type V2 Representation on operator panel PMU G112 8 ls lo 1 fo Segment ON Corresponding terminal is activated HIGH level is applied or overloaded or short circuited Segment OFF Corresponding terminal is not activated LOW level is applied or not overloaded or not short circuited Display of status of binary output terminals Segment or bit 0s Terminal 46 1 Terminal 48 2 5 Terminal 50 Terminal 52 Tu Terminal 109 110 relay contact for line contactor Display of overloading of binary outputs Segment or bit Terminal 46 9 Terminal 48 10 Terminal 50 11 Terminal 52 12 Terminal 26 15V output 13 Terminal 34 44 and or 210 24V output r012 Motor temperature 58 to 200 Ind 2 52 3 12 Display of motor temperature when a KTY 84 temperature sensor is 1 C G185 connected P490 x 1 A value of 0 is always output in r012 when a PTC thermistor or no temperature sensor is installed i001 Motor temperature 1 sensor at terminals 22 23 i002 Motor temperature 2 sensor at terminals 204 205 r013 Heatsink temperature 47 to 200 Ind None P052 3 C Type 12 Display of heatsink temperature 1 C r014 Temperature rise 0 0 to 200 0 Ind 2 P052 3 96 Type O2 i001 Calculated motor temperature rise see P114 0 1 i002 Calculated thyristor temperature rise see 75 1015 Display of line v
130. 3 Injection of absolute value of signal inverted P757 Filtering time for analog output 2 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 ms FS 0 051 40 6115 ims Type O2 Online SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 75 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P758 Normalization of analog output 2 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 5 10 00 P051 40 G115 ylVizxs 2728 0 01V Type I2 Online 100 6 x 7 Normalization input corresponds to filtering output y Normalization output corresponds to output voltage at analog output with offset 0 P759 Offset for analog output 2 10 00 to 10 00 Ind None P052 3 V FS 0 00 P051 40 6115 0 01V Type 12 Online Analog output terminals 18 19 P760 Source for output value at analog output 3 All connector Ind None 052 3 5 numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connector whose value is to applied to the analog output 1 Type 12 Online G116 0 connector 1 connector 0001 etc P761 Mode of signal injection at analog output 3 0103 Ind None P052 3 ITE 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 Injection of signal with correct sign Type 02 Online G116 1 Injection of absolute value of signal 2 Injection of signal with sign inverted 3 Injection of absolute value of signal inverted P762 Filteri
131. 4 P305 P306 Perform self tuning P051 25 26 27 28 Set application specific parameters 10 Documentation of final parameter values Select speed feedback method P083 analog tach encoder EMF voltage custom The following details explain how to do each of the above steps Siemens Energy amp Automation 8 9 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions y Access authorization P051 Key parameter 0 Parameter cannot be changed 40 Parameter can be changed P052 Selection of parameters to be displayed 0 Only parameters that are not set to default are visible 3 All parameters are visible Y Adjustment of converter rated currents Base Drive Panels are designed to continuously operate at the converter US rated current and then provide 150 overload current for 60 seconds In order to meet this requirement it is mandatory that P067 be set to a value of 5 The IEC Class 1 rating provides a higher continuous current but has no overload capability The fuses contactor power terminals and power wiring used on base drives have been selected based on the US rating Failure to set P067 on Base Drive Panels to the US rating may cause damage to Base Drive Panel components and void warranty Set parameter P067 5 U S Rating Set parameter P075 1 to allow dynamic overload capability Adjustment to actual converter supply voltage 078 001 Supply voltage for armature circuit in volts 078 002 Sup
132. 4 AWG 60 C 10 AWG 60 TORQUE TORQUE 11 INCH LBS Q 5 INCH LBS MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 15 AMPS DC Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions BASE DRIVE PANEL 30 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 460 VAC rt CUSTOMER SUPPLIED IF APPLICABLE 1CFU 2CFU 1 25A 600V A1 FUF AFA 006 3CFU 0 75A 250V A1 FUF DKA GBF 1CTR H1 H2 H3 H4 3CFU YYY 230 V CONTROL TRANSFORMER 115VA A1 TRC Q0C 285 CONTACTOR 3RT1025 1AP60 4 SUPPRESSOR 3RT1926 1BD00 XP XF1 2 XF1 1 MAIN DISCONNECT AND lt a PER ff BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTION SIZED 4 AWG 60C TORQUE 11 INCH LBS 50A 700V A1 FUF END CDN 1 5W1 PWR SUPPLY 3U1 3W1 FIELD SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG 6RA7025 6FS22 0Z X01 1 QUAD CATALOG NO 6RA7025 6FV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD 1U1 1V1 1W1 ARMATURE SUPPLY PWR 3C 3D Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel 2 1 49 UNITS ONLY 50A 700V A1 FUF END CDN O 10 AWG 60 C TORQUE j 5 INCH LBS MOTOR A2 4 AWG 60 C TORQUE TO 11 INCH LBS 500 VOLTS DC F L A 30 AMPS DC Operating Instructions 17 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 1 IF APPLIC
133. 41 Output value to be multiplied by P541 199 99 negative threshold 200 00 543 Input setp act val diff 1 i gt i positive 199 99 threshold P543 200 00 P546 Filter time for compensation of moment of inertia 0 to 10000 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS ms FS 0 051 40 6153 ims Type O2 Online SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 55 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 31 Speed controller see also Section 8 Sheet G151 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD further parameters for the speed controller P200 P236 Speed controller adaptation The parameters of the speed controller Kp Tn droop can be altered as a function of any connector to adapt the speed controller optimally to a changing controlled system The diagrams below show the active P gain the active Integration time and the active droop depending on the value of the set connector Adaptation of the P gain KP P550 P225 2444000 d Threshold 1 Threshold 2 Input P556 P559 selected in P553 Adaptation of the integration time Tn P551 P226 gt Threshold 1 Threshold 2 Input P557 P560 selected in 554 Adaptation of the droop St P552 P227 i id Threshold 1 Threshold 2 Input P558 P561 selected in P555 For parameter pairs P225 P550
134. 5 27 01g Y Hg L 10 0 Zo uuo ONVAWOO HONI 330 NO cba 80 10 4 90 d 2064 0 0 a re Q3XI4 02 9 03395 OL 4 aie lt 1 1404135 uny uny 767 861 20 6023 ah 002d LL S b0d Mv HONI qa3axia ANIOd LAS Q33dS 3SH3A3H LAdNI DOTVNV ANIOdL3S m d 80 10 ONNVOS NMOG dn ONIIVOS vL 7 lt Ke e LM E 0 ve9d inioaiasaaxig 0 1999 ap ANIOdL3S 1 WALSAS LNIOdLSS 5 80 10 9 8 0 0 L 0L1038 3ounos L IUD ANIOdLAS 440 NO 4 0 80 10 le S a n 0 01009 9 0 3ounos 9v 1NIOd13S TMVHO SLAANI 9 0 7244 18 56 Coat rano LLX X90748 aaidridWis NO NMOHS LON 318 VI VAV 177 WVHOVIG X90718 aar4ridwis SLNNI YSLSVW 02789 2201 820 4018 aLyyado 6201 ANIOdLaS 1NIOdL3S 109135
135. 5 and G186 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD CAUTION The encoders for measurement and monitoring of the brush length bearing condition air flow and motor temperature must be safely isolated from the power circuit Selection of temperature sensor for analog monitoring of motor P052 3 temperature P051 40 Offline i001 Temperature sensor at terminals 22 23 i002 Temperature sensor at terminals 204 205 Settings No temperature sensor KTY84 PTC thermistor with R 600Q 1 PTC thermistor with R 1200Q 1 PTC thermistor with R 1330Q 1 PTC thermistor with R 2660Q 1 PTC thermistor according to DIN 44081 44082 with specified R at rated response temperature 1330Q on Siemens motors setting 4 must be selected When a PTC thermistor is selected as the temperature sensor it is not necessary to set parameters P491 and P492 alarm and trip temperatures These two temperatures are predetermined by the type of PTC thermistor installed Whether an alarm or fault is output when the operating point of the PTC thermistor is reached depends on how the relevant input is parameterized P493 F or P494 F Analog monitoring of motor temperature Alarm temperature 0 to 200 P052 3 P051 40 Operative only when P490 x 1 1 Online SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 51 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See
136. 50 VA 230 VAC secondary 140 amp 210 amp A1 TRC QOC 286 1180 1660 amp 1680 amp 350 VA 230 VAC secondary 255 to 510 amp 1 00 287 1000 230 1000 230 secondary 850 1 A1 TRC Q0C 288 288 750 VA 460 VAC TR 1660 amp 0 289 1680 Main Contactor US Rating 460V SPARE 2080 cm pae PRUE 0e d ew c mte aree 3 Pole AC contactor 240 VAC coil 255 amp 3RT1456 6AP36 1 Pole DC contactor 250 VDC coil 430 to 1680 A1 CRD CAC 010 L3 Contactor Coil Suppressor 15 ENSP DESCRIPTION WHERE USED PART NUMBER RECOM US Rating 460V SPARE Suppressor varistor type 127 240 V 15 amp 3RT1916 1BD00 430 to 1680 amp Suppressor varistor type 127 240 V 30 to 140 amp 3RT1926 1BD00 Auxiliary Relay EN and Rectifier Bridge MREC DESCRIPTION WHERE USED PART NUMBER RECOM US Rating 460V SPARE Relay 2 NO 2 NC 230 VAC coil 430 to 1680 amp 3RH1122 1AP60 Rectifier Bridge 1 Phase 5A 800 V 430 to 1680 amp A1 116 002 001 S Siemens Energy amp Automation 3 9 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 3 5 Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale Siemens Energy amp Automation Inc Seller 1 WARRANTY Seller warrants that on the date
137. 51 40 FDS 2 Online 1 Quality 1 2 Quality 2 G152 3 Quality 3 P203 Band stop 2 Resonant frequency 1 to 140 Ind 4 P052 3 205 Hz FS 1 P051 40 G152 1Hz Type O2 Online P204 Band stop 2 Quality 0103 Ind 4 P052 3 0 Quality 0 5 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS 2 Online 1 Quality 1 2 Quality 2 G152 3 Quality 3 P205 D element Derivative action time 0 to 1000 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS ms FS 0 P051 40 6152 ims Type O2 Online P206 D element Filter time 0 to 100 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS ms FS 0 P051 40 G152 ims Type O2 Online r217 Indication of the active droop of the speed controller SW 1 7 and later 0 0 to 10 0 Ind None P052 3 Type 02 G151 0 1 10 34 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions run 51 26 Speed controller droop Function A parameterizable feedback loop can be connected in parallel to the and P components of the speed controller acts on summation point of setpoint and actual value PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 1218 Indication of the active integration time of the speed controller 0 010 to 10 000 Ind None P052 3 G151 SW 1 7 and later s Type 02 G152 0 0015 219 Display of effective gain of speed controller 0 01 to 200 00 Ind
138. 51 40 FDS Selection of the connector to be applied as the Automatic setpoint to the 1 Type L2 Offline ramp function generator in the motorized potentiometer G126 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc P462 Ramp up time for motorized potentiometer 0 01 to 300 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 10 00 P051 40 6126 0 01s Type O2 Online P463 Ramp down time for motorized potentiometer 0 01 to 300 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 10 00 P051 40 6126 0 01s Type O2 Online SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 49 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P464 Time difference for dy dt 0 01 to 300 00 Ind 4 P052 3 s FS 10 00 P051 40 FDS Setting of dt for the output of dy dt ata connector 0 015 2 Online i e on K0241 the change in the output quantity K0240 is output within the G126 time set in P464 multiplied by the factor set in P465 unit of time setting is s if P465 0 or min if P465 1 Example The ramp function generator is currently ramping up with a ramp up time of P462 5s i e a ramp up operation from y 0 to y 100 takes 5s A time difference dt of P464 2s is set A dyldt of 40 appears at connector K0241 since the dy within the set dt of 2 s equals 2s 5s 100 P465 Factor of expansion for motorized potentiometer 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052
139. 7 2 7 16 7 18 7 20 0 1 10 0 2 Start up 8 1 General safety information 8 2 Operator control panels 8 3 Parameterization procedure 8 4 Typical connection diagrams 8 5 Reset to factory default values 8 6 Start up procedure Faults and Alarms 9 1 Fault messages 9 2 Alarm messages Abbreviated Parameter List Overview Overview of Abbreviations 10 1 Operating Status Display 10 2 General Visualization Parameters 10 3 Access Authorization Levels 10 4 Definition of SIMOREG Converter 10 5 Setting Values for Converter Control 10 6 Definition of Motor 10 7 Definition of Speed Sensing Pulse Encoder 10 8 Armature Current Control Reversing Gating 10 9 Current Torque Limitation 10 10 Auto reserving stage Armature gating unit 10 11 Speed Controller 10 12 Field Current Control Gating 10 13 Closed Loop EMF Control 10 14 Ramp Function Generator 10 15 Setpoint Processing 10 16 Ramp Function generator 10 17 Monitoring Functions and Limits 10 18 Limit Value Monitors 10 19 Settable fixed values 10 20 Fixed control bits 10 21 Digital Setpoint Inputs 10 22 Position sensing with pulse encoder 10 23 Connector selector switches 8 1 8 2 8 6 8 8 8 9 9 1 9 28 10 1 10 3 10 5 10 7 10 11 10 13 10 17 10 22 10 27 10 30 10 32 10 34 10 34 10 36 10 38 10 39 10 41 10 42 10 42 10 43 10 45 10 46 10 46 10 48 10 49 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions
140. 70 1 2 3 4 5 6 T 8 9 i001 Selection for word 1 i002 Selection for word 2 i016 Selection for word 16 Applicable settings 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc Options for G SST1 052 3 P051 40 Offline i001 0 Bus terminator OFF 1 Bus terminator ON i002 0 Bit 10 of the 17 receive word does not function as Control by PLC 1 Bit 10 of the 1 receive word does function as Control by PLC i e when bit 10 0 all other bits of the 1 receive word as well as receive words 2 to 16 are not written to connectors K2001 to K2016 or to binectors B2100 to B2915 All these connectors and binectors retain their old values 10 78 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P786 USS bus address for G SST1 0 to 30 Ind None 052 3 x 4 FS 0 051 40 6170 This parameter is functional only when 780 2 USS protocol Address via Type 02 Offline which the unit can be addressed in USS bus operation P787 Telegram failure time for G SST1 0 000 to 65 000 Ind None P052 3 5 FS 0 000 051 40 The failure time set this parameter is valid when setting 780 2 USS 0 001s Type 02 Offline G170 protocol is selected 0 000 No time monitoring 0 001 65 000 Time which may el
141. 97 P298 Typ O2 off line G136 P303 to P314 and P542 ramp function generator times 0 Factor 1 1 Factor 60 i e effective ramp function generator times values in minutes instead of in seconds 10 17 Setting values for monitoring functions and limits Setting values for monitoring functions P351 Threshold for undervoltage trip 90 to 0 052 3 1 P051 40 FDS If the line voltage drops below a specific value P078 and does not return to Armature the permissible tolerance range within the Restart time set in P086 fault 196 of P078 001 message F006 is activated The drive dwells in operating state 04 or 05 Field while the line undervoltage persists 196 of P078 002 Online Source for overvoltage trip 0 to 99 P052 3 i P051 40 If the line voltage exceeds a specific value 078 and does not return to the armature Online permissible tolerance range within the Restart time set in 086 fault 1 of P078 001 message F007 is activated Field 196 of P078 002 Response threshold for phase failure monitoring 10 to 100 052 3 Ne P051 40 If the line voltage drops below the permissible value in operating states of Armature Online lt 04 and does not return to an acceptable value within the Restart time 1 of P078 001 set in P086 fault message F004 or F005 is activated Field The drive dwells in operating state o4 or 05 for the period that the line 1
142. AB03 15 connecting cable 5m 65 7010 05 LBA Local bus adapter for the electronics box 65 7090 0 84 4 0 Note LBA is needed to install any boards listed below ADB Adapter board 6527090 0 84 Note ADB is always needed to install CBC CBP2 CBD EB1 EB2 SBP and SLB boards SBP Pulse encoder evaluation board 1 2 65 7010 00 1 Terminal expansion board 2 6SX7010 0KB00 EB2 Terminal expansion board 2 65 7010 0 00 2 2 SLB SIMOLINK board 65 7010 CBP2 Communications board interface for PROFIBUS 2 6SX7010 0FF05 CBC Communications board interface for CAN protocol 6SX7010 0F GOO CBD Communications board interface for DeviceNet protocol 2 65 7010 0 00 T400 Technology board with SPW 420 Axial winder software 2 6DD1 842 0AA0 T400 Technology board with SPW 440 Angular Synchr Software 2 6DD1 842 0ABO 1 A pulse encoder evaluation circuit is a standard component of the basic SIMOREG converter The SBP only needs to be ordered in configurations requiring evaluation of a second pulse encoder 2 The LBA local bus adapter and ADB adapter board must be ordered as additional components for installing supplementary boards in the SIMOREG converter Siemens Energy amp Automation 3 3 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 34 Spare Parts 3 4 Printed Circuit Boards US Rating 460V NUMBER SPARE Power Interface board 1Q 85 to 575 VAC
143. ABLE l BASE DRIVE PANEL 60 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 1CFU 2CFU 1 25A 600V A1 FUF AFA 006 3CFU 0 75A 250V A1 FUF DKA GBF 460 VAC MAIN DISCONNECT AND Be T g BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTION SIZED usc acl PER N E C t F 47 1 AWG 60C Fog TORQUE ME 27 INCH LBS L1 12 1131 mmm CONTROL TRANSFORMER 115VA A1 TRC QOC 285 MAIN CONTACTOR 3RT1035 1AP60 SUPPRESSOR 3RT1926 1BD00 XP XF1 70A 500V A1 FUF 00D 014 1 20 2 1 1 5N1 PWR SUPPLY 3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1 FIELD ARMATURE SUPPLY SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG NO 6RA7028 6FS22 0Z X01 1 QUAD CATALOG NO 6RA7028 6FV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD 1C1 90 91 sot 81 Ate A2 gt gt 7 1 AWG 6UC 10 AWG 60 C TORQUE TO TORQUE TO 27 INCH LBS 5 INCH LBS Lund HOH MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 60 AMPS DC Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions CUSTOMER SUPPLIED IF APPLICABLE BASE DRIVE PANEL 100 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 460 VAC Doe MAIN DISCONNECT AND D 4 BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTION SIZED ues isl PER N E C 1 AWG 60C TORQUE TO 27 INCH LBS 1 1CFU 2CFU 1 25A 600V A1 FUF AFA 006 CONTROL TRANSFORMER 115VA 1 00 285 3CFU 0 75A 250V A1 FUF DKA GBF
144. C Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P131 Field current for 55 motor flux field characteristic point no 11 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 40 6 P051 40 6165 0 1 of P102 Type 02 Offline G166 P132 Field current for 60 motor flux field characteristic point no 12 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 44 6 P051 40 G165 0 1 of P102 Type 02 Offline G166 P133 Field current for 65 motor flux field characteristic point no 13 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 48 9 P051 40 G165 0 1 of P102 Type 02 Offline G166 P134 Field current for 70 motor flux field characteristic point no 14 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS of P102 FS 53 6 P051 40 G165 0 1 of P102 Type 02 Offline G166 P135 Field current for 75 motor flux field characteristic point no 15 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 58 9 P051 40 G165 0 1 of P102 Type 02 Offline G166 P136 Field current for 80 motor flux field characteristic point no 16 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 64 9 P051 40 G165 0 1 of P102 Type 02 Offline G166 P137 Field current for 85 motor flux field characteristic point no 17 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 71 8 P051 40 6165 0 1 of P102 Type O
145. C Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Dimensions mm inches MOUNTING HOLES FOR 10 GROUND TERMINAL 375 SCREWS 6 PLACES uu 0 1107 qms Ss oe Ol O OIIO O FUSE NOT SUPPLIED sl d Ol Ol o ON I QUAD UNITS E E EJ Q 6 B 280 i TERMINALS 80 94 HoR ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE REQ D FROM CONTACTOR h fi S ARC CHUTE ANY dp GROUNDED METAL N e lis a 1200 4 47 2 8 2 255 SIEMENS 6RA70 Lo LJ m r eo vt Li 880 no 34 6 6 Hek STE amp 0 FEA 8 Nx 2 1 n Hi 20 15 p 520 20 5 aa 06 e 348 13 7 550 21 6 gt a 376 148 gt NOTE IM
146. Delay time according to P089 elapsed in state 05 0 waiting until Ifield act 0265 is gt 50 of the instantaneous field current setpoint K0268 threshold settable in P396 as of SW 1 9 After P086 gt 0 has elapsed time for automatic restart in operating state lt 04 Voltage failure the field supply or Ifield act K0265 lt 50 Ifield set KO268 for longer than 500 ms settable via P396 and P397 as of SW 1 9 When P086 0 no automatic restart in operating state lt 04 act K0265 lt 50 set K0268 for longer than 500 ms settable via P396 and P397 as of SW 1 9 If field reduction before field reversal field lt I field min P394 is not reached within 30 s If field build up after field reversal field gt field x P398 is not reached within 30 s 9 4 Undervoltage active in operating states of 04 The voltage at terminals 101 1V1 or 1W1 301 3W1 is lower than the response threshold for longer than the restart time set in P086 Response threshold for armature supply voltage P351 078 001 1 100 Response threshold for field supply voltage P351 100 P078 002 1 Possible fault causes Line undervoltage Monitoring values set too sensitively or incorrectly P351 P078 Fault value r047 Index 002 to 016 Undervoltage has occurred i002 Number of phase that has activated fault message 0 Phase UV 1 Phase VW 2 Phase WU 3 Phase field
147. ER CONNECTION 1 0 AWG to 500 MCM 4 CABLES PER CONNECTION 1 0 AWG to 500 MCM 6 CABLES PER CONNECTION 1 0 AWG to 500 MCM 2 to 44 0 AWG 1 0 to 350 MCM 275 IN LBS 375 IN LBS 375 IN LBS 375 IN LBS 375 IN LBS 375 IN LBS 150 IN LBS 275 IN LBS Base Drive Panel Control Connections CTB 15 TO 1680 Amp RATING WIRE RANGE RECOMMENDED TORQUE 15 TO 255 Amp CTB 80 CTB 92 430 TO 850 Amp CTB 80 CTB 85 CTB 86 CTB 95 1180 amp 1660 Amp CTB 80 CTB 85 CTB 86 CTB 95 1680 Amp CTB 80 CTB 85 CTB 86 CTB 95 Siemens Energy amp Automation 18 to 10 AWG 14 to 8 AWG 18 to 10 AWG 12 to 4 AWG 18 to 10 AWG 10 to 1 AWG 18 to 10 AWG SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 IN LBS 7 IN LBS 5 IN LBS 11 IN LBS 5 IN LBS 22 IN LBS 5 IN LBS 7 21 Motor Armature circuit Function Terminal Connection values Remarks Possible settings Armature supply AC input Ground conductor See technical data section 5 for actual maximum current values Armature circuit motor connection Motor Field circuit settings AC connection CTB ii Single Phase 460 VAC P076 pepe m See section 5 for current rating P078 Motor Field connection 80 Rated DC voltage 300V P102 Electronics power supply main contactor fans if used 15 to 850 amp Function Terminal Connection values Remarks Possible s
148. EXIT AND BENDING REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 210 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q 6 6 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Dimensions mm inches MOUNTING HOLES FOR 8 312 SCREWS 4 PLACES GROUND TERMINALS 80 92 TERMINAL ejl B f FUSE NOT ae SUPPLIED ON o J 1 QUAD UNITS OO 2 tal la SIEMENS 6 70 1180 46 5 1160 g 00 45 7 BO 3 ls 331 13 0 10 1 gt 0 4 12 0457 266 10 5 _ lt lt 290 11 4 NOTE IMPORTANT ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS 4 OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE OR CABLE ENTRY EXIT AND BENDING REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 255 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel O
149. FS 177 051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the input signal for band stop filter 2 4 Type L2 Offline 6152 0 connector 1 connector 0001 etc Speed controller droop P630 Source for influencing quantity for speed droop All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers FS 162 051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the influencing quantity 1 Type L2 Offline G151 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc Setting the speed controller component Function When the binector selected in P695 switches state from log to log 1 the component of the speed controller is set to the value of the connector selected in P631 With this function it is possible for example to use the same signal binector to control controller enabling commands and setting of the component P631 Source for setting value for speed controller integrator All connector Ind None P052 3 ir numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the setting value for the 1 Type L2 Offline 8152 component 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc Setting values for configuring the setpoint processing function and ramp function generator Limitation at ramp function generator output setpoint limitation see also Section 8 Sheet G136 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD The effective limitations are Upper limit Minimum value of P300 and th
150. IT PROTECTION SIZED s PER N E C 3 500 75 375 INCH LBS 5N1 PWR SUPPLY O 4U1 4N1 3U1 3W1 FAN FIELD SUPPLY SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG NO 6 7091 6 522 02 01 1 QUAD CATALOG NO 6RA7091 6FV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD E STOP 105 1U1 1V1 1W1 ARMATURE SUPPLY 106 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 1 A2 co i Dee 8 AWG 60 C TORQUE TO 7 INCH LBS Lud LOH MOTOR 500 VOLTS F L A 850 AMPS DC 3 500 MCM 75 375 INCH LBS DC 7 11 7 12 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED IF APPLICABLE BASE DRIVE PANEL 1180 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 1CFU 2CFU 2 5A 600V A1 FUF AFA 011 3CFU 1 5A 250V A1 FUF DKA GBP 400 VAC 5 i 5 a L1 12 4 500 75 TORQUE 375 INCH LBS M em 99 100 101 CONTROL TRANSFORMER 250VA A1 TRC QOC 286 ENABLE RELAY 3RH1122 1AP60 SUPPRESSOR 3RT1916 1BD00 RECT BR 1 116 002 001 50A 700V DC CONTACTOR A1 CRD CAC 010 XP XF1 2 XF1 1 A1 FUF END C50 5A 600V A1 FUF AFA 016 CONTROL TRANSFORMERS 750 A1 TRC Q0C 289 138 MSP 3RV1011 1AA10 1 1 1 6A SET 1 50A 1 T3 Q 50
151. O2 on line current controller G166 The purpose of this filter is to decouple the field current precontrol from the field current controller P261 Filter time for setpoint for field current controller SW 1 9 and later 0 to 10000 Ind 4 052 3 ie ms FS 0 P051 40 FDS Filtering of the field current setpoint at the input of the field current 1ms Type O2 on line controller G166 The purpose of this filter is to decouple the field current precontrol from the field current controller P263 Input quantity for motor flux calculation 0102 Ind 4 052 3 M 1 FS 1 P051 40 0 input quantity for the motor flux calculation is the field Type 02 Offline FDS current controller actual value according to P612 0265 to be 6166 used in connection with a fully compensated DC machine 1 The input quantity for the motor flux calculation is the precontrol output for the EMF controller 293 exception Field current controller setpoint 268 with active standstill field or with disabled field pulses to be used in connection with an non compensated DC machine The EMF controller must be active when this setting is selected EMF controller compensates the armature reaction 2 The input quantity for the motor flux calculation is the field current controller setpoint KO268 Advantage Quantities derived from the setpoint are generally steadier than those derived from actual values P264 Set field current contro
152. ONT 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binector to control injection of the crawling setpoint Type L2 Offline G130 0 binector 80000 1 binector 0001 etc SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 47 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P441 Source for crawling setpoint All connector Ind 8 P052 3 n numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the crawling setpoint 1 Type L2 Offline 6130 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P442 Source for selection of ramp function generator bypass 0 to 1 Ind 8 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection as to whether or not ramp function generator must be bypassed Type 02 Offline G130 when the crawling setpoint is injected The ramp function generator is bypassed if the AND operation between the binector selected via an index of P440 and the setting in the same index of P442 produces a log 1 P443 Source for standard setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 ia 5 numbers FS 207 P051 40 FDS Selection of the connector to be applied if crawling setpoint injection is not 1 Type L2 Offline selected 6130 0 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P444 Source for standstill command All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 d 1 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS Selection of the binector to cont
153. ONTROL TRANSFORMER H1 H2 3 H4 350VA Lod Load es A1 TRC Q0C 287 500A 500V 3CFU d 00D 230 V A1 FUF 00D 030 ENABLE RELAY 4 3RH1122 1AP60 SUPPRESSOR 3RT1916 1BD00 A1 FUF END C40 RECT BR A1 116 002 001 DC CONTACTOR A1 CRD CAC 010 1 2 1 1 5 1 401 4N1 301 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1 PWR FAN FIELD ARMATURE SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG NO 6RA7087 6FS22 0Z X01 1 QUAD CATALOG NO 6RA7087 6FV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD ae STOP 105 3C 3D 1C1 7 10 ONLY 600A 700V A1 FUF 00E 031 91 80 81 A1 MUST 2 500 MCM 75 8 AWG 60 C TORQUE 7 INCH LBS Lu LOH 375 INCH LBS MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 510 AMPS DC Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions BASE DRIVE PANEL 850 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 460 VAC Er y CUSTOMER SUPPLIED IF APPLICABLE 1CFU 2CFU 3 5A 600V A1 FUF AFA 014 3CFU 6 25A 250V A1 FUF DKA GCM CONTROL TRANSFORMER 1000VA A1 TRC Q0C 288 MEC le 4 3RH1122 1AP60 A1 116 002 001 ENABLE RELAY SUPPRESSOR 3RT1916 1BD00 RECT BR DC CONTACTOR A1 CRD CAC 010 XP XF1 2 D MAIN DISCONNECT AND BRANCH CIRCU
154. OREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 6 5 Dimensions mm inches MOUNTING HOLES FOR 8 312 SCREWS 4 PLACES GROUND TERMINAL ax Pp e E TERMINALS 80 92 Lh L3 pee OO OO B FUSE NOT Py iE 09 Ten eoo IL 5 o e 1120 44 1 1100 43 3 8 Jo Jo Jo 08 SIEMENS 6RA70 FIG x300 Y L7 X T 10 3280128 ________ 0 4 n le 266 10 5 290 11 4 gt NOTE IMPORTANT ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS 4 OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE OR CABLE ENTRY
155. Offline FDS the commencement of a Shutdown process G136 0 The ramp function generator output is not set at the commencement of a Shutdown process 1 At the commencement of Shutdown the output is set to the actual speed value K0167 actual speed value K0167 is unfiltered 2 At the commencement of Shutdown the output is set to the 10 15 Setpoint processing P320 Multiplier for main setpoint 300 00 to 300 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 100 00 P051 40 FDS 0 01 Type 12 Online G135 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 41 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P321 Multiplier for additional setpoint 300 00 to 300 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 100 00 P051 40 FDS 0 01 Type 12 Online G135 P322 Source for multiplier for main setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 numbers FS 1 P051 40 0 Connector 0000 1 12 Offline FDS 1 Connector 0001 G135 etc P323 Source for multiplier for additional setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 numbers FS 1 P051 40 0 Connector 0000 1 12 Offline FDS 1 Connector 0001 G135 etc 10 16 Ramp function generator P330 Factor for ramp function generator times SW 2 1 and later 0 bis 1 Ind 4 052 3 1 WE 0 P051 40 FDS Selection of a factor for the values set in parameters P296 P2
156. P226 P551 and P227 P552 all values can be set completely mutually independently e g P550 does not have to be greater than P225 The above diagrams show only the effect of the individual parameters Threshold 1 must always be set smaller than threshold 2 otherwise the fault message F058 is activated P550 P gain in the adaptation range 0 10 to 200 00 Ind 4 P052 3 205 0 01 FS 3 00 P051 40 G151 Value of Kp if Influencing quantity lt Threshold 1 Type O2 on line P551 Integration time in the adaptation range SW 1 7 and later 0 010 to 10 000 Ind 4 052 3 FDS s FS 0 650 P051 40 G151 Value of Tn if Influencing quantity lt Threshold 1 0 001s Type 02 on line P552 Droop in the adaptation range SW 1 7 and later 0 0 to 10 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS FS 0 0 P051 40 6151 Value of droop if Influencing quantity lt Threshold 1 0 1 Type 02 on line P553 Source for the Influencing quantity of the Kp adaptation All connector Ind 4 P052 3 E f numbers FS 0 P051 40 FDS Selection of which connector is connected at the influencing quantity for 1 Type L2 off line adaptation of the n controllers P gain G151 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc P554 Source for the Influencing quantity of the Tn adaptation All connector Ind 4 P052 3 E SW 1 7 and later numbers FS 0 P051 40 FDS 1 Type L2 off line Selection of which connector is connected at the influencing quantity for adapt
157. PLICABLE CONTROL TRANSFORMER 350VA A1 TRC Q0C 287 ENABLE RELAY 4 3RH1122 1AP60 40A 700V A1 FUF END C40 SUPPRESSOR 3RT1916 1BD00 RECT BR 1 A1 116 002 001 A1 CRD CAC 010 1 2 MAIN DISCONNECT AND BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTION SIZED 8 N E C 2 250 MCM 75C TORQUE TO 275 INCH LBS 400A 500V Eh apa LI EL t FUF 00D 028 101 1V1 1W1 ARMATURE SUPPLY O 4U1 4N1 3U1 3W1 FAN FIELD SUPPLY SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG NO 6RA7085 6FS22 0Z X01 1 QUAD CATALOG NO 6RA7085 6FV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD E STOP 105 5N1 PWR SUPPLY 106 1C1 1D1 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel 80 81 A1 TORQUE TO 7 INCH LBS O 4Q UNITS ONLY 500A 700V A1 FUF 00E 030 T 8 AWG 60 C l i 2 500 MCM 75 TORQUE TO 375 INCH LBS MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 430 AMPS DC Operating Instructions BASE DRIVE PANEL 510 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 1CFU 2CFU 3 5A 600V A1 FUF AFA 014 3CFU 2A 250V A1 FUF DKA GBV 460 VAC puer MAIN DISCONNECT AND T 2 BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTION SIZED QL FII CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 1 i IF APPLICABLE I ee 2 500 75 TORQUE TO 375 INCH LBS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L1 12 1131 C
158. PORTANT ALLOW AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS 4 OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE OR CABLE ENTRY EXIT AND BENDING REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 510 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Dimensions mm inches I 425 16 7 ______ 6 10 MOUNTING HOLES FOR M10 375 SCREWS 6 PLACES GROUND a TERMINAL A A TERMINALS 740 80 94 29 1 SIEMENS 6RA70 1524 60 0 NOTE g ooo SEMICONDUCTOR BIE xsoo FUSES ARE LOCATED INSIDE THE 6RA70 POWER MODULE 740 29 1 o CABLE CONNECTIONS TO POWER MODULE THIS AREA 2 22 is os 768 30 2 le 813 32 0 850 AMP DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Dimensions mm inches MOUNTING SLOTS FOR M12
159. R FUSES ARE INTERNAL TO POWER MODULE PWR SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG NO 6 7095 46522 02 01 1 QUAD FAN SUPPLY Note FAN MUST ROTATE COUNTER CLOCKWISE ARMATURE WHEN VIEWED FROM ABOVE SUPPLY 1C1 1D1 CATALOG NO 6RA7095 4GV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD E STOP 106 105 90 91 80 81 1 2 4 AWG 60 C Nes 6 500 MCM 75 C TORQUE TO TORQUE TO 375 INCH LBS 11 INCH LBS MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 1660 AMPS DC 7 13 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions CUSTOMER SUPPLIED IF APPLICABLE BASE DRIVE PANEL 1680 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 1CFU 2CFU 2 5A 600V A1 FUF AFA 011 3CFU 1 5A 250V A1 FUF DKA GBP VAC ig v v 460 EP 6 500 MCM 75 C TORQUE TO 375 INCH LBS CONTROL TRANSFORMER 250VA A1 TRC Q0C 286 ENABLE RELAY 3RH1122 1AP60 SUPPRESSOR 3RT1916 1BD00 RECT BR A1 116 002 001 5A 600V A1 FUF AFA 016 CONTROL TRANSFORMERS 750VA A1 TRC Q0C 289 139 MSP DC CONTACTOR A1 CRD CAC 010 125A 600V A1 FUF HHA 024 3RV1011 1AA10 XP XF1 2 XF1 1 XP XP XR 1 1 1 6A SET 1 50A T3 O 301 3W1 FIELD SUPPLY 5N1 PWR SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG 6RA7096 4GS22 0Z X01 1 QUAD CATALOG 6RA7096 4GV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD 501 5W1 109 PWR
160. Ramp function generator P320 P323 Setpoint processing P330 Ramp function generator P351 P364 Setting values for monitoring functions and limits P370 P399 Setting values for limit value monitors P401 P416 Settable fixed values P421 P428 Fixed control bits P430 P445 Digital setpoint input fixed setpoint inching and crawling setpoints P450 P453 Position sensing with pulse encoder P455 P458 Connector selector switches P460 P473 Motorized potentiometer P480 P485 Oscillation P490 P498 Definition of Motor interface P500 P503 Configuring of torque shell input P509 P515 Speed limiting controller P519 P530 Friction compensation P540 P546 Compensation of moment of inertia dv dt injection P550 P567 Speed controller further parameters for the speed controller P200 P236 P580 P583 Field reversal P590 P597 Input quantities for signals P600 P647 Configuring of closed loop control P648 P691 Control word status word P692 P698 Further configuring measures P700 P746 Analog inputs main actual value main setpoint selectable inputs P749 P769 Analog outputs P770 P778 Binary outputs P780 P819 Configuration of serial interfaces on basic converter P820 P821 Deactivation of monitoring functions
161. S RATING 1 QUAD TYPE Amps DC Catalog No 4 QUAD TYPE Horsepower Horsepower Catalog No 240V DC 500V DC 1 Standard voltage configuration as shipped is 460V AC See Technical application note for 230V AC connection Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 2 Standard voltage configuration as shipped is 460V AC See Technical application note for 575V AC connection on 1180 1660 amp 1680A Base drives 3 1 3 2 3 2 Service Spare Parts An excellent stock of drive products spare parts is maintained at the Alpharetta Georgia factory Same day delivery and after hour shipments can be serviced from this stock including on weekends and holidays To contact Customer Service simply call our Customer Service Group general phone number 1 800 333 PIC1 7421 Technical Assistance Should you need technical assistance other than ordering a part a reliable answering service ensures that your request is relayed immediately to one of our technical support engineers 24 hours a day To contact the Technical Support and Field Service groups simply call 1 800 333 PIC1 7421 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 33 Option Part Numbers options Order Now Terminal expansion card CUD2 6RX1700 0AK00 User friendly operator control panel 15 5 m connecting cable 15 connecting cable 3m 6SX7010 0
162. SUPPLY 106 105 3C 3D 1U1 1V1 1W1 SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES ARE INTERNAL TO POWER MODULE Note FAN MUST ROTATE COUNTER CLOCKWISE WHEN VIEWED FROM ABOVE ARMATURE SUPPLY 1 1 101 80 81 5 1 AWG 60 C Bu TORQUE TO 22 INCH LBS 7 14 6 500 MCM 75 TORQUE TO 375 INCH LBS MOTOR 500 VOLTS DC F L A 1680 AMPS DC Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions NOTES Siemens Energy amp Automation 7 15 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 7 2 Control Connections CUD1 INPUTS TYPICAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS Also see Start up 8 4 1 and 8 4 2 X171 BINARY INPUTS 24VDC SUPPLY 100mA START COMMON SELECT INPUT BINARY 1 POWER ON SHUTDOWN ENABLE OPERATION SELECT INPUT BINARY 2 8 5ma 24 V 15VDC SUPPLY 200mA COMMON M POSITIVE NEGATIVE I POSITIVE ol NEGATIVE ZERO MARKER POSITIVE V OPTIONAL NEGATIVE SPEED POT GND 10K T 9 4 RESOULTION ADJUSTABLE 11 BITS TO 14 BITS MAIN SETPOINT MAIN SETPOINT 150 K ohms 7 16 ANALOG 1 ANALOG 1 515 K ohms MOTOR TEMP MOTOR TEMP COMMON M OPTIONAL TECHNOLOGY BOARDS i COMMUNICATIONS AND
163. Segment OFF Corresponding bit is in log 0 state Display of status words 1 and 2 r652 Display of status word 1 Ind None 052 3 i Type V2 G182 Mode of representation on operator panel PMU bs m lo Segments 0 to 15 correspond to bits 0 to 15 of the status word Segment ON Corresponding bit is in log 1 state Segment OFF Corresponding bit is in log 0 state SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 67 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status r653 Display of status word 2 Ind None P052 3 Type V2 G183 Mode of representation on operator panel PMU ls ho l b fo Segments 0 to 15 correspond to bits 16 to 31 of the status word Segment ON Segment OFF Corresponding bit is in log 1 state Corresponding bit is in log 0 state The following parameters are used to select the binectors some of which are gated with one another or with other signals to be applied to the individual bits of the control word The settings of all these parameters are as follows The functions and logic operations are also shown on Sheets G180 6181 in Section 8 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD 0 binector 0000 1 binector 80001 etc Control word 1
164. Selection of binector to control Clockwise counter clockwise e L2 a switchover 9126 0 state clockwise 0 binector 80000 1 binector B0001 etc P471 Source for manual automatic switchover All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binector to control Manual automatic switchover Type L2 Offline BDS 0 state manual G126 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 P472 Source for set motorized potentiometer All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 x 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binector to control Set motorized potentiometer Type L2 Offline BDS 0 to 1 transition set motorized potentiometer G126 0 binector 80000 1 binector B0001 etc P473 Storage of output value 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 No storage of output value Type 02 Offline FDS The output is set to 0 in all operating states of gt 05 The starting point after ON is determined by P467 MOP starting G126 value 1 Non volatile storage of output value The output value remains stored in all operating states and after voltage disconnection or failure The last value stored is output again after voltage recovery reconnection 10 50 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 25 Oscillation Function Paramete
165. Status Notes on selecting a pulse encoder number of pulses The lowest speed which can be measured by a pulse encoder is calculated with the following equation n min rev 21973 Formula applies with a nominal measuring time of 1 ms when P146 0 and P147 0 X P141 The following applies X 1 for 1x evaluation of pulse encoder signals P144 0 2 for 2x evaluation of pulse encoder signals P144 1 4 for 4x evaluation of pulse encoder signals P144 2 see also Single multiple evaluation of encoder pulses Lower speeds are interpreted as n 0 The frequency of the pulse encoder signals at terminals 28 and 29 or 30 and 31 must not be higher than 300 kHz The highest speed which can be measured by a pulse encoder is calculated with the following equation 18000000 Prat When selecting a pulse encoder therefore it is important to ensure that the lowest possible speed 0 is significantly higher than nmin and the highest possible speed does not exceed Nmax 21973 A gt Equations for selection of pulses per revolution IM of pulse encoder X n min rev min IM lt 18000000 max rev min Single multiple evaluation of encoder pulses The setting for single multiple evaluation of encoder pulses is applicable for both the speed and position sensing functions 1x evaluation Only the rising edges of one pulse track are evaluated applies to all
166. Status 088 Brake closing time 0 00 to 10 00 Ind None P052 3 na e EVE NT 5 FS 0 00 P051 40 2140 When the Switch on or Inching or Crawling command is cancelled or 0 01s Type 02 Online G187 when the Switch on command is not applied or when the Fast stop command is input the internal controller disabling signal and thus the thyristor gating pulse disabling signal is not actually activated after n lt nmin has been reached until the time delay set in this parameter has elapsed During this period the drive continues to produce a torque operating state Il or so as to give the holding brake enough time to close P089 Maximum wait time for voltage to appear at power section 0 0 to 60 0 Ind None P052 3 s FS 2 0 P051 40 When the line contactor has dropped out and the Switch on or Inching or 9 4s Type 02 Online Crawling command is applied the converter waits in operating states 04 and 05 for voltage to appear at the power section for the actual field current value 265 to reach gt 50 of the field current setpoint 0268 corresponding fault message is activated if no power section voltage and no field current is detected This parameter specifies the maximum total delay period in which the drive may dwell in operating states 04 and 05 response threshold for function which checks for voltage at power section see parameter P353 090 Stabilization time for line voltage 0 01 to 1
167. Transmit data word 1 i005 Transmit data word 5 i006 Not used 1020 Not used Peer to peer interfaces Enable transmission and receipt of telegrams If transmission on a peer to peer interface is disabled the associated output drivers are connected to high impedance If reception is disabled on a peer to peer interface then the telegram failure monitoring function is deactivated P816 Peer to peer 2 Source for data reception enabling command All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 8173 9 bingetor B0000 Type L2 Offline 1 binector B0001 etc P817 Peer to peer 2 Source for data transmission enabling command All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 0 binector 80000 Type L2 Offline G173 1 binector B0001 etc P818 Peer to peer 3 Source for data reception enabling command All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 6174 Binector B0000 Type L2 _ Offline 1 binector 0001 etc P819 Peer to peer 3 Source for data transmission enabling command All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 S 1 FS 1 P051 40 6174 an Type L2 _ Offline 1 binector 80001 10 86 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 41 Deactivation of monitoring functions A 4 WARNING
168. W AT LEAST 100 MILLIMETERS 4 OF CLEARANCE ABOVE AND BELOW THE UNIT TO ENSURE UNRESTRICTED AIR FLOW ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WIRE MOUNTING HOLES FOR 8 312 SCREWS 4 PLACES n TERMINALS 80 92 GROUND TERMINAL 2 L1 L2 1 g OO B J FUSE NOT q Ki We SUPPLIED Q Q ON 1 QUAD 8 UNITS lg eL eee 2 amp LAN ee irre amp leer je 980 6 38 6 8 Jo Jo jo o8 960 37 8 SIEMENS 6RA70 2 go BA xsoo 5 10 0 4 12 lt p 266 10 5 _____ 290 11 4 OR CABLE AND BENDING REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 140 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q Siemens Energy amp Automation SIM
169. a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Fault value Time credit for 500 0 hrs The technology option 500 for 500 operating hours no longer applies The functions are now no longer available but the parameter settings have been retained If you wish to continue using technology option 500 please contact your nearest Siemens Sales Office to obtain the PIN number you will require to permanently enable this option You will need to know the serial number of your SIMOREG DC Master For further details please refer to the description of parameters U977 and n978 in Chapter 11 of the Parameter List Time credit SOO lt 100 Std The remaining time period of temporary enabling of technology option 500 is now less than 100 operating hours The technology functions will not be available for much longer If you wish to continue using technology option 500 please contact your nearest Siemens Sales Office to obtain the PIN number you will require to permanently enable this option for permanent enabling of technology option 500 You will need to know the serial number of your SIMOREG DC Master For further details please refer to the description of parameters U977 and n978 in Chapter 11 of the Parameter List 500 operation will not be possible if an SLB cycle time of lt 1 ms is set Owing to the available capacity of the electronics board it is not possible to o
170. als 5U1 5W1 electronics supply voltage 10 6 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 2 General visualization parameters r001 Display of terminals 4 and 5 main setpoint 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 12 6113 0 01 r002 Analog input terminals 103 and 104 main actual value 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 12 6113 0 01 r003 Analog input terminals 6 and 7 selectable input 1 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 12 6113 0 01 7004 Analog input terminals 8 and 9 selectable input 2 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None 052 3 Type 12 G114 0 01 r005 Analog input terminals 10 and 11 selectable input 3 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None 052 3 12 6114 0 01 r006 Analog output terminals 14 and 15 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 0115 Display of output value before normalization and offset oi ves r007 Analog output terminals 16 and 17 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 2115 Display of output value before normalization and offset 008 Analog output terminals 18 19 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 2116 Display of output value before normalization and offset D Los Type l2 r009 Analog ou
171. alue of gt 1 in P067 you must ensure that the Dynamic overload capability of power module is enabled i e a value of gt 0 must be set in parameter P075 The SIMOREG DC Master does not monitor for compliance with the criteria of the load class set in parameter P067 If permitted by the power module the unit can operate for overload periods in excess of those defined by the load class The permissible overload period for the installed power module is always longer than the period defined for the load class The SIMOREG DC Master does monitor the actual permissible overload period for the power module See Section 9 15 1to5 Ind None P052 3 FS 1 P051 40 02 off line r068 G101 Options according to rating plate 0 No option 1 Option 104 low voltage 85V 2 Option KOO terminal expansion 3 L04 and KOO Ind None P052 3 Type 02 10 14 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status r069 Serial number of SIMOREG DC Master converter Ind 16 P052 3 st nd 12 G101 1001 1 and 2 places of serial number i002 and 4 places of serial number i003 5 and 6 places of serial number i004 7 and 8 places of serial number i005 9 and 10 places of serial number i006 11 and 12 p
172. alues is not correct Possible fault causes Defective EEPROM e Restore to default value has never been executed with this software e g after software replacement Possible remedy e Acknowledge fault execute Restore to default value and start up the drive again Check interference suppression measures and improve if necessary Errors in compensation data of analog inputs and outputs active in all operating states This function monitors whether the factory set compensation data for the analog inputs and outputs are plausible Possible fault cause Defective A7001 or A7006 electronics board Fault value r047 Index 002 to 016 11 Incorrect number of words in compensation values i002 Incorrect number of words for analog inputs and outputs of A7001 12 Checksum error in compensation values for i002 Calculated checksum analog inputs and outputs of A7001 1003 Errored checksum 13 Incorrect value among compensation values for i002 Incorrect value analog inputs and outputs of A7001 23 Incorrect value among compensation values for i002 Incorrect value analog inputs and outputs of A7006 Watchdog timer has initiated a reset active in all operating states An internal microprocessor hardware counter monitors whether the program for calculating the firing pulses runs at least once every 14 ms program is executed on average every 2 7 to 3 3 ms If this is not the case the counter initiates a reset F064 is then display
173. ameter set 0136 P307 P310 is selected This function has a higher priority than the ramp up integrator function 0 binector B0000 1 binector 80001 etc P638 Source for selection of Ramp function generator setting 3 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 ADS Selection of binector to control switchover to Ramp function generator Type L2 Offline setting 3 With a log 1 signal at the binector ramp function generator parameter set 6136 3 P311 P314 is selected This function has a higher priority than the ramp up integrator function 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 etc P639 Source for the ramp function generator setting values All connector Ind 2 052 3 numbers FS 167 P051 40 Selection of the connectors that are connected as the ramp function 1 12 off line G136 generator setting values i001 Setting value for the ramp function generator output in state log 1 of the binector selected via P640 i002 Setting value for the ramp function generator output if the drive is not in state Operating 0104 0 and the binector selected via P640 is in state log 0 i002 only available with SW 1 6 and later 0 Connector K0000 1 Connector K0001 etc P640 Source for selection of Set ramp function generator All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 ADS Selection of binector to control the Set ramp function generator function Type L2 Offline 0 bine
174. amp generator with quick stop OFF3 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 SW 1 9 and later 5 FS 0 00 P051 40 FDS 0 01s Type O2 on line G136 see also parameter P330 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 39 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status Limitation at ramp function generator output setpoint limiting The effective limitations are Upper limit Minimum value of P300 and the four connectors selected with P632 Lower limit Maximum value of P301 and the four connectors selected with P633 Note The limiting values for both the positive and negative setpoint limits can have a positive or negative sign The negative setpoint limit for example can therefore be parameterized to a positive value and the positive setpoint limit to a negative value P300 Positive limitation at ramp function generator output 200 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 100 00 P051 40 G137 0 01 Type 12 Online P301 Negative limitation at ramp function generator output 200 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 100 00 P051 40 G137 0 01 Type 12 Online P302 Select ramp function generator ramp up integrator mode 0103 Ind 4 P052 3 7 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 Normal ramp function generator operation Type 02 Offline FDS Ramp function generator setting 1 P303 to P306 is appl
175. ange No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 022 Display of torque setpoint before torque limitation 400 0 to 400 0 Ind None P052 3 12 Steps 1 2 0 1 of rated motor torque rated motor armature current 0 1 see column on 2160 P100 magnetic flux at rated motor field current P102 left r023 Display of speed controller setpoint actual value deviation 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 12 6152 0 01 024 Display of actual speed value from pulse encoder 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 12 6145 0 01 r025 Display of actual speed controller value 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 12 6151 0 01 r026 Display of speed controller setpoint 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 12 6152 0 01 r027 Display of ramp function generator output 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 12 6136 0 01 028 Display of ramp function generator input 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 Type 12 G136 0 01 r029 Display of main setpoint before limitation 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 Type 12 G135 0 01 r034 Display of firing angle field 0 00 to 180 00 Ind None P052 3 degrees Type O2 G166 O degrees T r035 Display of field current controller actual value 0 0 to 199 9 Ind None 052 3 1 of P102 Type O2 6166 0 1 P102 F r036 Display of field current controller setpoint
176. apse between the receipt of two telegrams addressed to the unit before a fault message is activated Fault message F011 is activated if no valid telegram is received within this time period Note The telegram monitoring function is active e from the receipt of the first error free telegram after connection of the electronics power supply e from the receipt of the first error free telegram after the telegram monitor has responded i e monitoring timeout P788 Source for activation of F011 2030 2031 Ind None P052 3 FS 2030 051 40 2170 Selection of binector which will activate fault message 2011 when it Type L2 Offline switches to log 1 2030 binector 82030 2031 binector B2031 r789 Diagnostic information for G SST1 Ind 10 P052 3 02 Free running counter overflow at 65535 G170 i001 Number of error free telegrams i002 Number of errored telegrams Byte frame parity overrun or BCC error i003 Number of byte frame errors 1004 Number of overrun errors i005 Parity error 1006 STX error Start interval before STX not observed telegram residual transfer time not observed delay time of LGE character too long erroneous STX i e 02 1007 Violation of telegram residual transfer time i008 Block check error i009 Incorrect telegram length With P782 3 or 4 only The length of the received telegram is P781 P782 Note If the received values are correct they will be processed
177. arameterized on a standard PC with appropriate software connected to the serial interface on the basic unit This PC interface is used during start up for maintenance during shutdown and for diagnosis in operation Furthermore converter software upgrades can be loaded through this interface for storage in flash memory On single quadrant converters a fully controlled three phase bridge supplies the armature On four quadrant converters two fully controlled three phase bridges are connected in an inverse parallel connection to allow both positive and negative armature current For the field converter a single phase half controlled 2 pulse bridge supplies the motor shunt field The armature and field converters can operate with AC line frequencies from 45 to 65 Hz If required for a specific application the frequency of the armature and field AC supplies can be different The armature converter 3 phase AC supply is phase insensitive however on base drives rated 1180 1660 and 1680 amperes the 3 phase cooling fan must be connected to get the proper direction of rotation The power section cooling system is monitored by means of temperature sensors Siemens Energy amp Automation 2 1 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 2 3 2 4 2 2 The power section for the armature and field converters is constructed of isolated thyristor modules for converters rated from 15A to 850A at 460VAC line voltage The heat sink in this ca
178. as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error the binector wired via parameter U103 Index 005 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index 006 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index 007 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index 008 is in the state log 1 9 1 2 10 Start up faults No field characteristic recorded active in operating states of Il Possible fault causes The optimization run for field weakening 51 27 has not yet been executed Fault value P170 1 torque control selected but no valid field characteristic has been recorded P117 0 yet P081 1 speed dependent field weakening selected but no valid field characteristic has been recorded P117 0 yet P117 0 Important parameter is not set active in operating states of lt 06 This fault message is activated if certain parameters are still set to 0 Fault value Speed controller actual value selection in P083 is still set to 0 Rated motor armature current in P100 is still set to 0 0 Rated motor field current in P102 is still set to 0 00 fault message only when P082 z 0 Rated DC current of external field device is still set to 0 00 0838 error message if P082 gt 21 only Parameter settings are not consistent active in operating states of lt 06 Inconsi
179. ation of the n controllers integration time G151 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc 10 56 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P555 Source for the Influencing quantity of the droop adaptation All connector Ind 4 P052 3 SW 1 7 and later numbers FS 0 P051 40 FDS 5 1 12 off line election of which connector is connected at the influencing quantity for adaptation of the n controllers droop G151 0 Connector 0000 1 Connector 0001 etc P556 Adaptation n controller P gain Threshold 1 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 G151 0 01 Type O2 on line P557 Adaptation n controller integration time Threshold 1 SW 1 7 and later 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 6151 0 01 02 on line P558 Adaptation n controller droop Threshold 1 SW 1 7 and later 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 6151 0 01 02 on line P559 Adaptation n controller P gain Threshold 2 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 6151 0 01 02 on line P560 Adaptation n controller integration time Threshold 2 SW 1 7 and later 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 052 3 FDS FS 0 00 P051 40 6151 0 01
180. ation value P619 Source for acceleration injection value All connector Ind None P052 3 od een numbers FS 191 051 40 Selection of connector to be applied as the acceleration injection value 1 12 Offline G153 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc Speed controller Speed controller setpoint actual value deviation Function The connectors selected in parameters P621 and P622 are added and those selected in P623 and 624 subtracted P620 Source for speed controller setpoint actual value deviation All connector Ind None P052 3 m de numbers FS 165 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the control deviation 1 Type L2 Offline 6152 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc P621 Source for speed controller setpoint All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers FS 176 P051 40 0 connector 0000 1 12 Offline G152 1 connector 0001 etc P622 Source for speed controller setpoint All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers FS 174 P051 40 0 connector K0000 1 Type L2 Offline G152 1 connector K0001 etc P623 Source for actual speed controller value All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers FS 179 P051 40 0 connector K0000 1 Type L2 Offline G152 1 connector K0001 etc P624 Source for actual speed controller value All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers FS 0 P051 40 0 7 connector K0000 1 Type L2 Offline G152 1 connector K0001 etc Speed controller Filterin
181. ause SWITCH ON command was controller and precontrol for armature and field selected by means of 051 25 Fault has occurred during optimization run for speed controller selected through setting 051 26 Fault has occurred during optimization run for field weakening selected through setting 051 27 Fault has occurred in optimization run for friction and moment of inertia compensation selected through not applied within 30 s of selection of optimization run setting 051 28 Operation has been aborted because the OPERATING ENABLE command was not entered within 1 minute of selection of the optimization run Operation has been aborted because converter was not in operating state 07 2 15 s after selection of the optimization run with P051 25 26 27 or 28 input of OFF 1 command may have been forgotten 9 1 2 9 External faults Fault message from free function block FB288 active in all operating states Fault value the binector wired via parameter U102 Index 005 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index 006 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index 007 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index 008 is in the state log 1 Fault message from free function block FB289 active in all operating states Fault value Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 19 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause
182. ble input 2 0 to 3 Ind None 52 3 7 701 DM 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 Injection of signal with sign Type 02 Offline 1 Injection of absolute value of signal 6114 9 2 Injection of signal with sign inverted 3 Injection of absolute value of signal inverted P724 Source for selection of sign reversal at Analog selectable input 2 All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binector to control sign reversal at the analog input 1 state Type L2 Offline G114 reverse sign 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 etc P725 Filtering time for Analog selectable input 2 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 NC ms FS 0 P051 40 G114 Note Hardware filtering of approximately 1 ms is applied as standard 1ms Type O2 Online P726 Source for enabling of Analog selectable input 2 All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 1 5 1 P051 40 Selection of binector to control enabling of the analog input 1 state Type L2 Offline G114 enabled 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 etc SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 73 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status Analog input terminals 10 11 analog selectable input 3 P731 Normalization of Analog selectable input 3 1000 0 to 1000 0 Ind 4 P052 3 3 E T 96 FS 100 0 P051
183. cal codes that cover such items as wire size protective grounding disconnects and short circuit protection Depending on the rating base drives can accommodate a range of cable sizes as indicated below Base Drive Panel Power Connections 15 to 100 Amp RATING CABLE RANGE RECOMMENDED TORQUE 15 AMP 12 to 4 AWG 12 11 IN LBS L1 L2 L3 A1 2 GND 30 AMP 12 to 4 AWG 12 11 IN LBS L1 L2 L3 A1 A2 GND 60 AMP 10 to 1 AWG 3Nm 27 IN LBS 100 AMP 10 to 1 AWG 3Nm 27 IN LBS Base Drive Panel Power Connections 140 to 255 Amp RATING CABLE RANGE RECOMMENDED TORQUE 140 AMP 2 CABLES PER CONNECTION 31 275 IN LBS L1 L2 L3 1 2 6 AWG to 250 MCM 210 AMP 2 CABLES PER CONNECTION 31Nm 275IN LBS L1 L2 L3 A1 A2 6 AWG to 250 MCM 255AMP 2 CABLES PER CONNECTION 31Nm 275 IN LBS L1 L2 L3 A1 A2 6 AWG to 250 MCM Ground Terminal 8 to 2 AWG 5Nm 45 IN LBS 140 210 255 Amp 7 20 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Base Drive Panel Power Connections 430 to 1680 Amp RATING CABLE RANGE RECOMMENDED TORQUE 430AMP 510 AMP L1 L2 L3 A1 2 850 AMP L1 L2 L3 A1 A2 1180 AMP L1 L2 L3 A1 A2 1660 1680 AMP L1 L2 L3 A1 A2 Ground Terminal 430 TO 850 Amp 1180 1660 1680 Amp 2 CABLES PER CONNECTION 6 AWG to 250 L1 L2 L3 6 AWG to 500 MCM A1 A2 2 CABLES PER CONNECTION 6 AWG to 500 MCM 3 CABLES P
184. circuit resistance P110 because the armature current was gt 37 5 of P100 in fewer than 20 of the 150 firing cycles of the measuring phase Possible cause eArmature current of 37 5 of P100 1 A motor is no longer possible although a current of 75 of P100 was already flowing maybe a fuse has blown Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Armature current peaks are too small at a 30 and EMF 0 armature current peak value lt 50 of lA motor lt 50 of IA rated Possible cause e Armature circuit inductance is too high field supply from armature terminals e P150 Alpha limit has been set to excessively high value Possible remedy e Reduce P100 lA motor while this optimization run is in progress The armature circuit inductance P111 cannot be determined from the sampled values of the armature current and line voltage of the armature current crest last generated Possible cause P100 lA motor or 072 1002 lA rated very much smaller than actual motor rated current of the armature eLA 7327 67 mH armature circuit inductance too large P100 lA motor very much smaller than 072 1002 lA rated eArmature circuit short circuited Offset adjustment of actual field current sensing is not possible value detect
185. connector selector switch 1 SW 1 9 and later All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binectors to control connector selector switch 1 Type L2 off line 6124 0 binector 80000 1 binector B0001 etc P457 Source for inputs of connector selector switch 2 SW 1 9 and later All connector Ind 3 052 3 numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connectors for the input signals for connector selector switch 2 4 Type L2 off line G124 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P458 Source for control of connector selector switch 2 SW 1 9 and later All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binectors to control connector selector switch 2 Type L2 off line G124 0 binector 0000 1 binector 80001 etc 10 24 Motorized potentiometer see also Section 8 Sheet 6126 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD P460 Control word for motorized potentiometer ramp function generator 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 1 5 1 051 40 FDS 0 The motorized potentiometer ramp generator is bypassed in Type 02 Offline Automatic mode same effect as for P462 and P463 0 01 i e the generator output is made to follow the automatic setpoint 6126 without delay 1 Motorized potentiometer ramp generator is active in Manual and Automatic modes P461 Source for setpoint in Automatic mode All connector Ind 4 P052 3 i 6 numbers FS 0 P0
186. corresponds to output voltage at analog output with offset 0 P769 Offset for analog output 4 10 00 to 10 00 Ind None P052 3 V FS 0 00 P051 40 G116 0 01V Type 12 Online 10 76 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 39 Binary outputs see also Section 8 Sheet 5112 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD P770 Control word for binary selectable outputs 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 T 1 FS 0 051 40 1001 0 Binary selectable output at terminal 46 is not inverted Type 02 Online 1 Binary selectable output at terminal 46 is inverted G112 250 i002 Binary selectable output at terminal 48 is not inverted 1 Binary selectable output at terminal 48 is inverted i003 0 Binary selectable output at terminal 50 is not inverted 1 Binary selectable output at terminal 50 is inverted i004 O Binary selectable output at terminal 52 is not inverted 1 Binary selectable output at terminal 52 is inverted P771 Source for output value at binary output 1 All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 ne 1 5 0 051 40 Selection of binector to be injected at binary selectable output terminal 46 Type L2 Online 0 binector 80000 G112 oo 1 binector 80001 etc P772 Source for output value at binary output 2 All binector numbers In
187. ctivated Fault message F012 is activated if no valid telegram is received within this time period Note The telegram monitoring function is active e from the receipt of the first error free telegram after connection of the electronics power supply e from the receipt of the first error free telegram after the telegram monitor has responded i e monitoring timeout Since the telegram transfer time is dependent on the set baud rate the following minimum setting values for P797 are recommended Baud rate as set in P793 Recommended minimum value for P797 300 baud 0 520s 600 baud 0 260s 1200 baud 0 140s 2400 baud 0 080s 24800 baud 0 040s Note If the Automatic restart function is selected 086 gt 0 on the peer to peer communication partner then only a parameter setting of P7972 P086 on the communication partner is meaningful 0 000 to 65 000 s 0 001s Ind None FS 0 000 Type 02 052 3 P051 40 Offline Source for activation of F012 Selection of binector which will activate fault message F012 when it switches to log 1 6030 binector B6030 6031 binector B6031 6030 6031 Ind None FS 6030 Type L2 052 3 P051 40 Offline SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 81 PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status r799 Diagnostic infor
188. ctor 80000 6136 1 binector B0001 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 65 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P641 Source for selection of Bypass ramp function generator All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 P 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS Seeron of binector to control the Bypass ramp function generator Type L2 Offline unction G136 0 binector B0000 1 binector B0001 etc P642 Source for variable positive limitation of main setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 EM numbers FS 2 P051 40 Selection of connectors to be injected at the variable positive limitation of Type L2 Offline G135 the main setpoint The lowest value in each case of the connectors selected via the 4 indices is applied as the limit Note Negative values at the selected connectors result in a negative maximum value at the output of the limitation 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P643 Source for variable negative limitation of main setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 m numbers FS 9 P051 40 Selection of connectors to be injected at variable negative limitation of 4 Type L2 Offline G135 the main setpoint The lowest value in each case of the connectors selected via the 4 indices is applied as the limit Note Positive values at the
189. current is higher than the US rating The IEC class I rating cannot be used with Base Drive Panels because the Base Drive Panel fuses contactors and terminal blocks will be overloaded The microprocessor calculates the current 12 value of the power section cyclically to ensure that thyristors are not damaged in overload operation Card Rack Assembly One of the many features of the 6RA70 is its ability to expand its functionality modularly through the use of adding additional option cards inserted in the internal card rack of the power module A complete list of the option cards can be found in 6RA70 catalog available from your local Siemens Sales office The card rack assembly contains the CUD1 microprocessor board and two additional slots for two full Size option cards or four half size option cards The back plane of the card rack assembly contains an EEPROM allowing the to be replaced without reprogramming of the parameters Since additional information specific to the individual unit is programmed into the back plane of the card rack assembly model serial PIN code etc the card rack assembly should never be interchanged with another unit If ordering an additional back plane part 6RY1703 0GAO01 the model and serial number of the power module will be required Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 3 Parts and Service 3 1 Base Drive Panel Catalog Numbers U
190. d None P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binector to be injected at binary selectable output terminal 48 Type L2 Online G1 12 0 binector 0000 G200 1 binector 80001 etc P773 Source for output value at binary output 3 All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 22 1 FS 0 051 40 Selection of binector to be injected at binary selectable output terminal 50 Type L2 Online 0 binector 80000 G112 1 binector 80001 etc P774 Source for output value at binary output 4 All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 22 1 FS 0 051 40 Selection of binector to be injected at binary selectable output terminal 52 Type L2 Online G1 12 0 binector B0000 1 binector B0001 etc P775 Delay for output value at binary output 1 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 ms FS 0 P051 40 The logic level at the binary selectable output changes only if the internal 1ms Type 02 Online G112 signal level remains constant for the set delay period internal signal level G200 changes which do not last as long as this delay period are not switched through to the output P776 Delay for output value at binary output 2 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 8 ms FS 0 P051 40 The logic level at the binary selectable output changes only if the internal 1ms Type 02 Online 6112 signal level remains constant for the set delay period internal signal level G200 changes which do not last as long as this
191. d limiting controller 0 10 to 200 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 0 01 FS 3 00 P051 40 G160 Type O2 Online SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 53 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range Unit Steps No indices Factory setting Type See Change Access Status 10 29 Friction compensation see also Section 8 Sheet G153 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD Parameters P520 to P530 are the armature current and torque setpoint required for a stationary input signal factory setting speed controller actual value 179 of 0 10 to 100 of the maximum value in steps of 10 These parameters are intermediate points along the friction curve Depending on P170 0 or 1 they are either an armature current or a torque setpoint and are set automatically when the friction and moment of inertia compensation 51 28 are optimized P520 is then set to 0 0 The intermediate points are interpolated linearly during which the output of the friction compensation assumes the sign of the input signal P530 is specified by the friction compensation even for input signals gt 100 of the maximum signal During operation in both directions we recommend leaving P520 at 0 0 in order to avoid armature current vibration at 0 of the input signal P519 Source for input signal of the friction compensation SW 2 0 and later All connector
192. d through to the motor via a contactor and if this contactor is controlled by the Relay for line contactor terminals 109 and 110 then the gating pulses may not be enabled until the contactor has safely picked up For this purpose it may be necessary to parameterize an additional delay time for the pick up operation The timer set in PO95 commences during a pick up operation when the converter reaches operating state o5 If the timer has still not run down by the time the converter exits state o4 then the converter dwells in state 03 2 until the timer has finished During the time period set in P095 the Main contactor checkback signal must also switch to 1 if this function is activated see P691 Otherwise the converter dwells in state 03 3 until the timer has finished and fault message F004 is then output with fault value 6 0 00 to 1 00 S 0 01s Ind None FS 0 00 Type 02 052 3 051 40 Online 096 After running time for the device fan SW 1 6 and later After the drive has been shut down operating state gt 7 0 reached the device fan continues to run until the power section has cooled down With this parameter you can set the minimum duration for the after running time Note If the field current is not switched off after the drive is shut down see P082 the field current can prevent cooling of the power section In this case the equipment blower is never switched off 0 0 to 60 0 min
193. defend or control the defense of any suit based upon such charge Seller shall have no obligation hereunder with respect to claims suits or proceedings resulting from or related to in whole or in part i the use of software or software documentation ii compliance with Buyer s specifications iii the combination with or modification of the goods after delivery by Seller or iv the use of the goods or any part thereof in the practice of a process THIS ARTICLE SETS FORTH SELLER S ENTIRE LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO PATENTS 3 PERFORMANCE DELAYS TTimely performance by Seller is contingent upon Buyer s supplying to Seller when needed all required technical information and data including drawing approvals and all required commercial documentation If Seller suffers delay in performance due to any cause beyond its reasonable control the time of performance shall be extended a period of time equal to the period of the delay and its consequences Seller will give to Buyer notice within a reasonable time after Seller becomes aware of any such delay 4 SHIPMENT TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS a The term shipment means delivery to the initial carrier in accordance with the delivery terms of this contract Seller may make partial shipments Seller shall select method of transportation and route unless terms are f o b point of shipment and Buyer specifies the method and route and is to pay the freight costs in addition to the price When terms are f o
194. delay period are not switched through to the output P777 Delay for output value at binary output 3 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 ms FS 0 051 40 logic level at the binary selectable output changes only if the internal 1ms Type 02 Online 6112 signal level remains constant for the set delay period internal signal level changes which do not last as long as this delay period are not switched through to the output P778 Delay for output value at binary output 4 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 ms FS 0 P051 40 The logic level atthe binary selectable output changes only if the internal 1ms Type 02 Online 6112 signal level remains constant for the set delay period internal signal level changes which do not last as long as this delay period are not switched through to the output SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 77 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 40 Configuration of serial interfaces on basic converter G SST 1 RS485 RS232 on X300 see also Section 8 Sheet G170 and Section 9 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD P780 G170 Selection of protocol for G SST1 basic converter interface 0 2 8 9 Setting has no function USS protocol for factory purposes For internal factory test purposes 0 2 8 9 Ind None P052 3 1 FS 2 P051 40 Type
195. duces a scale for the voltage range of 0 to 10V the number of steps divisions along this scale can be set in P707 i e the smallest possible differentiable change in the input voltage quantization can be set in this parameter The number of scale steps or intervals is referred to as Resolution The resolution is normally specified in bits 11 bits means 2 2048 scale divisions 12 bits means 2 4096 scale divisions 13 bits means 2 8192 scale divisions 14 bits means 2 16384 scale divisions The following applies The higher the resolution the longer the averaging time and thus also the delay period between the application of an analog step change and the earliest possible moment of availability of the digital value for further processing For this reason it is important to find a compromise between the resolution and delay period Param Resolution Quantization Delay period value better than 11 11 bits 4 4 mV 0 53 ms 12 12 bits 2 2 mV 0 95 ms 13 13 bits 1 1 mV 1 81 ms 14 14 bits 0 56 mV 3 51 ms If the analog input is operating as a current input 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA the above applies analogously Analog input terminals 6 7 analog selectable input 1 P710 Signal type of Analog selectable input 1 0to2 Ind None P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 Voltage input 0 to 10 V Type 02 Offline G113 1 Current input 0 to 20 mA 2 Current input 4 to 20 mA P711 Normalization of Analog selectable input 1 1000
196. dy Fault RUN 445 1 gt PUSH BUTTON CONTROL ENABLE X300 SELECT INPUT 444 16 OFF 1 WHEN DE ENERGIZED SELECT INPUT ES P24 E STOP WHEN DE ENERGIZED 1 2 80 81 ENCODER Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 8 5 Reset to factory default values and adjust offsets 8 8 In order to start from a predefined set of parameter values it is highly recommended that the Restore to default function be executed before a complete new start up operation is begun When the Restore to default function is activated all parameters set for a specific installation are overwritten deleted If the old settings are to be retained they should be recorded before the default procedure is executed The old settings can be read out and stored in a file using a PC and either the Quick Start or DriveMonitor PC program Restore to default must be followed by a completely new start up operation since none of the application related parameters are set Execution of the default function 1 Set parameter P051 21 2 When the key is pressed the parameter values are reset to the factory value The parameter values are stored in non volatile storage EEPROM so that they will still be available when the converter is switched off This operation takes at least 5 s but may also last several minutes The number of t
197. e L2 Online G121 i002 Selection of binector displayed in 1045 02 1003 Selection of binector displayed in r045 03 i004 Selection of binector displayed r045 04 r047 Display of fault diagnostic memory 0 to 65535 Ind 16 P052 3 Provides more detailed information about the cause of a fault after activation 02 of a fault message see Section 10 i001 Word 1 fault value 1002 2 i016 Word 16 fault number r048 Hours run 0 to 65535 Ind None P052 3 Meo A hours Type O2 Display of time hours in which drive has been operating in states I ll or 4 hour G189 All times of gt approx 0 1 s are included in the count r049 Fault time 0 to 65535 Ind 8 P052 3 hours Type O2 Display of time at which the current fault and the last 7 acknowledged 1 hour G189 faults were activated i001 Current fault hours i002 1 acknowledged fault hours i003 2 acknowledged fault hours i004 3 acknowledged fault hours i005 4 acknowledged fault hours i006 5 acknowledged fault hours i007 6 acknowledged fault hours i008 7 acknowledged fault hours P050 Language 0to4 Ind None 052 3 1 FS 0 P051 gt 0 Language of plaintext display on optional OP1S operator panel and in Type 02 Online DriveMonitor PC service routine 0 German 1 English 2 Spanish 3 French 4 Italian 10 3 Access authorization levels 051 Key parameters see column on left Ind None 052 3
198. e P513 threshold by 0 596 Possible causes Lower current limit has been input Current controlled operation P512 P513 are set too low Tachometer cable contact fault in operation close to maximum speed 141 value of power section too high active in all operating states This alarm is activated if the permissible 12 value for the relevant power section is reached At the same time the current limit is set to P077 100 of the converter rated DC current This limit is not cancelled again until the setpoint drops below 100 of the converter rated DC current See also Fault F039 and Parameter P075 Automatic field current reduction if EMF is too high in operation active in operating states of Il This alarm is active only when parameter P272 1 and activated if the following equation applies to firing angle armature before limitation K101 a gt aw inverter stability limit acc to P151 5 degrees or at a low pulsating current a gt 165 degrees 5 degrees The field is reduced simultaneously with A043 implemented through control of the armature firing angle to ayy or 165 degrees 5 degrees using a P controller whose output reduces the EMF controller setpoint For this reason Field current setpoint input through internal EMF control PO81 1 must be parameterized When a change in torque direction is requested both torque directions are inhibited until the calculated control angle K101 is
199. e The electronics box contains the basic electronic circuitry as well as any supplementary option boards All SIMOREG DC MASTER units are equipped with a PMU simple operator panel mounted in the converter door The panel consists of a five digit seven segment display three LED s as status indicators and three parameterization keys The PMU also features connector X300 with an USS interface in accordance with the RS232 or RS485 standard The panel provides all the facilities for making adjustments or settings and displaying measured values required to start up the converter The 15 optional converter operator panel can be mounted directly in the converter door or externally e g in the cubicle door When mounted remotely the OP1S can be connected to the converter with cables up to 5 meters 15 feet length Cable up to 50 meter 164 feet in length can be used if a separate 5 VDC power supply is available The OP1S connects to the SIMOREG through connector X300 using the RS485 interface The OP1S can be installed as an economic alternative to conventional door mounted metering devices i e voltmeters ammeters and speed indicator The 15 features a liquid crystal display with 4 x 16 characters for displaying parameter names in plain text English German French Spanish and Italian can be selected as the display languages In addition the OP1S can store parameter sets for easy downloading to other drives The converter can also be p
200. e Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 7 Definition of pulse encoder speed sensing using pulse encoder The following types of pulse encoder can be used type selection in P140 1 Pulse encoder type 1 Encoder with two pulse tracks mutually displaced by 90 with without zero marker Track 1 X173 28 29 Track 2 X173 30 31 Zero marker X173 32 33 2 Pulse encoder type 1 Encoder with two pulse tracks mutually displaced by 90 with without zero marker The zero marker is converted internally to a signal in the same way as on encoder type 1 Track 1 X173 28 29 Track 2 173 30 31 225 60 internal zero marker 3 Pulse encoder type 2 Encoder with one pulse track per direction of rotation with without zero marker CW rotation CCW rotation Track 1 X173 28 29 Track 2 X173 30 31 Zero marker X173 32 33 4 Pulse encoder type 3 Encoder with one pulse track and one output for direction of rotation with without zero marker CW rotation CCW rotation Track 1 X173 28 29 Pulse output Rot direction X173 30 31 Zero marker X173 32 33 Zero marker SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 27 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type
201. e four connectors selected with P632 Lower limit Maximum value of P301 and the four connectors selected with P633 Note The limiting values for both the positive and negative setpoint limits can have a positive or negative sign The negative setpoint limit for example can therefore be parameterized to a positive value and the positive setpoint limit to a negative value P632 Source for variable positive limitation at ramp function generator All connector Ind 4 52 3 5 output numbers FS 1 P051 40 L2 Offline G137 Selection of connectors to be injected at the variable positive limitation at the ramp function generator output setpoint limitation 0 connector 0000 1 connector K0001 etc P633 Source for variable negative limitation at ramp function generator All connector Ind 4 52 3 output numbers FS 9 P051 40 22 ARUM Type L2 Offline G137 Selection of connectors to be injected at the variable negative limitation at the ramp function generator output setpoint limitation 0 connector K0000 8 connector K0008 9 value as set in parameter P632 1 10 connector 0010 etc 10 64 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P634 Source for limitation input at
202. e goes into state 02 0 10 20 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range Unit Steps No indices Factory setting Type See Change Access Status P092 Delay times for field reversal These times are used to control a reversing contactor for reversing the field G200 9 9 polarity on a 1 quadrant converter with field reversal i001 Delay time for the field reduction before opening of the current field contactor When field polarity reversal is initiated the delay time set in P092 i001 elapsed after reaching K0265 lt Ifield min P394 before the current field contactor is opened i002 Delay time before actuation of the new field contactor only SW 1 7 and later After opening the current field contactor the delay time set in P092 i002 elapsed before the field contactor for the new field direction is actuated drop out delay time of the contactor use is usually longer then the pick up delay time i003 Delay time for enabling the field firing pulses only SW 1 7 and later After actuation of the field contactor for the new field direction the delay time acc to 092 1003 elapses before the field firing pulses are enabled This time must be longer than the pick up delay time of the contactor used i004 Delay time after the field build up before armature enable only SW 1 7 and later After directly following
203. e permitted as a continuous current Type O2 Offline by the motor monitoring function without activation of alarm message A037 or fault message F037 This current is the product of calculation P113 P100 P114 Thermal time constant of motor 0 0 to 80 0 Ind 4 P052 3 see Section 9 15 min FS 10 0 P051 40 0 1 02 Online FDS 0 0 l t monitoring deactivated 115 EMF at maximum speed in operation without tachometer 1 00 to 140 00 Ind 4 P052 3 1 of P078 001 FS 100 00 P051 40 This parameter is used to adjust the speed in cases where the internal 0 01 Type 02 Online FDS actual EMF value is applied as the actual speed value P115 defines the 6151 EMF which corresponds to maximum speed as a percentage of P078 001 P117 Control word for field characteristic 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 i n m 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS 0 No valid field characteristic has yet been recorded Type O2 Offline 1 Valid field characteristic P118 to P139 valid The parameter is set automatically during the field weakening optimization run P051 27 P118 Rated EMF value 0 to 2800 Ind 4 P052 3 5 340 051 40 FDS EMF that is reached with a full field according to parameter P102 and a 1V Type 02 Offline speed as set in parameter P119 The parameter is set automatically during the field weakening optimization 6165 run P051 27 and specifies in this case the setpoint EMF in the field weakening range Note As regard
204. e was higher than 25096 of Actual field current K0265 in case of error rated device current Number of pulses K0105 in case of error 4 A paralleled SIMOREG DC Master has detected a commutation failure or overcurrent Speed controller monitoring active in operating states of I Il The monitor responds when the difference between the connectors selected in P590 and P591 factory setting Setpoint actual value difference of speed controller exceeds the limit set in parameter P388 for longer than the time set in parameter P390 Possible fault causes Open control loop Controller not optimized P590 or P591 is not correctly parameterized 9 1 2 6 External faults Fault message from free function block FB4 active in all operating states Fault value the binector wired via parameter U102 001 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index 002 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index 003 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U102 Index 004 is in the state log 1 Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 9 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Fault message from free function block FB5 active in all operating states Fault value the binector wired via parameter U103 Inde
205. ed Possible fault causes 7001 electronics board is defective Excessive EMC related interference is present e g due to unprotected contactors unscreened cables loose shield connections Illegal microprocessor status active in all operating states An internal microprocessor hardware function monitors the microprocessor for illegal operating states Possible fault causes 7001 electronics board is defective Excessive EMC related interference is present e g due to unprotected contactors unscreened cables loose shield connections Converter cooling faulty active in operating states of lt 013 The heatsink temperature monitoring function is activated 6s after connection of the electronics supply The current heat sink temperature is indicated at parameter r013 and on connector 5 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Fault value r047 Index 002 to 016 Heatsink temperature gt permissible heatsink temperature i002 Measured heatsink temperature 16384 100 C Heatsink temperature sensor is defective i003 Measured ADC value Analog measuring channel faulty main setpoint main actual value or analog select input active in all operating states Hardware monitoring of measuring circuits
206. ed for P825 is outside permissible value range Possible cause Fault in actual field current sensing circuit defective A7004 gating board or A7001 electronics board The field circuit resistance P112 is indeterminable the actual field current does not reach the internally specified setpoint of 9596 of P102 as a result of P112 variation Possible cause e RA 3276 70 Fault in actual field current sensing circuit defective gating board or A7001 electronics board The command Inject standstill field is applied P102 is set too high A thyristor in the field bridge is not firing 80 of rated K287 P101 P100 P110 cannot be reached within 15s or maximum of the three set acceleration times Possible cause e Acceleration time P303 P307 P311 is set too low e P101 does not match the set maximum speed at nmax lt P101 or setting for P102 is too low The command Ramp function generator enable 0 or Ramp function generator stop 1 Field current control loop is not stable enough to record field characteristics 30s after injection of internal field current setpoint actual field current is deviating by more than 0 3996 of P102 0 15 96 of r073 002 from the setpoint Possible cause e Field current controller or field current precontrol is not optimized or optimized badly check P112 P253 to P256 or execute a current controller optimization run P051 25 Field characteristic is not uniform i e in spite
207. ed torque 0 1 Type 2 Online P527 Friction at 70 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 20 FS 0 0 P051 40 Setting as of converter rated DC current or rated torque 0 1 Type 02 Online P528 Friction at 80 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 4 FS 0 0 P051 40 m Setting as of converter rated DC current or rated torque 0 196 Type O2 Online P529 Friction at 90 speed 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 5 FS 0 0 P051 40 Setting as of converter rated DC current rated torque 0 1 Type 02 Online P530 Friction at 100 speed and higher 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 6 FS 0 0 P051 40 FDS Setting as of converter rated DC current or rated torque 0 1 Type 02 Online G153 10 54 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 30 Compensation of moment of inertia dv dt injection see also Section 8 Sheet G153 of Operatin Instructions 6RX1700 0AD P540 Acceleration time 0 00 to 650 00 Ind 4 P052 3 TO s FS 0 00 P051 40 FDS The acceleration time is the time that would be needed to accelerate the 0 01s Type 02 Online drive from 0 to 100 of maximum speed with no friction at 100 G153 converter rated DC current armature and 100 rated motor field current i e 100 flux It is a measure o
208. eet2 Speed Setpoint tee pite ae et Ra RE me Rea nera bg 11 3 Sheet 3 Speed Control amp Current 11 4 Sheet 4 Armature Current Controls aoaea 11 5 Sheet5 EMP 4 Field Current Control eise sieisen ea ae aa aaa 11 6 Sheeto UsSSlnterface 1 X900 y oin eaa e Ee EE 11 7 Sheet 7 2 CT72 te et eat eet Ren eas autas i 11 8 Sheet8 Peer to Peer Interface X172 retenti ete E tee e 11 9 Sheet9 Data Exchange CB TB to Base 2 11 10 10 Gontrol Word ti ede d 11 11 Sheet TT Control WOrd 2 etn e ette ett ett bet etae nta te rado va odes 11 12 Sheet 12 Status Word T iiio E caducus dep Lee tU Roe ua Let Saa dE 11 13 oheet 13 Status Word 2 e oe e t i ep hee eta o Rodas 11 14 Sheet 14 5 0 5 e err rte let pu eol fb 11 15 The simplified block diagrams do not show all details or functions Please refer to Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD76 if additional detail or functions are required including SOO functions and accessory boards Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Legend Sheet 1
209. elect function data set bit 0 Type L2 Offline G181 P677 Source for control word 2 bit17 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS select function data set bit 1 Type L2 Offline G181 P680 Source for control word 2 bit20 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS select fixed setpoint 0 Type L2 Offline 6181 681 Source for control word 2 bit21 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS select fixed setpoint 1 Type L2 Offline 6181 P684 Source for control word 2 bit24 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 1 051 40 BDS 0 controller speed droop disabled 1 enabled Type L2 Offline G181 P685 Source for control word 2 bit25 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS O n controller disabled 1 n controller enabled Type L2 Offline G181 P686 Source for control word 2 bit26 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 al 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS O external fault 2 1 no external fault 2 Type L2 Offline G181 P687 Source for control word 2 bit27 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 051 40 BDS 0 drive speed control 1 slave drive torque control Type L2 Offline G181 P688 Source for control word 2 bit28 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 x 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS O external alarm 1 1 external alarm 1 Type L2 Offline 6181 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 69
210. en P083 1 analog tacho Speed at which a tacho voltage as set in P741 is reached When P083 2 pulse encoder Same value as maximum speed set in P143 When P083 3 operation without tacho Speed at which EMF as set in P115 is reached P109 Control word for speed dependent current limitation 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS 0 Speed dependent current limitation is deactivated Type 02 Offline G161 1 Speed dependent current limitation is activated P110 Armature circuit resistance 0 000 to 32 767 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS ND FS 0 000 P051 40 G162 This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for precontrol 0 0010 Type 02 Online G165 and current controller armature and field 51 25 P111 Armature circuit inductance 0 000 to 327 67 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS mH FS 0 00 P051 40 G162 This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for precontrol 9 94mH Type O2 Online G165 and current controller armature and field 51 25 P112 Field circuit resistance 0 0 to 3276 7 Ind 4 P052 3 25 FS 0 0 P051 40 5 This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for precontrol 0 10 Type 02 Online 6166 and current controller armature and field 051 25 i P113 Continuous current factor torque control current control 0 50 to 2 00 Ind 4 P052 3 0 01 FS 1 00 P051 40 FDS This parameter defines ihe current to b
211. epends on the application requirements To use any other source locate the connector number for the source and set P433 to that value Siemens Energy amp Automation 8 17 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 8 18 Jog Inching Configuration If the unit is not already running aJOG command can be given to the unit to cause it to start and run at a pre selected speed When the JOG command is released the motor speed will come to zero and the unit will stop Up to 8 jog speeds can be configured If positive reference values are used the motor will jog forward while negative reference values will jog the motor in reverse Sources for both the jog command and the jog setpoint need to be configured The source of the Jog commands is selected using parameter P435 however the first two Jog1 and Jog2 can also be set from the source selected with parameters P668 and P669 through the control word 1 bits 8 and 9 The following tables show a few examples of how the Jog commands and setpoints can be configured The source of the command and setpoint are completely independent for maximum flexibility Source of Jog Command P435 Value Terminal 36 connector X171 Jog 1 Index 01 0010 Terminal 39 connector X171 Jog 2 Index 02 0016 Serial Interface 1 X300 USS protocol Word 1 Bit 8 Jog 3 Index 03 B2108 Serial Interface 2 X172 USS protocol Word 1 Bit 9 Jog 4 I
212. erates up to maximum speed during this optimization run On completion of this run the friction and inertia moment compensation function must be activated manually by setting P223 1 When the operating mode is switched from current control to torque control with P170 the optimization run for friction and inertia moment compensation must be repeated Note The speed controller may not be parameterized as a pure P controller or as a controller with droop when this optimization run is executed At the end of the optimization run P051 is displayed on the operator panel and the drive switches to operating state 07 2 In the case of motors with a limited travel path the optimization run for field weakening P051 27 may not be interrupted by the SHUTDOWN command until the 1st field weakening measuring point has been plotted Likewise the optimization run for the friction moment and moment of inertia compensation function 51 28 may not be interrupted by SHUTDOWN until the measuring point at 10 of maximum speed has been determined Premature interruption in both cases will lead to activation of fault message F052 When either of these optimization runs is restarted 051 27 or 051 28 it will be continued at a more advanced position In this way the respective run can be completed in several stages even if the travel path is limited Note The respective optimization run is executed completely after a restart if a fault message
213. erator parameter set Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 11 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Tachometer fault active in operating states of Il 3 Actual speed 0179 A check is performed every 20ms to ensure that is gt 5 Actual K0287 If the check result is incorrect for 4 times in succession the fault message is activated The following rule applies 100 actual speed maximum speed 100 actual ideal average DC voltage at gt 0 i e when the thyristor bridge is fully gated 32 The ideal DC voltage average value ata 0 is 078 001 T 32 The monitoring function is effective only if the gt a of 078 001 a is a percentage that can be set in parameter P357 default setting 10 The monitoring function is effective only if the armature current is gt 2 of the converter rated DC current set in r072 002 Possible fault causes Open circuit in tachometer or pulse encoder cable Tachometer of pulse encoder cable incorrectly connected Pulse encoder supply has failed Polarity for actual speed value P743 is incorrectly set Armature circuit data P110 und P111 are incorrectly set execute current controller optimization run Tachometer or pulse encoder defective Pulse encoder suppl
214. etpoint is applied the optimization run for field weakening must be run P051 27 Optimization run for field weakening process lasts approx 1min The following parameters are set automatically P117 to P139 P275 and P276 Note In order to determine the magnetization characteristic the field current setpoint is reduced during the optimization run from 10096 of the motor rated field current as set in P102 down to a minimum of 8 The field current setpoint is limited to a minimum according to P103 by setting P103 to values 5096 of P102 for the duration of the run This might be necessary in the case of uncompensated motors with a very high armature reaction The magnetizing characteristic is approximated linearly to 0 starting from the measuring point at a minimum field current setpoint To execute this optimization run the minimum motor field current P103 must be parameterized to less than 50 of the rated motor field current P102 During this optimization run the motor accelerates to approximately 8096 of rated motor speed the armature voltage corresponds to maximum 80 of the rated motor armature voltage P101 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions P051 28 Optimization run for compensation of friction moment and moment of inertia if desired process lasts approx 40s The following parameters are set automatically P520 to P530 P540 The motor accel
215. ettings Incoming AC supply 230V 87 Single Phase 230 VAC hot supplied by internal 89 ground side control transformer Current Requirement for Terminals 87 89 if supplied from a separate source 15 amp to 100 amp base drive panels 0 55 amps 140 and 210 amp base drive panels 1 2 amps 255 to 510 amp base drive panels 1 6 amps 850 amp base drive panel 4 6 amps 7 22 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Electronics power supply main contactor and fans 1180 to 1680 amps Terminal Connection values Remarks Possible settings Incoming AC supply 97 Internally connected to incoming 460 VAC 3 Phase 99 460V supply 101 Current Requirement for Terminals if supplied from a separate source 1180 1660 and 1680 amp base drives 2 5 amps at 460 VAC 3 phase Note Phase sequence is important for the fan direction of rotation The fan must rotate counter clockwise when viewed from above If necessary swap the L1 and L2 phase wiring at incoming supply to change the fan direction of rotation Remote relay Enable terminals 430 amp to 1680 amp base drive panels Terminal Connection values Remarks Possible settings External enable if used If a remote enable function is required using a relay contact then remove jumper J5 and install a normally open low voltage contact at terminals 93 94 The 430 amp to 1680 amp Base Drive Panels use a DC contac
216. f lt 06 After the receipt of the first valid protocol no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P807 Possible fault causes Interruption in connecting cable interference on connecting cable P807 is set too low F014 Telegram failure at paralleling interface active when U800 1 or 2 from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states After the receipt of the first valid protocol no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter U807 Possible fault causes Interruption in connecting cable interference on connecting cable 0807 is set too low 9 6 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error After receipt of one valid telegram no further valid telegrams have arrived within the period set in parameter U741 Hardware fault on expansion board EB1 Fault on first EB1 2017 Hardware fault on expansion board EB2 Fault value Fault on first EB2 Fault on second EB2 Telegram failure on one 015 TelegramfailureononeSIMOLINKboard active when 0741 gt 0 as soon as the first valid telegram is received Possible fault causes Break in connecting cable Parameter setting change during telegram exchange
217. f P100 FS 100 0 P051 40 G160 0 1 of P100 Type 12 Online G161 P173 Source for Torque control Current control switchover All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 SW 1 9 and later 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS 12 Offline The binector selected here has the same effect as parameter P170 0 binector 80000 G160 1 binector 80001 etc P175 Source for variable P gain SW 1 8 and later All connector Ind 4 052 3 numbers FS 1 P051 40 FDS 1 Type L2 off line G162 The content of the selected connector acts as the P gain for the armature current controller after multiplication with P155 10 32 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P176 Source for variable Integration time SW 1 8 and later All connector Ind 4 052 3 numbers FS 1 P051 40 FDS The content of the selected connector acts as the integration time for the 1 12 off line G162 armature current controller after multiplication with P156 P177 Source for the command no immediate pulse disable All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 SW 1 8 and later 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS Al t Type L2 off line ow signal causes the armature firing pulses to be disabled immediately G163 without waiting for the 1 0 signal or wit
218. f the moment of inertia on the motor shaft This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for friction and moment of inertia compensation P051 28 P541 P gain of acceleration 0 00 to 650 00 Ind 4 P052 3 0 01 FS 0 00 P051 40 FDS Proportional gain for SAD dependent acceleration function see also Type 02 Online 6153 parameter P543 P542 Time difference for dy dt of ramp function generator 0 01 to 300 00 Ind 4 P052 3 5 FS 0 01 P051 40 FDS Ramp function generator 0 01s Type 02 Online Setting of dt for the output of dy dt at a connector i e at 191 the change 6136 in the output quantity of the ramp function generator 190 is output within the period set in P542 Example The ramp function generator is currently ramping up with a ramp up time of P311 5s i e a ramp up operation from y 0 to y 100 takes 5s Atime difference dt of P542 2s is set dyldt of 40 appears at connector K0191 since the dy within the set dt of 2 s equals 2s 5s 100 see also parameter P330 P543 Threshold for SAD dependent acceleration 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 0 00 P051 40 FDS With respect to the SAD dependent acceleration function only the 0 01 of maximum Type 02 Online component of the speed controller setpoint actual value difference which speed G153 has an absolute value in excess of the threshold set in this parameter is switched through see also parameter 5
219. field P051 26 Speed controller optimization run 051 27 Optimization run for field weakening P051 28 Optimization run for compensation of friction moment and moment of inertia Note The optimization runs should be performed in the above order The SIMOREG converter switches to operating state 07 4 for several seconds and then to 07 0 or 07 1 and waits for the START command and ENABLE Enter the commands START and ENABLE The flashing of the decimal point in the operational status display on the PMU simple operator control panel indicates that an optimization run will be performed after the Start command If the start command is not given within 30 s this waiting status is terminated and fault message F052 displayed As soon as the converter reaches operating status lt 01 0 RUN the optimization run is executed An activity display appears on the PMU consisting of two 2 digit numbers separated by a bar that moves up and down These two numbers indicate for SIEMENS personnel the current status of the optimization run P051 25 Optimization run for precontrol and current controller for armature and field process lasts approximately 40s The following parameters are set automatically P110 P111 P112 P155 P156 P255 and P256 Permanent field motors and motors with an extremely high residual flux must be mechanically locked during this optimization run WARNING The set current limits are not effective during the
220. for parameters see Section 11 Configuration of SIMOLINK board 0741 is set to low Fault value 1 Telegram failure on 1 SLB 2 Reserved NOTICE 24 V output This monitoring function is deactivated in the delivery state It can be activated via parameter P820 9 1 2 3 External faults Sus circuit or overloading of binary outputs active in all operating states Possible fault causes Short circuit or overload at terminals 46 48 50 or 52 and 26 or 34 Fault value r047 Index 002 to 016 Short circuit or overload at binary outputs i002 Bit8 1 Overload at terminal 46 9 1 Overload at terminal 48 Bit 10 1 Overload at terminal 50 Bit 11 1 Overload at terminal 52 Bit 12 1 Overload at terminal 26 15 V output Bit 13 1 Overload at terminal 34 44 and or 210 F019 Fault message from free function block FB286 active in all operating states Fault value 1 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index 005 is in the state log 1 2 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index 006 is in the state log 1 3 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index 007 is the state log 1 4 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index 008 is in the state log 1 F020 Fault message from free function block FB287 active in all operating states Fault value the binector wired via parameter U101 Index 005 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index 006 is in the state l
221. fugal mass is too large e Drive is blocked heavily speed dependent or excessively high load torque e Active load is attempting to maintain a certain speed Possible remedy e Increase P100 while the optimization run is in progress in order to raise the applied acceleration current during optimization during the speed controller optimization run a maximum of 45 of lA motor armature current for zero speed is applied as the armature current setpoint motor P100 can thus be increased to 2 2 times the value at maximum without exceeding 100 lA motor during optimization With speed controller optimization run With an acceleration current equaling 20 or 30 of P100 lA motor armature current required for zero speed or With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation With an acceleration current equalling the current required to achieve a steady state speed of 1096 of maximum speed 20 of P100 lA motor the maximum speed or 100 of setpoint EMF cannot be reached within 90s 13 Possible cause e Flywheel mass is too large e Drive is blocked heavily speed dependent or excessively high load torque e Active load is attempting to maintain a certain speed Possible remedy e Increase P100 while the optimization run is in progress in order to raise the applied acceleration current during optimization during the speed controller optimization run a maximum of 45 of lA motor armature
222. full field to a speed setpoint of 10 nmax the EMK is gt 77 of setpoint EMF P101 P100 P110 Possible cause e Maximum speed setting is incorrect Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect P140 to P143 Parameters for tachometer adaptation are incorrect P741 Setpoint EMF is not correct P101 P100 P110 An excessively high load torque in positive or negative direction e g a suspended load causes the drive to rotate one of the armature current or torque limits may be parameterized too low 19 steady state actual speed of 1096 20 30 100 of the maximum speed cannot be reached within 3 minutes or maximum value of the three set acceleration times in speed controlled operation the speed setpoint actual value difference averaged over 90 firing cycles must equal 0 196 for a specific time period Possible cause Acceleration time is set too low P303 P307 P311 Drive is blocked An excessively high load torque in positive or negative direction e g a suspended load causes the drive to rotate one of the armature current or torque limits may be parameterized too low Poor speed controller setting P225 P226 P228 or speed controller is parameterized as pure P controller or with droop A band elimination filter P201 P202 or P203 P204 is active Command Ramp function generator enable 0 or Ramp function generator STOP 1 is applied 9 16 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Dri
223. g of setpoint and actual value band stop filters P625 Source for speed controller setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 numbers FS 170 051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the input signal for speed setpoint 1 12 Offline FDS filtering 152 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P626 Source for actual speed controller value All connector Ind 4 P052 3 5 onoi numbers FS 167 051 40 FDS election connector to be injected as the input signal for actual speed 1 Type 12 Offline value filtering G152 0 connector 1 connector 0001 etc SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 63 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P627 Source for input of D element All connector Ind None P052 3 5 numbers FS 178 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the input signal for the D element 1 Type L2 Offline G152 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P628 Source for input of band stop filter 1 All connector Ind None P052 3 es numbers FS 179 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the input signal for band stop filter 1 4 Type L2 Offline 6152 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P629 Source for band stop filter 2 All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers
224. ge can result if proper precautions are not taken e NOTE For the purpose of this Instruction Manual Note indicates information about the product or the respective part of the Instruction Manual which requires particular attention Siemens Energy amp Automation 1 1 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 1 2 These operating instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation operation or maintenance Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser s purposes the matter should be referred to the local Siemens Sales Office The contents of these operating instructions shall not become part or modify any prior or existing agreement commitment or relationship The Sales Contract contains the entire obligations of Siemens The warranty contained in the contract between the parties is the sole warranty of Siemens Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or modify the existing warranty Converters contain hazardous electrical voltages Death severe bodily injury or significant material damage can occur if the safety measures are not followed 1 Only qualified personnel who are knowledgeable about the converters and the provided information can install start up operate troubleshoot or repair the converte
225. gnal 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 3 FS 0 50 P051 40 FDS This value is added to the response threshold if n lt nmin is active 0 01 of maximum Type O2 Online G187 speed ncomp Signal SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 43 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P373 Speed threshold 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 052 3 1 96 FS 100 00 P051 40 FDS Speed threshold for n lt signal 0 01 of maximum Type O2 Online 6187 speed P374 Hysteresis for lt ncomp signal n lt ncomp signal 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 7 FS 3 00 P051 40 FDS This value is added to the response threshold if n lt is active 0 01 of maximum Type O2 Online 6187 speed P375 OFF delay for n lt signal 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 205 5 FS 3 0 P051 40 G187 0 15 2 Online Setpoint actual value deviation 2 P376 Permissible setpoint actual value deviation 2 SW 1 9 and later 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 052 3 FD 3 00 P051 40 FDS 0 01 of maximum Type O2 on line G187 speed P377 Hysteresis for setpoint actual value deviation 2 signal 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 SW 1 9 and later FS 1 00 P051 40 FDS 0 01 of maximum Type O2 on l
226. guring Guide of the relevant board Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 31 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 9 32 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 Parameter list Overview The Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions does not contain information about all available parameters Only the parameters mentioned in this book are included For a complete list of parameters please refer to power module Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD76 Range of parameter numbers Function r000 Operating display r001 P050 General visualization parameters 051 r059 Access authorization levels r060 r065 Definition of SIMOREG DC MASTER converter P067 P079 Definition of SIMOREG DC MASTER power section P080 P098 Setting values for converter control P100 P139 Definition of motor P140 P148 Definition of pulse encoder speed sensing using pulse encoder P150 P165 Closed loop armature current control auto reversing stage armature gating unit P169 P191 Current limitation torque limitation P192 Auto reversing stage armature gating unit P200 P236 Speed controller further parameters for the speed controller P550 P567 P250 P265 Closed loop field current control field gating unit P272 P284 Closed loop EMF control P295 P319
227. han the time set in P360 index 004 Alarm message from free function block FB6 active in all operating states The binector wired via parameter U104 Index 001 is in the state log 1 A024 Alarm message from free function block FB7 active in all operating states The binector wired via parameter U105 Index 001 is in the state log 1 9 28 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Brush length too short active in all operating states When parameter P495 1 binary sensing of brush length Alarm in response to log 0 signal longer than 10s at terminal 211 Possible causes Encoder for brush length has responded Interruption in encoder cable Poor bearing condition active in all operating states When parameter P496 1 bearing condition sensing Alarm in response to log 0 signal longer than 2s at terminal 212 Possible causes Encoder for bearing condition has responded Air flow monitoring active in operating states of When parameter P497 1 air flow monitoring Alarm in response to log 0 signal longer than 40s at terminal 213 Possible causes Encoder for fan monitoring has responded Interruption in encoder cable Motor overtemperature active in all operating states When parameter P498 1 thermostat connected Alarm in response to log 0 signal longer than 10s at terminal 214 Possible causes Thermostat fo
228. he parameter currently being processed is displayed on the PMU during the process The electronics power supply must remain powered up while this operation is in progress 3 Field offset adjustments Parameter P825 ii is automatically set takes approx 10 s to provide proper calibration of the field converter rated current The offset adjustment can also be activated as an individual function by means of parameter P051 z 22 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 8 6 Start up procedure The Base Drive Panel is at a hazardous voltage level even when the line contactor is open The gating board board mounted directly to lower part of housing has many circuits at hazardous voltage levels Non observance of the safety instructions given in this manual can result in death severe personal injury or substantial property damage The following steps summarize the start up procedure Always begin by defaulting the parameters back to the factory value as outlined in paragraph 8 5 Procedure 1 Set P051 40 to gain access to change parameters 2 Set P067 5 for US rating This parameter setting is mandatory on Base Drive Panels 3 Set the actual operating AC supply voltage the armature and field converters 78 4 Input motor data P100 P101 P102 P114 Select field control and weakening P081 P082 7 Set current limits and ramp generator time P171 P172 P303 P30
229. he respective parameter set numbers 1 or 2 of the source and target parameter sets The copy operation is started by switching P057 over into parameter mode when 057 1 During the copy operation the numbers of the parameters being copied are displayed on the operator panel PMU At the end of the copy operation P057 is reset to 057 0 r058 Display of active Bico data set 1102 Ind None P052 3 G175 1 Type O2 10 12 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status r059 Display of operating state 0 0 to 14 5 Ind None P052 3 0 1 2 Meaning as 000 10 4 Definition of SIMOREG DC MASTER converter r060 Software version 0 0 to 9 9 Ind 5 052 3 0 1 2 2101 Converter software release i001 CUD i002 Slot D board location 2 i003 Slot E board location 2 i004 Slot F board location 3 i005 Slot G board location 3 r061 Creation date of software Ind 5 052 3 02 6101 i001 Year i002 Month i003 Day i004 Hour i005 Minute r062 Checksum Ind 2 P052 3 L2 2101 i001 Converter firmware checksum i002 Boot sector checksum r063 Board code Ind 5 P052 3 PN Type 02 G10
230. hout outputting alpha W pulses for current reduction The additional alpha W pulses acc to parameter P161 are not output either As long as this command is pending it is not possible to fall below operating state 01 6 This command can be used for example if it is not a motor that is supplied by the SIMOREG DC Master but a field and the current is to be reduced via an external parallel connected de excitation resistance P178 Source for the command fire all thyristors simultaneously All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 SW 1 8 and later 1 FS 0 051 40 BDS Sali Type L2 off line etting this command high signal causes all six thyristors of the thyristor G163 bridge to be fired continuously and simultaneously Switchover to long pulses is automatic This command is only active if no line voltage is applied to the armature power section P179 Additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses 0 to 100 Ind 4 P052 3 SW 1 9 and later 1 FS 0 P051 40 5 MN Type O2 on line Number of additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses after G163 detection of 0 message prior to a change in torque direction It is particularly important to set this parameter to values of gt 0 for converter armatures which supply large inductances e g lifting solenoids These pulses cause the current to decay before a change in torque direction the thyristors are fired in pairs to prevent sudden chopping and
231. ied When a binary selectable input parameterized as Ramp G136 function generator setting 2 P307 to P310 selected in P637 or Ramp function generator setting 3 P311 to P314 selected in P638 generator setting 2 or 3 is applied as appropriate 1 Ramp up integrator operation When the setpoint is reached for the first time ramp function generator setting 1 is switched over to a ramp up down times 0 2 Ramp up integrator operation When the setpoint is reached for the first time ramp function generator setting 1 is switched over to generator setting 2 P307 to P310 3 Ramp up integrator operation When the setpoint is reached for the first time ramp function generator setting 1 is switched over to generator setting 3 P311 to P314 Ramp function generator parameter set 1 see also parameter P330 P303 Ramp up time 1 0 00 to 650 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 10 00 P051 40 6136 0 015 2 Online P304 Ramp down time 1 0 00 to 650 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 10 00 P051 40 6136 0 015 02 Online P305 Lower transition rounding 1 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 0 00 P051 40 6136 0 015 02 Online P306 Upper transition rounding 1 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 5 FS 0 00 P051 40 6136 0 015 02 Online Ramp function generator parameter set 2 see also parameter P330 Ramp function generator parameter set 2 is selected via the binector parameterized in P637
232. ieu is 19995 sisenbej GZd K 1031009 Burouenbes enje ON uonei ep jenjoequiodjes 0 4 sieu6is s ON 0 SI M Buisseooid uueje uo 1Ig uur UO YO IMS ON 0 MK 10009 Burouenbes 2440 ON peidde 2440 0 M 1011002 Burouenbes peydde 2440 ON 2440 0 wos si ON 0 pajqesip sasind eAnoe S M 8uisseooud peigesip 0 nd no uny Burouenbes JON 0 peigesip sesind Apeay 1011009 Burouenbes EA Cae 80084 luce Coroa 80084 290081 Ga 0085 220080 ES 0089 44454444 aval of uf al el vif of snes UO YO IMS 1 JON 0 uo yms Apeay 1011009 Bur
233. ill result in reduced maximum output voltage accordingly 2 Values apply for rated DC output current on both the armature and field circuits 3 The specified output DC voltage can be guaranteed up to an undervoltage of 5 of rated line voltage 4 The table below gives load values DC current as a function of ambient temperature surrounding the Base Drive Panel refer to PO77 Note Important When Base Drive Panels are installed into enclosures make sure the temperature inside does not exceed 45 C otherwise derate the DC current rating per the table below Ambient temperature reduction in base drive dc ampere rating Self cooled converters Fan cooled converters 15 30 60 100 ADC 140 1660 ADC a Operation of fan cooled units at ambients above 50 C is not permitted because of limitations on the allowable fan operating temperature 5 Load values DC current as a function of installation altitude refer to 77 b1 100 Percentage load b 80 67 60 40 20 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 m Installation altitude Curve b1 Reduction factor of load values DC current at installation altitudes above 1000 m No derating of the supply voltages to any circuits is required up to an installation altitude of 5000 m for basic insulation 5 4 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 6 Requirements to achieve cont
234. ine G187 This value is added to the response threshold if a setpoint actual value speed deviation signal is active P378 Response delay for setpoint actual value deviation signal 2 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS SW 1 9 and later 5 FS 3 0 51 40 G187 0 1s Type O2 on line Overspeed P380 Maximum speed in positive direction of rotation 0 0 to 199 9 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 120 0 P051 40 FDS 0 1 of maximum Type 02 Online G188 speed P381 Maximum speed in negative direction of rotation 199 9 to 0 0 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 120 0 P051 40 FDS 0 1 of maximum Type 12 Online G188 speed Setpoint actual value deviation 1 P388 Permissible deviation between setpoint and actual value 1 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 3 00 P051 40 FDS 0 01 of maximum 02 Online G187 speed P389 Hysteresis for setpoint actual value deviation signal 1 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 052 3 FS 1 00 P051 40 FDS This value is added to the response threshold if a setpoint actual value 0 0196 of maximum Type O2 Online G187 deviation signal is active Speed P390 Response delay for setpoint actual value deviation signal 1 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS s FS 3 0 P051 40 G187 0 1s Type O2 Online lt lt min Signal P394 Field current threshold lf min 0 00 to 199 99 Ind 4 P052 3 T FS 3 00 P051 40 FDS Field current threshold for If lt If min limit value monitor 0 01 of converter Type 02 Online Note rated fie
235. ions Fault value Connection to EEPROM is faulty Possible fault causes e 7001 electronics board is defective e A7009 backplane wiring assembly is defective Plug in connection X109 is defective Parameter value is outside permissible value range Possible fault causes e Restore to default value has never been executed with this software e g after software replacement e A7009 backplane wiring assembly is defective Possible remedy e Acknowledge fault execute Restore to default value and start up the drive again Parameter value cannot be stored on EEPROM Possible fault causes 7001 electronics board is defective e A7009 backplane wiring assembly is defective Plug in connection X109 is defective Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions r047 Index 002 to 016 Number of faulty parameter Index of faulty parameter Faulty parameter value Address of fault memory location Faulty value in EEPROM Correct parameter value 9 23 9 24 Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Checksum of non volatile data part 1 i002 Calculate checksum is not correct i003 Checksum found in EEPROM Checksum of non volatile data part 2 is not correct Checksum of non volatile data part 3 is not correct Checksum of configuring table of parameter v
236. is received 10 84 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status r810 Receive data on G SST1 Ind 20 P052 3 Type L2 Display of data received via USS interface 1 G170 i001 Display process data word 1 i016 Display process data word 16 i017 Display parameter data word 1 i020 Display parameter data word 4 r811 Transmit data on G SST1 Ind 20 P052 3 E Type L2 Display of the data to be transmitted via USS interface 1 G170 i001 Display process data word 1 i016 Display process data word 16 i017 Display parameter data word 1 i020 Display parameter data word 4 r812 Receive data on G SST2 Ind 20 P052 3 L2 When USS protocol P790 2 is selected G171 Display of data received via USS interface 2 6173 isplay ived vi i001 Display process data word 1 i016 Display process data word 16 1017 Display parameter data word 1 i020 Display parameter data word 4 When peer to peer P790 5 is selected Display of data received via peer to peer interface 2 i001 Receive data word 1 i005 Receive data word 5 i006 Not used 1020 Not used r813 Transmit data on G SST2 Ind 20 P052 3 L2 When USS protocol P790 2 is selected m Display of the data to be transmitted via USS interface 2 i001 Display process
237. it 1 P183 Negative torque limit 2 300 00 to 300 00 Ind 4 P052 3 MOORE FS 300 00 51 40 FDS If Torque limit switchover is selected state of binector selected in P694 0 01 Type 12 Online 1 and the speed is higher than the threshold speed set in parameter of rated motor torque G160 P184 then torque limit 2 is activated in place of torque limit 1 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 33 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P184 Threshold speed for torque limits 0 00 to 120 00 Ind 4 P052 3 i er me f FS 0 00 P051 40 FDS If Torque limit switchover is selected state of binector selected in P694 0 0196 Type O2 Online 1 and the speed K0166 is higher than the threshold speed set in of maximum speed G160 parameter P184 then torque limit 2 P182 P183 is activated in place of torque limit 1 P180 P181 P190 Filter time for setpoint for armature current precontrol 0 to 10000 Ind 4 P052 3 SW 1 9 and later ms FS 0 P051 40 205 C 1ms Type O2 on line Filtering of the armature current setpoint at the input of the precontrol for the 6162 armature current controller The purpose of this filter is to decouple the armature current precontrol from the armature current controller P191 Filter time for setpoint for armature current controller 0 to 1000
238. ized parts in the repair of this unit and handling of the equipment by unqualified personnel can give rise to hazardous conditions which may cause death severe personal injury or substantial property damage All safety notices contained in this instruction manual and attached to the converter itself must be carefully observed Please read the safety information given in Section 1 of this instruction manual Siemens Energy amp Automation 8 1 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 8 2 Operator control panels 8 2 1 8 2 The basic converter is equipped with a simple operator panel PMU as standard A user friendly panel with plain text display OP1S can be connected as an option Simple operator control panel PMU Parameterization Unit The simple operator control panel is mounted in the converter door and consists of a 5 digit 7 segment display with three status display LED s and three parameterization keys All adjustments settings and measurements that need to be undertaken for the purpose of start up can be made on the simple control panel e Pkey 88888 E H a Run Ready Fault 00000 oooo v X300 Switches over between parameter number parameter mode parameter value value mode and index number index mode on indexed parameters Acknowledges active fault messages P and RAISE keys to switch a fault message and alarm to the backgrou
239. l loop 10 to 100 Ind 4 052 3 s SW 2 0 and later 96 FS 75 P051 40 FDS Type O2 online The parameter value is used as the optimization criterion for the speed control loop Note Changes to this value do not take effect until the speed controller optimization run P051 26 see Section 7 5 has been executed Setting instructions For drives for example with gear backlash optimization should be started with low dynamic response values from 10 For drives with top synchronism and dynamic response requirements values up to 10096 should be used 10 12 Closed loop field current control field gating unit P250 Alpha G limit field 0 to 180 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS 15 NOE m degrees FS 0 P051 40 G166 Rectifier stability limit for firing angle of field converter 1 degree Type O2 Online P251 Alpha W limit field 0 to 180 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS degrees FS 180 P051 40 G166 Inverter stability limit for firing angle of field converter 1 degree Type O2 Online P252 Filtering of line frequency correction field 0 to 200 Ind 4 P052 3 ms FS 200 P051 40 EDS me internal line synchronization for the field gating pulses derived from the 15 02 Offline ield mains infeed terminals is filtered with this time constant In operation G166 on weak power supplies with unstable frequencies for example on a diesel driven generator isolated operation the filte
240. laces of serial number i007 13 and 14 places of serial number 1008 to i015 0 i016 Checksum for serial number The serial number ASCII code is displayed in this parameter The number is output in plaintext on the OP1S panel r070 MLFB order number of SIMOREG DC Master converter 0 to 120 Ind None 052 3 1 Type 02 G101 The corresponding MLFB is displayed in encoded form in this parameter d The MLFB is displayed in plaintext on the OP1S panel r071 Converter rated supply voltage armature 10 to 830 Ind None P052 3 V Type O2 G101 Converter rated supply voltage armature as specified on rating plate ia r072 Converter rated DC current armature 0 0 to 6553 5 Ind 2 052 3 2 2101 i001 Converter rated DC current armature as specified on rating 0 1A plate output DC current at power terminals 1C1 and 1D1 i002 Actual converter rated DC current armature according to setting in parameter P076 001 or P067 r073 Converter rated DC current field 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 2 052 3 2 2101 i001 Converter rated DC current field as specified on rating plate 0 01A output DC current at power terminals 3C and 3D i002 Actual converter rated DC current field as set in parameter 076 002 r074 Converter rated supply voltage field 10 to 460 Ind None P052 3 3 V Type O2 G101 Converter rated supply voltage field as specified on rating plate 1V 075 Control word for p
241. ld DC 5195 This threshold affects the sequence of control operations for the Direction 1079402 of rotation reversal using field reversal and Braking with field reversal functions see Section 9 The lf lt lf min signal is connected to binector 80215 the actual value at field current controller input K0265 is applied as B0215 0 when K0265 gt threshold set in P394 B0215 1 when K0265 threshold set in P394 hysteresis set in P395 0 1 transition takes place when K0265 lt P394 1 0 transition takes place when K0265 gt P394 P395 P395 Hysteresis for If If min signal 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 9o FS 1 00 P051 40 FDS This value is added to the response threshold if It lt lf min is active 0 01 of converter Type 02 Online see also P394 rated field DC G188 current r073 i02 10 44 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status Field current monitoring Fault message 2005 is activated if the actual field current 265 is lower than the percentage of the field current setpoint 0268 set in P396 for longer than the time set in parameter P397 Note Fault message F005 is only activated however if the field current setpoint is gt 2 of the converter rated DC current of the field r073 i0
242. ld decays or builds up after initiation of field reversal fault values 6 and 7 is not implemented until SW 1 7 and later Possible fault causes Threshold for phase failure P353 set incorrectly Field phase failed Line contactor opened during operation Fuse blown in the field circuit Field current controller and or field current precontrol not optimized or badly optimized check P112 P253 to P256 possibly execute current controller optimization Check P396 field current monitoring threshold and P397 field current monitoring time If the fault value is 6 Offset fault in the actual field current value sensing relevant parameter P825 i01 i03 Offset depends on 076 102 or P394 P395 Threshold and hysteresis for message field field min must be checked If the fault value is 7 Circuit for the new field direction is interrupted e g because the contactor for new field direction does not pick up P398 P399 Threshold and hysteresis for message field lt field x must be checked Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 3 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Fault value Voltage failure occurred in the field supply terminals 301 and 3W1 if PO86 0 Delay time according to P089 elapsed in state 05 1 waiting for voltage at the field power section
243. ler optimization run 51 26 It may be useful to parameterize lower values when the ramp function generator is in use SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 35 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P229 Control of component tracking for slave drive 0 to 1 Ind 4 052 3 FS 0 P051 40 FDS 0 slave drive the component of the speed controller is Type 02 Offline made to follow such that M set ncontr M set limit the speed setpoint is set to the actual speed value 6152 1 Tracking deactivated P230 Setting period of speed controller integrator SW 1 9 and later 0 to 10000 Ind 4 052 3 ms FS 0 P051 40 FDS After a positive edge at the binector set in P695 the integrator of the speed 1 15 Type 02 on line controller is set to the instantaneous value of the connector set in P631 8152 If a of gt 0 is set on P230 this setting operation is not performed just once but the speed controller integrator is set continually to the setting value for the parameterized time period P234 Set speed controller P component to zero 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 FDS 0 Set controller P component to zero i e to obtain a pure Type O2 Offline controller 0152 1 Controller P component is active P236 Specifying the dynamic response of the speed contro
244. ll 2 5096 of P102 IF motor Possible cause e Armature current is very unsteady e g due to high speed controller P gain setting in P225 on drive with high integral action time In this case setting a lower actual speed filtering value in P200 and execution of another speed controller optimization run P051 26 may help e Check armature current limits 14 The speed has changed by more than 12 5 at a constant speed setpoint even through the applied field current setpoint is still gt 50 of P102 IF motor Possible cause as for fault value 12 15 EMF setpoint is too small to plot a field characteristic EMF set UA lA motor RA P101 P100 P110 lt 10 of 1 35 78 1001 e g 78 1001 400 V minimum EMF cet 54 V 16 Field weakening operation is not allowed in operation without a tachometer P083 3 17 The field current controller cannot be optimized because the field circuit time constant cannot be determined actual field current does not decay after switch off to below 0 95 initial value within approximately 1s or to below 0 8 0 95 initial values within approximately 2 s Possible cause e Setting in P103 is too high e Field circuit inductance is too high e Fault in actual field current sensing circuit gating board or A7001 electronics board defective e r073 02 P102 is too high change P076 02 if necessary 18 Field weakening range is too wide i e during power up at
245. ller P component to zero 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 FDS 0 Set controller P component to zero i e to obtain pure I Type 02 Offline G166 controller 1 Controller P component is active P265 Source for selection of external field current monitoring signal All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 SW 1 9 and later 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS S Type L2 off line election of the binector to supply the field monitoring signal when an G167 external field device is used status 1 field current is o k If gt If min The converter waits for this signal in state 05 0 as part of the power ON routine If the signal disappears during operation the drive is shut down with fault message F005 fault value 4 0 binector 80000 1 binector B0001 etc SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 37 PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 13 Closed loop EMF control P272 Operating mode of closed loop EMF control 0 to 1 Ind None P052 3 2 m FS 0 P051 40 0 Fault message F043 EMF too high for braking operation is Type O2 Offline G165 active If the EMF is too high when a torque direction change is requested i e if the calculated firing angle K0101 for the armature current in the new torque direction is gt 165 degrees both torque directions are disabled If at the same time the absolute value of
246. ls P145 Automatic measuring range switchover for measurement of low 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 3 speeds switchover of multiple evaluation 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS 02 Offline 0 Automatic switchover of multiple evaluation of pulse encoder signals OFF i e P144 is always active 1 Automatic switchover of multiple evaluation of pulse encoder signals ON i e when P144 0 2x evaluation is selected for low speeds and 4x evaluation for very low speeds When P144 1 4x evaluation is selected for low speeds As opposed to P145 0 this setting reduces the minimum measurable speed by up to a factor of 4 G145 Caution Switching over the multiple evaluation method for encoder pulses also affects the position sensing function in the measuring channel For this reason this setting may not be used in conjunction with positioning operations Connectors 0042 to 0044 are inoperative when P145 1 P146 Automatic measuring range switchover for measurement of low 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 speeds switchover measuring time 1 FS 0 051 40 02 Offline FDS 0 Automatic switchover of measuring time OFF d i e P147 is always active 1 Automatic switchover of measuring time ON This setting extends the measuring time for low speeds based on the measuring time set in P147 i e when P147 0 the nominal measuring time is switched over to 2 ms for low speeds and to 4 ms for very low speeds When
247. lse encoder signal voltage 0 Pulse encoder outputs 5 V signals requires separate 5V encoder supply voltage 1 Pulse encoder outputs 15V signals uses internal 15V encoder supply voltage CAUTION Resetting parameter P142 to the alternative 5V setting does not switch over the supply voltage for the pulse encoder terminals X173 26 and 27 Terminal X173 26 always supplies 15V An external voltage supply must be provided for pulse encoders requiring a 5V supply P143 Setting the maximum operating speed for pulse encoder operation in revolutions minute The speed set in this parameter corresponds to an actual speed K0040 of 100 Operation without tachometer control P083 3 The actual speed is supplied from the Actual EMF channel 0287 but scaled with P115 P115 EMF at maximum speed Note EMF Terminal voltage IxR 1 00 to 140 00 of rated converter supply voltage at 071 Freely wired actual value P083 4 actual value input is defined with P609 P609 Number of connector to which actual speed controller value is connected Siemens Energy amp Automation 8 11 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Y Field data Field control P082 0 Internal field is not used and field functions are not used e g with permanent field motors 082 1 The field is switched together with the line contactor field pulses are enabled disabled when line contactor closes opens
248. mage Only qualified personnel should work on or around the equipment after first becoming thoroughly familiar with all warning and safety notices and maintenance procedures contained herein The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on proper handling installation operation and maintenance Definitions e QUALIFIED PERSONNEL For the purpose of this Instruction Manual and product labels a Qualified Person is someone who is familiar with the installation construction and operation of the equipment and the hazards involved He or she must have the following qualifications 1 Trained and authorized to energize de energize clear ground and tag circuits and equipment in accordance with established safety procedures 2 Trained in the proper care and use of protective equipment in accordance with established safety procedures 3 Trained in providing first aid e DANGER For the purpose of this Instruction Manual and product labels Danger indicates that death severe personal injury or substantial property damage will result if proper precautions are not taken e WARNING For the purpose of this Instruction Manual and product labels Warning indicates that death severe personal injury or substantial property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken e CAUTION For the purpose of this Instruction Manual and product labels Caution indicates that minor personal injury or property dama
249. mation for G SST2 Ind 10 052 3 f Type 02 Free running counter overflow at 65535 G171 G173 i001 Number of error free telegrams i002 Number of errored telegrams Byte frame parity overrun or BCC error i003 Number of byte frame errors i004 Number of overrun errors i005 Parity error i006 STX error Start interval before STX not observed telegram residual transfer time not observed delay time of LGE character too long erroneous STX i e 02 i007 Violation of telegram residual transfer time USS prot only i008 Block check error i009 Incorrect telegram length With P792 3 or 4 only The length of the received telegram is P791 P792 Note If the received values are correct they will be processed even when this error has been detected i010 Timeout error No valid telegram has been received for a period exceeding the setting in P797 After the occurrence of a timeout error this counter is not activated again until the next valid telegram is received G SST 3 RS485 on X162 see also Section 8 Sheets G172 and G174 and Section 9 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD P800 Selection of protocol for G SST3 basic converter interface 0 2 5 9 Ind None 052 3 0 Setting has no function 1 FS POSA oe G172 unes O2 Offline i a 2 USS protocol 5 Peer to peer communication 9 For internal factory test purposes P801 Number of process data for G SST3 0 to 16 Ind None
250. meter with the controllers disabled but the line contactor closed This wait period does not commence until n lt nmin P370 P371 is reached If a new inching command is input within this period then the drive switches to the next operating state 01 2 or lower However if the time runs out without a new inching command being entered then the line contactor drops out and the drive switches to operating state 07 see also Section 9 0 0 to 60 0 5 0 15 Ind None FS 10 0 Type 02 052 3 051 40 Online 086 Voltage failure period for automatic restart If the voltage fails F001 F004 at one of the terminals 101 1V1 1W1 301 3W1 501 or 5W1 or if it drops below a certain threshold F006 undervoltage or exceeds a certain threshold F007 overvoltage or its frequency is too low F008 frequency lt P363 or too high F009 frequency gt P364 or if the actual field current drops to below 50 of the field current setpoint for more than 0 5s F005 then the corresponding fault message is activated only if the fault condition has not been eliminated within the Automatic restart period set in this parameter The gating pulses and controllers are disabled while the fault conditions are present The converter dwells in operating state 04 in the case of armature line voltage fault or 05 in the case of field line voltage or field current fault or in 013 Setting this parameter to 0 00s deactivates the Automatic
251. mitation at ramp generator output reached 0182 Neg limitation at ramp generator input reached 0197 aG limit field reached P250 Positive current limit field reached 0273 102 2 ag limit armature reached P150 11 2 Positive current limit armature reached K0131 12 Positive maximum speed reached P512 Speed limiting controller responds B0201 413 255 Positive torque limit reached B0202 14 Pos limitation at ramp generator output reached K0181 15 4 Pos limitation at ramp generator input reached K0196 Note This parameter has the same bit assignments as connector K0810 Ind None 52 3 Type V2 Connector and binector displays r041 0121 High resolution connector display i001 Display of connector selected P042 01 i002 Display of connector selected in P042 02 The display value is filtered with a time constant of 300ms see Section 8 Sheet G121 200 00 to 199 99 Ind 2 52 3 0 01 12 P042 0121 High resolution connector display 1001 Selection of connector to be displayed in r041 01 i002 Selection of connector to be displayed in r041 02 The display value is filtered with a time constant of 300ms see Section 8 Sheet G121 All connector numbers 1 Ind 2 P052 3 FS 0 P051 40 12 Online r043 G121 Connector display i001 Display of connector selected in P044 01 i002 Displa
252. mponent of the speed controller is set to the value of the connector selected in P631 With this function it is possible for example to use the same signal binector to control controller enabling commands and setting of the component 10 70 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P696 Source for selection of Stop speed controller component function binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 TNAM 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS Selection of binector to control the Stop component function Type L2 Offline 0 binector B0000 G152 1 binector B0001 etc When the binector selected in P696 changes to the log 1 state the I component of the speed controller is stopped P697 Source for selection of enabling of dv dt injection All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 ii a 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS Selection of binector to control enabling of dv dt injection state 1 Type L2 Offline enable G153 0 binector 80000 1 binector B0001 etc P698 Source for selection of enabling command for speed dependent speed All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 controller PI P function switchover 1 FS 1 P051 40 BDS Type L2 Offline Selection of binector to control enabling of the speed dependent PI P G152 controller switchover function see also P222 0
253. ms 8 2 2 User friendly operator control panel OP1S The optional user friendly operator control panel with plain text display order no 6SE7090 0XX84 2F KO can be mounted in the special location provided in the converter door or remotely mounted on the enclosure door The OP1S connects to the basic converter interface SST1 at sub D connector X300 Parameters can be selected directly through input of the parameter number by the keyboard of the OP1S The following interrelationships apply Displayed Number to be keyed in number on OP1S Basic converter rxxx Pxxx 0 xxx parameter Uxxx nxxx 2 Technology boar For more information on the operation of the OP1S refer to the power module operating instructions and the instructions that were provided with the OP1S Siemens Energy amp Automation 8 3 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 8 3 Parameterization procedure 8 3 1 8 3 2 8 4 Parameterization is the process of changing or setting parameter values activating converter functions or displaying measured values with the operator panel Parameters for the basic converter are called P r U or n parameters Parameters for an optional supplementary board are called H d L or c parameters The basic unit parameters are displayed first on the PMU followed by the technology board parameters if such a board is installed It is important not to confuse the parameters of the 500 technology sof
254. n grounding disconnects overcurrent protection etc The Base Drive Panels must be installed in accordance with the relevant safety regulations e g NEC as well as all other relevant national and local regulations It must be ensured that the grounding cable sizing and appropriate short circuit protection have been implemented to guarantee operational safety and reliability Note Important Base Drive Panels have high speed semiconductor fuses installed for protection of the thyristors in the event high fault currents are encountered These fuses are special purpose fuses and do not meet the requirements of the NEC for short circuit protection in motor branch circuits It is necessary to provide other devices for short circuit protection Typically molded case circuit breakers or NEC style fuses are used for this purpose Refer to applicable sections of the NEC for additional information The fundamental principles of EMC in Section 6 1 of SIMOREG 6RA70 DC Master operating instructions Order 6RX1700 0AD76 must be adhered to when installing any unit Siemens Energy amp Automation 6 1 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 6 2 Base Drive Panel Outlines Dimensions are mm inches TERMINALS 80 92 POWER TERMINALS MOUNTING HOLES FOR M8 312 SCREWS 4 PLACES aS Je L2 L3 A1 A2 GND A
255. n 1 index i001 Indices i001 Compatibility identifier of board in location 1 i002 Compatibility identifier of board in slot D i003 Compatibility identifier of board in slot E i004 Compatibility identifier of board in slot F i005 Compatibility identifier of board in slot G Example Index Value Bit representation Compatible with CUD i001 253 0000 0000 1111 1101 i002 002 0000 0000 0000 0010 no i003 001 0000 0000 0000 0001 yes Ind 5 P052 3 02 r065 G101 Software identifiers Extended software version identifiers in locations 1 2 and 3 of the electronics box Indices i001 Software identifier of the board in location 1 i002 Software identifier of the board in slot D i003 Software identifier of the board in slot E i004 Software identifier of the board in slot F i005 Software identifier of the board in slot G Ind 5 P052 3 Type 02 067 0101 Load class SW1 8 and later Load class DC Load class DC II Load class DC III Load class DC IV US rating The load classes are described in Chapter 3 4 1 AUN Depending on the load class selected the device rated DC of the SIMOREG DC Master is reduced to a value of different magnitude to suit the power section and load class The current value of the device rated DC is indicated in parameter r072 002 Notes If the device rated DC is reduced via parameter P076 001 the lesser of the two values is active If you set a v
256. n optimization run Optimization run aborted as a result of external cause active in operating states of I Il This fault message is activated when the converter ceases operating in the RUN state state Il or during an optimization run and thus in response to every FAULT or if the EMERGENCY STOP or SHUTDOWN command is applied The optimization run is aborted Only those parameters which had been fully optimized prior to activation of the fault message are altered When the STANDSTILL command is applied this fault message is not activated if the optimization run for field weakening is interrupted after the 1st field weakening measuring point has been recorded or in the case of the optimization run for friction and moment of inertia compensation after the measuring point at 10 maximum speed has been determined In these cases the run may be interrupted by STANDSTILL so as to be able to complete the run in several stages by repeated restarts for a limited travel path r047 Index 002 to 016 i002 1 Fault has occurred during optimization run for current Fault value Run was aborted because converter is no longer operating in RUN mode Run was aborted because EMERGENCY STOP command was applied speed controller setpoint 70 Run was aborted because STANDSTILL command was applied ramp function generator setpoint 0 Operation has been aborted because P051 was changed during the optimization run Run was aborted bec
257. n received examine the shipment to ensure that it is complete and not damaged e Damaged or missing items that are obviously visible should be specified in the shipping papers and must be countersigned by personnel from the transport company e Immediately notify the transport company in writing of any damage or missing items Siemens Energy amp Automation 4 1 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 4 2 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 Technical data 51 15ADC to 100ADC Base Drive Panels 460V 1 amp 4Q Rated supply voltage V 3 Phase armature 1 460 10 596 Rated input current A 17 3 34 6 59 2 92 CU HERE and field are independent SES NEE ST Rated output 50 02 We 7 15 60 2000 refs mo Power loss at rated DC current 150 510 approximate Rated Rated DC voltage field _____ Rated DC voltage field V field Operational ambient C to 45 at temperature self cooled 4 Storage and transport C 25 to 70 temperature Installation altitude above sea lt 1000 m at rated DC current 5 level Control stability An 0 006 of the rated motor speed valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint An 0 1 of the rated motor speed valid for analog tachometer or analog setpoint 6 Degree of protection Open Chassis Weights approx Lbs 35
258. nd is not input until n nmin P370 P371 is reached The brake is an operating brake When the Operating enable command is cancelled or when the Voltage disconnection or E Stop command is input the Close brake command is input immediately i e while the motor is still rotating 1102 Ind None FS 1 Type 02 P052 3 P051 40 Offline 081 6165 EMF dependent field weakening 0 No field weakening operation as a function of speed or EMF 100 of rated motor field current is applied constantly as the internal field current setpoint Field weakening operation by internal closed loop EMF control to ensure that in field weakening operation i e at speeds above the motor rated speed field weakening activation limit speed the motor EMF is maintained constantly at the setpoint EMF get 289 P101 P100 P110 field current setpoint is the product of the EMF controller output and the precontrol component determined by the actual speed according to the field characteristic NOTICE When P081 1 a valid field characteristic must be available P117 1 otherwise the optimization run for field weakening 51 27 must be executed 0101 Ind None FS 0 Type L2 052 3 P051 40 Offline SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 17 PNU Description Value range No indices Unit Factory Steps se
259. nd to get access to the parameter mode P and LOWER key to switch a fault message and alarm from the background back to the foreground display on the PMU e UPkey Selects a higher parameter number in parameter mode When the highest parameter number is displayed the key can be pressed again to roll over to the lowest parameter number Increases the displayed parameter value in value mode Increases the index number in index mode for indexed parameters If the DOWN key is pressed then also pressing the UP key will accelerate the DOWN adjustment process e DOWN key Y Selects a lower parameter number in parameter mode When the lowest parameter number is displayed the key can be pressed again to roll over to the highest parameter number Decreases the displayed parameter value in value mode Decreases the index number in index mode for indexed parameters If the UP key is pressed then also pressing the DOWN key will accelerate the UP adjustment process Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions LED displays Run green LED LED illuminated in Torque direction active state MI MII MO See parameter 000 Ready yellow LED LED illuminated Ready state 01 07 See parameter 000 Fault red LED LED illuminated Fault signal present state 011 See parameter 000 LED flashing alarm is active see Faults and Alar
260. ndex 04 B6109 Technology Board or First Communication Board Word 1 Bit 4 Jog 5 Index 05 B3104 Second Communication Board Word 1 Bit 5 Jog 6 Index 06 B8105 Serial Interface 3 CUD2 X162 USS protocol Word 1 Bit 3 Jog 7 Index 07 B9107 If more than one source is selected for the same command then the command will be issued when either one is issued If more than one jog function is selected then the selected jog setpoints are added together This feature allows the available jog speeds to be greatly expanded using various jog combinations Source of Jog Setpoint P436 Value Analog select Input 1 terminals 6 to 7 connector X174 Jog 1 setpoint Index 01 0015 Fixed Jog 2 setpoint from parameter P401 Index 02 0401 Fixed Jog 3 setpoint from parameter P402 Index 03 0402 Serial Interface 1 X300 USS protocol Word 4 Jog 4 Index 04 K2004 Serial Interface 2 X172 USS protocol Word 5 Jog 5 Index 05 K6005 Technology Board or First Communication Board Word 3 Jog 6 Index 06 K3003 Second Communication Board Word 3 Jog 7 Index 07 K8003 Serial Interface 3 CUD2 X162 USS protocol Word 4 Jog 8 Index 08 K9004 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Y Documentation of setting values e Save the parameter values using either Quick Start or the DriveMonitor PC program or e Document parame
261. ne P052 3 0 01 5 1 00 P051 40 6101 The factor set in this parameter effects a reduction in the armature current Type 02 Offline G161 limit as defined by the setting in P075 The converter must be derated in the following instances Operation at high ambient temperatures If the ambient temperature is higher than 45 on naturally air cooled converters or 35 on converters with forced air cooling the possible load capability of the converter decreases as a consequence of the maximum permissible thyristor junction temperature by percentage reduction a as specified in the table in Section 3 4 resulting in a temperature reduction factor of Ktemp k1 Installation altitudes of over 1000m above sea level In this case the lower air density and thus less effective cooling reduce the possible load capability of the converter to the percentage load b1 specified in the table in Section 3 4 resulting in an installation altitude reduction factor of K2 P077 must be set as follows P077 Ktemp Kattitude Note A general reduction in the converter rated DC current through appropriate setting of parameter P076 001 can be included in this calculation P078 Reduction of converter rated supply voltage i001 10 to r071 Ind 2 P052 3 1002 10 to 074 FS P051 40 8101 1001 Rated input voltage converter armature 1001 r071 Offline i002 Rated input voltage converter field 1 1002 400
262. nector 0000 1 binector 80001 etc P715 Filtering time for Analog selectable input 1 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 VE ms FS 0 P051 40 2113 Note Hardware filtering of approximately 1 ms is applied as standard 1ms Type O2 Online P716 Source for enabling of Analog selectable input 1 All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 Selection of binector to control enabling of the analog input 1 state Type L2 Offline G1 13 enabled 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 717 Resolution of Analog selectable input 1 10 to 14 Ind None P052 3 FS 12 P051 40 6113 See P707 1 bit Type O2 Offline Analog input terminals 8 9 analog selectable input 2 P721 Normalization of Analog selectable input 2 1000 0 to 1000 0 Ind 4 P052 3 NP 26 FS 100 0 P051 40 FDS This parameter specifies the percentage value which is generated for an 0 1 Type 12 Online input voltage of 10V or an input current of 20mA at the analog input 6114 following generally applies For voltage input P721 10V lt X Input voltage in volts Y value which is generated for input voltage X With current input P721 96 20 mA X Input current in mA Y value which is generated for input current X P722 Offset for Analog selectable input 2 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 FS 0 00 P051 40 G114 0 01 Type 12 Online P723 Mode of signal injection at Analog selecta
263. ng Access Type Status P803 Baud rate for G SST3 1 to 13 Ind None 052 3 1 FS 13 P051 40 G172 300 baud 02 Offline 3 1200 baud 4 2400 baud 5 4800 baud 6 9600 baud 7 19200 baud 8 38400 baud 9 56700 baud 11 93750 baud 13 187500 baud P804 Source for transmit data for G SST3 All connector Ind 16 P052 3 t numbers FS P051 40 0172 Selection of connectors to be transferred as transmit data via basic 1 1001 32 Offline 2174 converter interface 3 1002 167 i003 0 When USS protocol P800 2 is selected 1004 33 1005 1016 0 i001 Selection for word 1 Type L2 i002 Selection for word 2 i016 Selection for word 16 When peer to peer P800 5 is selected i001 Selection for word 1 i002 Selection for word 2 i005 Selection for word 5 i006 Not used i016 Not used Applicable settings 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P805 Options for G SST3 0101 Ind 2 052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 i001 Bus terminator OFF Type 02 Offline G172 1 Bus terminator ON G174 i002 0 Bit 10 of the 1 receive word does not function as Control by PLC 1 Bit 10 of the 17 receive word does function as Control by PLC i e when bit 10 0 all other bits of the 1 receive word as well as receive words 2 to 16 are not written to connectors K9001 to K9016 or to binectors B9100 to B9915 All these connectors and binectors retain their old values P806 USS bus address for G
264. ng hours active in all operating statuses Remaining time for temporary enabling of the 500 technology option is now less than 100 operating hours The functions will soon be unavailable If you wish to continue using technology option S00 please contact to your nearest Siemens Regional Office for a PIN number for permanent enabling of technology option S00 You will need to know the serial number of your SIMOREG DC Master For further details please refer to the description of parameters U977 and n978 in Chapter 11 of the Parameter List Converter cooling faulty active in all operating states The heatsink temperature is 90 C The monitoring function is activated 6s after the electronics supply is connected The current heat sink temperature is indicated at parameter r013 and on connector K050 CB alarm of 1 CB active in all operating states lt 011 The meaning of these alarms depends on the type of board used For further information refer to Section 7 7 Start Up of Optional Supplementary Boards in the relevant board description CB alarm of 2 CB active in all operating states lt 011 The meaning of these alarms depends on the type of board used For further information refer to Section 7 7 Start Up of Optional Supplementary Boards in the relevant board description TB alarms active in operating states lt 011 For more information about TECH BOARD alarms please refer to Operating Instructions or Confi
265. ng time for analog output 3 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 ms FS 0 P051 40 G116 ims Type O2 Online P763 Normalization of analog output 3 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 FS 10 00 P051 40 G116 ViVi 0 01V Type 12 Online 100 x Normalization input corresponds to filtering output y Normalization output corresponds to output voltage at analog output with offset 0 P764 Offset for analog output 3 10 00 to 10 00 Ind None P052 3 5 0 00 P051 40 G116 0 01V Type 12 Online Analog output terminals 20 21 P765 Source for output value at analog output 4 All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connector whose value is to applied to the analog output 1 Type L2 Online 6116 0 connector 1 connector 0001 etc P766 Mode of signal injection at analog output 4 0103 Ind None P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 Injection of signal with correct sign Type 02 Online G116 1 Injection of absolute value of signal 2 Injection of signal with sign inverted 3 Injection of absolute value of signal inverted P767 Filtering time for analog output 4 0 to 10000 Ind None 052 3 ms FS 0 P051 40 G116 ims Type O2 Online P768 Normalization of analog output 4 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 5 10 00 P051 40 G116 y V x 708 0 01V Type 12 Online 100 x Normalization input corresponds to filtering output y Normalization output
266. njection If fixed setpoint injection is not selected the connector set in P433 is applied to K0209 P430 Source for fixed setpoint injection All binector numbers Ind 8 052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection of binector to control injection of the fixed setpoint Type L2 Offline G127 1 state fixed setpoint injected 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 etc 10 46 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P431 Source for fixed setpoint All connector Ind 8 P052 3 7 gt numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the fixed setpoint 1 Type 12 Offline G127 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P432 Source for selection of ramp function generator bypass 0 to 1 Ind 8 P052 3 1 FS 0 051 40 Selection as to whether or not ramp function generator must be bypassed Type 02 Offline G127 when the fixed setpoint is injected The ramp function generator is bypassed if the AND operation between the binector selected via an index of P430 and the setting in the same index of P432 produces a log 1 P433 Source for standard setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 SAS numbers FS 11 P051 40 FDS Selection of the connector to be applied if fixed setpoint injection is not 1 Type
267. nk Assembly 1680 amp 6RY1702 0CA34 __ 2 Field Converter Thyristor Modules DESCRIPTION WHERE USED PART NUMBER RECOM US Rating 460V SPARE Dual Thyristor Module 15 to 430 amp 6RY1700 0AA12 Dual Thyristor Module 510 to 1660 amp 6RY1700 0AA17 Zn Dual Thyristor Module 1680 amp 6RY1700 0AA05 Field Converter Diode Modules DESCRIPTION WHERE USED PART NUMBER RECOM US Rating 460V SPARE Dual Diode Module 15 to 430 amp 6RY1700 0BA04 Dual Diode Module 510 to 1660 amp 6RY1700 0BAO1 Dual Diode Module 1680 AMP 6RY1700 0BAO05 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Power Fuses Armature Converter AC Line Fuses 1PFU 3 PFU US Rating 460V SPARE 800 amp 800 volt Leg Fuse 1000 amp 660 volt Leg Fuse 1250 amp 660 volt Leg Fuse 1500 amp 660 volt Leg Fuse Armature Converter DC Fuses 4 Quad Only 4PFU DESCRIPTION WHERE USED PART NUMBER RECOM US Rating 460V SPARE 25 amp 700 volt A1 FUF END C25 50 amp 700 volt A1 FUF END CDN 90 700 volt 60 A1 FUF 00E 016 150 amp 700 volt 100 amp A1 FUF 00E 019 250 amp 700 volt 210 amp A1 FUF 00E 023 300 amp 700 volt 255 amp A1 FUF 00E 025 500 amp 700 volt 430 amp A1 FUF 00E 030 2 600 700 volt 510 A1 FUF 00E 031 2 2 2 175 amp 700 volt 140 amp A1 FUF 00E 020 2 2 2 2 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instruc
268. nnector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc All connector numbers 1 052 3 051 40 off line SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 59 PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P601 Source for armature current controller setpoint All connector Ind 6 P052 3 numbers FS P051 40 i001 i002 Speed limiting controller 1001 141 Offline G160 Selection of connectors to be injected as input quantities for i002 0 G161 the speed limiting controller Both values are added 1003 134 6162 003 004 Current limitation 100420 Selection of connectors to be injected as armature current 1005 225 controller setpoint before current limitation Both values 1006 0 L2 added i005 i006 Current control SW 1 8 and later Selection of which connectors are connected as the armature current controller setpoint before current controller The two values are added The magnitude is formed from the value selected with index 6 Settings 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P602 Source for armature current controller actual value All connector Ind None P052 3 numbers FS 117 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as armature current controller 1 12 Offline actual value G162 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc
269. ntrolled as described in para 3 As described in para 11 but the field is controlled as described in para 4 External field device An external field device is used The setpoint for the external field device is supplied via connector K0268 e g via an analog output or the peer to peer interface The rated DC current of the external field device is set in parameter U838 This value is also displayed in parameter r073 001 P076 002 is inoperative If the external field device supplies an actual field current signal then this can be fed in at P612 If not then P263 should be set to 1 or 2 If the external field device supplies an I field lt field min signal then this can be fed in at P265 The field is controlled as described in para 1 As described in para 21 but the field is controlled as described in para 2 As described in para 21 but the field is controlled as described in para 3 As described in para 21 but the field is controlled as described in para 4 NOTICE Even though changes to the parameter value from gt 0 to 0 are accepted in operating states of gt 01 0 they do not take effect until the converter reaches an operating state of gt 07 0 Values 11 to 24 can be set only in SW 1 9 and later 052 3 P051 40 Offline 10 18 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range Unit Step
270. o enter the parameter index levels for indexed parameters from the parameter number level press P again and then the Up or Down key to select individual indices If you press P when a non indexed parameter is displayed you go directly to the parameter value level 3 Toreach the parameter value level from the parameter index level for indexed parameters press P again and the parameter value will be displayed 4 On the parameter value level you can change the setting of a parameter value by pressing the Up or Down key CAUTION Parameters can be altered only if the following conditions are fulfilled The key code is set with P051 40 The converter is in the correct operational state Some parameters are off line and cannot be changed when the converter is in the Run or on line state The values of display parameters can not be changed read only Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 Manual shifting If the 5 existing digits on the 7 segment display are not sufficient to display a parameter value the display first shows just 5 digits see Fig 8 1 To indicate that more digits are concealed to the right or left of this window the right hand or left hand digit flashes By pressing the lt P gt lt Down gt lt P gt lt Up gt key you can shift the window over the remaining digits of the parameter value As an orientation guide the po
271. of field current setpoint reduction the flux values of this measuring point calculated from EMF and actual speed are rising Possible cause e High armature reaction and sharp load variations during recording of field characteristics e Field current controller or field current precontrol is not optimized or optimized badly check P112 P253 to P256 or execute a current controller optimization run P051 25 A lower field current limit of gt 50 of P102 IF motor is applied for this reason it is not possible to plot a minimum of 9 field weakening measuring points Possible cause e P103 gt 50 of P102 Check P614 Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 15 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error 12 drive has reached the positive torque limit even though the applied field current setpoint is still gt 50 of P102 IF motor Possible cause e Armature current is very unsteady e g due to high speed controller P gain setting in P225 on drive with high integral action time In this case setting a lower actual speed filtering value in P200 and execution of another speed controller optimization run P051 26 may help Check torque limits 13 The drive has reached the positive armature current limit even through the applied field current setpoint is sti
272. of the dispute 13 STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS To the extent permitted by applicable law any lawsuit for breach of contract including breach of warranty arising out of the transactions covered by this contract must be commenced not later than twelve 12 months from the date the cause of action accrued 14 PRICES In the event of a price increase or decrease the price of goods on order will be adjusted to reflect such increase or decrease This does not apply to a shipment held by request of Buyer Goods already shipped are not subject to price increase or decrease Orders on a bid or contract basis are not subject to this article Orders amounting to less than 100 00 net will be invoiced at 100 00 plus transportation charges for goods covered by discount schedules Seller s prices include the costs of standard domestic packing only Any deviation from this standard packing domestic or export including U S Government sealed packing will result in extra charges To determine such extra charges consult Seller s sales offices 15 ADDITIONAL TERMS OF PAYMENT a Invoice payment terms are as shown on latest discount sheets as issued from time to time Cash discounts are not applicable to notes or trade acceptances to prepaid transportation charges when added to Seller s invoices to discountable items if there are undisputed past due items on the account Portions of an invoice in dispute should be deducted and the balance remitted with a de
273. og 1 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index 007 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index 008 is in the state log 1 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 9 7 Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error External fault 1 active in all operating states Bit 15 in control word 1 was in the log 0 state for longer than the time set in P360 index 001 External fault 2 active in all operating states Bit 26 in control word 2 was in the log 0 state for longer than the time set in P360 index 002 Fault message from free function block FB2 active in all operating states Fault value the binector wired via parameter U100 Index 001 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index 002 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index 003 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U100 Index 004 is in the state log 1 Fault message from free function block FB3 active in all operating states Fault value the binector wired via parameter U101 Index 001 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index 002 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index 003 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U101 Index 004 is in the state log
274. oltage armature 0 0 to 2800 0 Ind None P052 3 02 generated as arithmetic rectification average RMS value display applies to 9 4y sinusoidal voltage average over 3 line to line voltages r016 Display of line voltage field 0 0 to 800 0 Ind None P052 3 7 V Type O2 generated as arithmetic rectification average RMS value display applies to 9 4y sinusoidal voltage r017 Display of line frequency 0 00 to 120 00 Ind None P052 3 Hz Type O2 0 01Hz 1018 Display of firing angle armature 0 00 to 180 00 Ind None P052 3 degrees Type 02 G163 0 01degrees r019 Display of actual armature current 400 0 to 400 0 Ind None 052 3 of 100 Type 12 G162 The internal actual armature current value is displayed arithmetic average 0 1 of P100 over the last 6 current peaks in each case r020 Display of the absolute value of armature current setpoint 0 0 to 300 0 Ind None 052 3 of 100 12 6162 0 1 of P100 r021 Display of torque setpoint after torque limitation 400 0 to 400 0 Ind None P052 3 12 Steps 1 0 196 of rated motor torque rated motor armature current 0 196 see column on G160 P100 magnetic flux at rated motor field current P102 left 10 8 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value r
275. omation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Phase failure in armature supply active in operating states of lt 04 The supply voltage RMS value calculated from the area of each supply half wave rectified average value peak factor must be greater than the response value for phase failure monitoring 078 001 226 10 The distance between two identical supply zero passages of a phase must not exceed 450 degrees If one of these two conditions remains unfulfilled for longer than the restart time set in 086 a fault message is activated After switch on the converter waits in operating states 04 and 05 together for a period not exceeding the setting in 89 for voltage to appear at the power terminals and for field current before activating the fault message Possible fault causes Parameter P353 is incorrectly set Armature phase has failed Line contactor opened in operation Fuse has blown on three phase side in armature circuit Fuse has blown in power section Interruption in a thyristor firing pulse cable auxiliary cathodes at connectors X12 X14 X16 are voltage carriers Fault value Voltage failure has occurred in armature supply 101 1V1 1W1 when 086 0 Delay time set in parameter 089 has expired in operating state 04 Fu
276. on interface Example Factory setting value 6 4 2 means that the PMU and G SST1 interfaces are enabled for parameterization purposes 10 88 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range Unit Steps No indices Factory setting Type See Change Access Status 10 46 1947 G189 Fault memory Fault memory Display of fault messages generated in response to recent faults A fault value and fault time is assigned to each fault number see Section 10 for details of fault numbers and fault values The interrelationship between the associated parameters is shown in the diagram below The fault numbers of the last maximum 8 fault events are stored under the indices of parameter P947 r947 001 displays the fault number of the current still not acknowledged fault index 9 displays the number of the most recent acknowledged fault index 17 the fault number of the second most recent acknowledged fault etc An entry of 0 means that no earlier fault has occurred Since only one fault message can be stored with respect to any fault event on the SIMOREG 6RA70 only indices 1 9 17 25 33 41 49 and 57 are relevant A fault value is assigned to each fault number in the corresponding index of parameter r949 This provides further information about the nature of the fault In addition the fault time the current reading
277. on of connector to be injected as current limit in torque direction with Fast Stop or Shutdown Normalization 10096 corresponds to P100 P172 i006 Selection of connector to be injected as variable current limit in torque direction 11 Normalization 10096 corresponds to r072 002 can be set in SW 1 9 and later i007 Selection of connector to be injected as current limit in torque direction II with Emergency Stop or Shutdown Normalization 100 corresponds to r072 002 can be set in SW 1 9 and later Settings 0 0000 8 connector K0008 9 value as set in parameter P603 ixx 1 10 connector K0010 etc P605 Source for variable positive torque limit All connector Ind 5 P052 3 numbers FS 2 P051 40 Torque limitation 12 Offline G160 Selection of connectors to be injected as the variable positive torque limit i001 i004 Normalization 100 of the connector value corresponds to the positive system torque limit according to P171 and P102 i005 Normalization 100 of the connector value corresponds to the positive torque limit according to la r072 002 and If P102 can be set in SW 1 9 and later 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P606 Source for variable negative torque limit All connector Ind 5 P052 3 numbers FS 9 P051 40 Torque limitation l A Type L2 Offline G160 Selection of connectors to be injected as the variable negative torque limit i0
278. only in SW 1 9 and later Notice When P147 1 or 2 the minimum measurable speed can be reduced by a factor of 2 or 4 respectively as opposed to 0 or 12 to 20 However these settings increase the actual speed sensing delay For this reason P200 should be parameterized to at least 5ms before the optimization run for the speed controller is executed P148 Pulse encoder monitoring function 0 to 1 Ind 4 P052 3 UA 5 1 P051 40 0 Pulse encoder monitoring OFF activation of F048 in response Type 02 Offline FDS to a defective pulse encoder is disabled 8145 1 Pulse encoder monitoring ON hardware monitoring of pulse encoder signals for implausible behaviour i e frequent speed changes distance between edges too short encoder cable defect or short between two encoder cables may cause activation of F048 10 8 Closed loop armature current control auto reversing stage armature gating unit P150 Alpha G limit armature 0 to 165 Ind 4 052 3 C a degrees FS 5 30 P051 40 FDS Rectifier stability limit for firing angle of armature converter 1 degrees for1Q 4Q Online converters G163 Type 02 P151 Alpha W limit armature 120 to 165 Ind 4 052 3 MEET A degrees FS 150 P051 40 FDS Inverter stability limit for firing angle of armature converter 1 degrees Type O2 Online 6163 See also parameter P192 Control word for Alpha limit P152 Line frequency correction armature 1 to 20 Ind 4 P052 3
279. ons SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P256 Field current controller reset time 0 001 to 10 000 Ind 4 P052 3 x rk s FS 0 200 P051 40 5 This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for precontrol 001s Type 02 Online 6166 and current controller armature and field 051 25 P257 Standstill field 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 0 0 P051 40 FDS Value to which the field current is reduced when Automatic field current 0 196 of P102 Type O2 Online reduction function is parameterized by means of 082 2 or with signal G166 driven selection of Standstill excitation function selected in P692 P258 Delay time with automatic field current reduction 0 0 to 60 0 Ind 4 052 3 3 3 5 FS 10 0 P051 40 FDS Delay after which the field current is reduced to the value set in parameter 0 15 2 Online P257 with automatic or signal driven Field current reduction function when G166 the drive is stopped after operating state 07 0 or higher is reached P260 Filter time for setpoint for field current precontrol SW 1 9 and later 0 to 10000 Ind 4 P052 3 ms FS 0 P051 40 FDS Filtering of the field current setpoint at the input of the precontrol for the field 445 Type
280. or enabling write accesses to the permanent memory D 02 poni 2 i001 Disabling or enabling write accesses to the parameter memory 0 Onlysave parameter P053 the permanent memory parameter changes are active immediately but the changed values are only stored temporarily and are lost when the electronics supply voltage is switched off 1 Save all parameter values in the permanent memory i002 Disabling or enabling write accesses to the memory of the nonvolatile process data 0 Do not save nonvolatile process data in the permanent memory 1 Save all nonvolatile process data in the permanent memory If the nonvolatile process data are not stored P053 002 0 data are lost when the electronics supply of the SIMOREG DC Master is switched off i e they have the value 0 after the electronics supply is switched on again K0240 Setpoint of the motor potentiometer K0309 Motor heating K0310 Thyristor heating K9195 Output of the 1st tracking storage element K9196 Output of the 2nd tracking storage element P054 OP1S Background lighting 0 1 Ind None 52 3 FS 0 P05120 0 ON continuously Type O2 Online 1 ON when panel is in use P055 Copy function data set 011 to 143 Ind None 052 3 e 1 FS 012 P051 40 This parameter allows parameter set 1 2 3 or 4 to be copied to parameter Type L2 Offline G175 set 1 2 3 or 4 This function is applicable only to parameters with 4 indices in the function data set see also Section 9 1 Data set
281. orrectly inserted or interrupted Defective electronics or gating board Internal interruption in gating cable in thyristor module The designations of the firing cables and associated thyristors can be found in Section 6 4 power connections Fault value 1 Defective thyristor short circuit in module V1 on 15A and 30 converters V1 or V4 2 Defective thyristor short circuit in module V2 on 15A and 30 converters V2 or V5 3 Defective thyristor short circuit in module V3 on 15A and 30 converters V3 or V6 4 Defective thyristor short circuit in module V4 on 15A and 30 converters V4 or V1 5 Defective thyristor short circuit in module V5 on 15A and 30 converters V5 or V2 6 Defective thyristor short circuit in module V6 on 15A and 30 converters V6 or V3 8 Fault to ground in armature circuit 1 0 message defective Possible fault cause e Defective A7001 electronics board Thyristor cannot be fired X11 Thyristor cannot be fired X12 Thyristor cannot be fired X13 Thyristor cannot be fired X14 Thyristor cannot be fired X15 Thyristor cannot be fired X16 2 or more thyristors MI cannot be fired Possible fault cause e Armature circuit interrupted Thyristor cannot be fired X21 Thyristor cannot be fired X22 Thyristor cannot be fired X23 Thyristor cannot be fired X24 Thyristor cannot be fired X25 Thyristor cannot be fired X26 2 or more thyristors MII cannot be fired 9 22 Siemens Ene
282. ouenbes 2018 aalaridiliis NMOHS LON 3 18V1IVAV 71 2018 YALSVIN 204 02789 11 13 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Sheet 13 Status Word 2 ejdsip uo G94 2 snjeys jo fe dsiq seds aseds f 8 ON 0 peyoo JOJON Buisseooud aseds ON 0 JOJO 6uisseooud uueje ON 0 JOJON uueje ON 0 uueje 6uisseooud ON 0 5 6uisseooud ON 0 uueje wieje
283. ower limit All connector Ind 5 P052 3 MOT numbers FS 1 P051 40 io Limitation at EMF controller output 1 Type 12 Offline Selection of connector to be injected as the variable field current setpoint lower limit 1001 1004 Normalization 100 of the connector value corresponds to the minimum excitation current of the motor P103 i005 Normalization 100 of the connector value corresponds to the actual converter rated DC current field 073 002 can be set in SW 1 9 and later 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc 10 62 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P615 Source for EMF controller setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 h numbers FS P051 40 Selection of connectors to be injected as the EMF controller setpoint 4 i001 289 Offline G165 connectors selected in the four indices are added i002 0 0 connector 0000 i003 0 1 connector K0001 i004 0 etc Type L2 P616 Source for actual EMF controller value All connector Ind None P052 3 6 numbers FS 286 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the actual EMF controller value 1 Type L2 Offline G165 0 connector 1 connector 0001 etc Configuring of injection of acceler
284. ower section 0102 Ind None P052 3 2 2 us 1 FS 1 P051 40 Selection of operating characteristics of thermal monitor 144 monitoring of Type 02 off line G101 Power section see also Section 9 16 Dynamic overload capability of power G161 section The Dynamic overload capability of the power module allows the SIMOREG DC Master to operate for short periods on armature currents that are higher than the converter rated DC current specified on the rating plate r072 001 The permissible overload period is determined solely by the power module and the preceding operating history The thermal power module monitoring function does not monitor operation in compliance with the load class criteria set in parameter P067 If permitted by the power module the unit can operate for overload periods in excess of those defined by the load class 0 Dynamic overload capability is not permitted The armature current is limited to PO77 r072 001 1 Dynamic overload capability is permitted alarm A039 The armature current is limited to P077 1 8 r072 001 as long as the calculated thyristor temperature does not exceed the permitted value If the temperature exceeds the permitted value the SIMOREG DC Master protects itself by reducing the current limit to PO77 r072 001 Alarm A039 is output at the same time The armature current setpoint limit is not increased to P077 1 8 r072 001 alarm A039 also disappears until the calculated thyri
285. parameter is used together with P104 P106 P107 and P1068 to define 6161 the characteristic of the current limiting value as a function of actual speed P106 Speed n2 acc to motor rating plate 1 to 10000 Ind 4 052 3 e rev min FS 5000 P051 40 FDS 2 point speed value in speed dependent current limitation rev min Type 02 Offline This parameter is used together with P104 P105 P107 and P108 to define 6161 the characteristic of the current limiting value as function of actual speed P107 Armature current 12 acc to motor rating plate 0 1 to 6553 0 Ind 4 P052 3 nde mu A FS 0 1 P051 40 FDS 2 point current value in speed dependent current limitation 0 1A Type 02 Offline This parameter is used together with P104 P105 P106 and P108 to define G161 the characteristic of the current limiting value as a function of actual speed 10 22 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P108 Maximum operating speed n3 1 to 10000 Ind 4 P052 3 T EP rev min FS 5000 P051 40 FDS When the speed dependent current limitation is in use the maximum Speed 4rev min Type O2 Offline which is defined by the selection of the actual speed source as set in P083 must be entered in this parameter G161 Wh
286. patible board compatible with the SIMOREG 6RA70 converter Slot D 3 Slot E 4 Slot F 5 Slot G 6 CB when configuration includes TB Co 1 2 de number of board TB 1 CB 2 CB Parameters P918 U711 to U721 are not correctly set or not accepted after a change by means of U710 0 setting The meanings of these parameters are defined in the manual for the relevant CB board see also function diagrams Section 8 Sheets Z110 and Z111 The initialization run for a CB TB board has not been Code number of board completed within 40 s 1 TB or 1 CB 2 2 CB CB TB heartbeat error Code number of board st CB TB has not incremented the monitoring counter for a period 1 1 CB of 800 ms 2 2 CB Possible causes of fault CB TB board is defective e CB TB board is not correctly installed CB TB message timeout or error in data exchange Possible causes of fault CB TB PZD message timeout with fault value 10 Excessive EMC related interference e g due to unprotected contactors unscreened cables loose screen connections CB TB board is defective CB TB board is not correctly inserted Fault value r949 index 001 r047 Index 002 to 016 Fault in alarm channel from CB to basic unit i015 Code number of board 1 TB 1 CB 2 2 CB Fault in parameter job channel from CB to basic unit i015 Code number of board 1 TBor1 CB 2 2 CB 6 Fault in parameter response channel from basic unit to i015 Code number of board CB 1
287. perate the 500 technology option at the same time as a SIMOLINK bus with an extremely short cycle time U746 lt 1 ms See also parameter U746 Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 21 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error 9 1 2 11 Hardware faults Fault message from thyristor check function active in operating state 03 This fault message can be activated only if the thyristor check is activated via parameter P830 If Thyristor defective or Thyristor unable to block is signaled then the relevant thyristor module must be replaced Possible causes for irreparable damage to thyristors Interruption in snubber circuit Current controller and precontrol are not optimized excessive current peaks Inadequate cooling e g fan is not operating ambient temperature is too high fan is rotating in wrong direction incorrect phase sequence inadequate air supply heatsink is very dirty Excessive voltage peaks in incoming supply system External short circuit or fault to ground check armature circuit If Thyristor unable to block is signaled the cause can generally be attributed to a firing circuit fault rather than to a defective thyristor Possible causes Firing pulse cable to relevant thyristor is interrupted Ribbon cable 101 or 102 is inc
288. perating Instructions Dimensions mm inches MOUNTING HOLES FOR M10 375 SCREWS 6 PLACES Le koma BE gp mg 1 ee 0 YOU e H 5 9 Ol 0 SIEMENS 6RA70 1200 47 2 880 PES num BIS al Fei n n lo Y i a E ay 520 20 5 gt 0 8 0 550 21 6 gt 6 8 P GROUND TERMINAL FUSE NOT SUPPLIED ON 1 QUAD UNITS L TERMINALS 80 94 ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE REQ D FROM CONTACTOR gl In ARC CHUTE TO ANY GROUNDED METAL a d eM 4 4 430 AMP BASE DRIVE PANEL 1 amp 4Q 334 13 1 __ 348 13 7 gt Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG D
289. perating states Select via P493 2 or 3 temperature sensor at terminals 22 23 or P494 2 or 3 temperature sensor at terminals 204 205 When parameter P490 01 1 KTY84 at terminals 22 23 or P490 02 1 KTY84 at terminals 204 205 The fault message is activated if the motor temperature reaches or exceeds the value set in parameter P492 When parameter P490 01 2 3 4 or 5 PTC thermistor at terminals 22 23 or P490 02 2 3 4 or 5 PTC thermistor at terminals 204 205 The fault message is activated if the motor temperature reaches or exceeds the response value of the selected PTC thermistor Fault value 1 Fault activation through temperature sensor at terminals 22 23 2 Fault activation through temperature sensor at terminals 204 205 9 1 2 5 Drive faults NOTICE The monitoring functions 2031 2035 2036 and F037 are deactivated in the delivery state They can be activated via parameter P820 Commutation failure or overcurrent has occurred active in operating states of I Il Possible error causes Mains voltage dip in regenerative feedback mode Current control loop not optimized Fault value r047 Index 002 to 016 1 The blocking voltage time area for the commutating i Delay angle K0100 in case of error thyristor pair was too small Actual EMF K0287 in case of error The current crest curve breaks upwards Trigger circuitry diagnostics K0989 in case of error The maximum current valu
290. ply voltage for field circuit in volts Y Input of motor data The motor data as given on the motor rating plate must be entered in parameters P100 P101 P102 and P114 P100 Rated armature current in amps P101 Rated armature voltage in volts P102 Rated field current in amps P114 Thermal time constant of motor in minutes If not known use the default 10 minute value y Actual speed sensing data Y Operation with analog tachometer P083 1 The actual speed is supplied from the Main actual value channel K0013 terminals XT 103 XT 104 P741 Tachometer voltage at maximum speed 270 00V to 270 00V 8 10 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Operation with pulse encoder P083 2 actual speed is supplied by the pulse encoder K0040 P140 Selecting a pulse encoder type pulse encoder types see below 0 No encoder Speed sensing with pulse encoder function not selected 1 Pulse encoder type 1 Normal selection 2 Pulse encoder type 1a Special encoder 3 Pulse encoder type 2 Special encoder 4 Pulse encoder type 3 Special encoder 1 Pulse encoder type 1 Encoder with two pulse tracks mutually displaced by 90 with or without zero marker Track 1 X173 28 29 Track 2 X173 30 31 Zero marker Heidenhain ROD X173 32 33 Teldix Rotaswitch Serie 26 P141 Number of pulses of pulse encoder in pulses revolution P142 Matching to pu
291. pplied to the gating unit input field 1 Type L2 Offline 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc P611 Source for field current controller setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 numbers FS P051 40 Limitation at EMF controller output 1 i001 277 Offline 6165 Selection of connectors to be injected as the field current controller i002 0 setpoint The connectors selected in the four indices are added i003 0 i004 0 0 connector 0000 Type L2 1 connector 0001 etc P612 Source for actual field current controller value All connector Ind 2 P052 3 i numbers FS P051 40 Selection of connectors to be injected as the field current controller actual 4 i001 266 Offline G166 value The two values are added i002 0 0 connector 0000 Type L2 1 connector 0001 etc P613 Source for variable field current setpoint upper limit All connector Ind 5 P052 3 numbers FS 1 P051 40 15 Limitation at EMF controller output 1 Type L2 Offline Selection of connector to be injected as the variable field current setpoint upper limit 1001 1004 Normalization 100 of the connector value corresponds to the rated excitation current of the motor P102 i005 Normalization 100 of the connector value corresponds to the actual converter rated DC current field 073 002 can be set in SW 1 9 and later 0 connector 0000 1 connector K0001 etc P614 Source for variable field current setpoint l
292. put quantity nget for the polarity signal of the speed setpoint 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc P595 Source for actual value of Overspeed signal All connector Ind None 052 3 Gverspeed eidnal numbers FS 167 P051 40 M ignat 1 Type L2 Offline G188 Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity nact for the overspeed signal 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P596 Source for setpoint of nset signal 2 SW 1 9 and later All connector Ind None 052 3 numbers FS 174 P051 40 Setpoint actual value deviation signal 1 Type L2 off line G187 Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity for the setpoint actual value deviation signal 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P597 Source for actual value of nset nact signal 2 SW 1 9 and later All connector Ind None P052 3 ne numbers FS 167 P051 40 Setpoint actual value deviation signal 1 Type L2 off line G187 Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity for the setpoint actual value deviation signal 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc 10 34 Configuring of closed loop control Setting values for configuring of torque shell P600 G163 Source for gating unit input armature i001 to i004 Selects which connectors are applied as the gating unit input armature All four values are added Settings 0 co
293. r monitoring motor temperature has responded Interruption in encoder cable Motor overtemperature active in all operating states Selection via 493 1 or 3 thermostat at terminals 22 23 or P494 1 or 3 thermostat at terminals 204 205 When parameter 490 01 1 KTY84 at terminals 22 23 or P490 02 1 KTY84 at terminals 204 205 The alarm is activated if the motor temperature reaches or exceeds the values set in parameter P492 When parameter P490 01 2 3 4 or 5 PTC thermistor at terminals 22 23 or P490 02 2 3 4 or 5 PTC thermistor at terminals 204 205 The alarm is activated if the motor temperature reaches or exceeds the trip value of the selected PTC Commutation failure or overcurrent has occurred active in operating states of I Il Possible error causes Mains voltage dip in regenerative feedback mode Current control loop not optimized A031 Speed controller monitoring active in operating states of I Il The monitor responds when the difference between the connectors selected in P590 and P591 factory setting Setpoint actual value difference of speed controller exceeds the limit set in parameter P388 for longer than the time set in parameter P390 Possible causes Control loop interrupted Controller is not optimized P590 or P591 is not correctly parameterized Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 29 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions
294. r numbers Ind None 052 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 Selection of binector to control enabling of the analog input 1 state Type L2 Offline G1 14 enabled 0 binector 0000 1 binector 80001 etc Analog input terminals 103 104 main actual value P741 Normalization for Main actual value 270 00 to 270 00 Ind 4 P052 3 V FS 60 00 P051 40 FDS of input voltage at tachometer voltage at maximum 0 01V Type 12 Online spee 6113 This parameter defines the maximum speed when 083 1 P742 Offset for Main actual value analog input 200 00 to 199 99 Ind None 52 3 FS 0 00 P051 40 G113 0 01 Type 12 Online P743 Mode of signal injection at Main actual value analog input 0103 Ind None P052 3 S TR 1 FS 0 P051 40 0 Injection of signal with sign 2 Offline G113 1 Injection of absolute value of signal 2 Injection of signal with sign inverted 3 Injection of absolute value of signal inverted P744 Source for selection of sign reversal at Main actual value analog All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 input 1 FS 0 P051 40 agin Type L2 Offline G113 Selection of binector to control sign reversal at the analog input 1 state reverse sign 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 etc P745 Filtering time for Main actual value analog input 0 to 10000 Ind None P052 3 3 ME ms FS 0 P051 40 G113 Note Hardware filtering of app
295. r re optimize the controller manually The optimization runs for field weakening and friction motor and moment of inertial compensation must be repeated every time the maximum speed setting is changed Y Setting Application Functions Starting the Drive With factory defaults the Base Drive Panel is automatically configured to enable the drive with terminal 38 at X171 and to start the drive with terminal 37 also at connector X171 The function of these terminals is fixed With all other methods of starting the drive terminals 37 and 38 act as permissive to start and must be energized to allow the selected method to start the drive Alternatively the drive can be configured to start from the CUD1 serial ports at connectors X300 or X172 and from optional communication boards or serial port located on the optional CUD2 board If an alternative method of starting the drive is required the source of the start command is selected with parameter P654 The normal choices are Source of Start Command P654 Terminal 37 connector X171 factory default setting 80001 Serial Interface 1 300 USS protocol Word 1 Bit 0 B2100 Serial Interface 2 X172 USS protocol Word 1 Bit 0 B6100 Technology Board or First Communication Board Word 1 Bit 0 B3100 Second Communication Board Word 1 Bit 0 8100 Serial Interface 3 CUD2 X162 USS protocol Word 1 Bit 0 B9100 8 16 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC
296. r the data exchange between DriveMonitor and the SIMOREG converter They must not be changed r850 Parameters for the OP1S P052 3 Eie These parameters are settings for the data exchange between OP1S and the SIMOREG converter They must not be changed 10 45 Profile parameters P918 CB bus address 0 to 200 Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 3 P051 40 Protocol dependent bus address for communication boards Type 02 Offline Z110 2111 The validity of the bus address is monitored by the communication board Bus addresses 0 to 2 are reserved for Master stations on PROFIBUS boards and must not therefore be set for other purposes If the value is not accepted by the COM BOARD fault F080 is displayed with fault value 5 P927 Parameterization enable 0 to 127 Ind None P052 3 SUN 1 FS 6 P051 40 6170 Enabling of interfaces for parameterization A parameter value can only be Type V2 Offline G171 altered via an enabled interface G172 0 2110 1 Communications board CB Z111 2 Parameterizing unit PMU 4 G SST1 serial interface and OP1S 8 Reserved 16 Technology board TB 32 G SST2 serial interface 64 G SST3 serial interface Setting information Every interface has a numeric code The number for one specific interface or the sum of various numbers assigned to several interfaces must be entered in this parameter in order to enable the relevant interface s for use as a parameterizati
297. r time constant must be set lower than for operation on constant V Hz systems in order to achieve a higher frequency correction speed Using the units position the line synchronization function can be altered additionally as follows When the parameter is set to an uneven number the measured line zero crossings for line synchronization are subjected to an extra filter may improve performance in the case of difficulties with brief mains interruptions e g power supply via sliding current collectors but may only be set for constant V Hz power supplies not for weak isolated supply systems P253 Control word for field precontrol 0101 Ind 4 P052 3 2 1 FS 1 P051 40 FDS 0 Field precontrol disabled precontrol output 180 Type O2 Offline 1 Field precontrol active output is dependent on field current G166 setpoint field line voltage P112 P254 Set field current controller component to zero 0 to 1 Ind 4 52 3 1 FS 1 P051 40 FDS 0 Set controller component to zero i e to obtain pure P Type 02 Offline G166 controller 1 Controller component is active P255 Field current controller P gain 0 01 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 5 00 P051 40 FDS This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for precontrol Type 02 Online G166 and current controller armature and field 051 25 10 36 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructi
298. r to dimension drawings in Section 6 95 145 160 210 Weights 400 5 2 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 3 1180ADC 1660ADC 1680ADC Base Drive Panels 460V 1 amp 40 Rated supply voltage armature V 3 Phase 1 460 10 5 Rated input current armature A 1000 1401 1455 2 Fan type V 3 Phase 460V 24 Rated supply voltage field 1 Phase 460 1096 500 A Rated frequency 2 45 to 65 Hz self adapting armature and field are independent p p Rated DC armature current 1180 1660 J 1680 H Rated output 500 VDC H 1000 1000 Overload capability 605 7 150 of rated DC current A V Power loss at rated DC current W 5540 7590 7280 approximately V Rated DC field current 88 Operational ambient C to 45 at lrateg temperature fan cooled 4 Storage and transport 25 to 70 temperature Installation altitude above sea level lt 1000 m at rated DC current 5 Control stability An 0 006 of the rated motor speed valid for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint An 0 1 of the rated motor speed valid for analog tachometer or analog setpoint 6 Degree of protection Open Chassis Refer to dimension drawings in Section 6 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 3 Notes 1 Operation with reduced input voltage w
299. ramp function generator output All connector Ind 2 P052 3 a numbers FS P051 40 Selection of connectors which must be added up to provide the limitation 1 i001 190 Offline 6137 input at the ramp function generator output setpoint limitation i002 0 0 connector 0000 Type L2 1 connector 0001 etc P635 Source for ramp function generator setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 numbers FS 194 P051 40 FDS Selection of connector to be injected as the ramp function generator 1 Type L2 Offline setpoint G135 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc P636 Source for reduction signal for ramp function generator times All connector Ind 6 P052 3 gt numbers FS 1 051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the reduction signal for the ramp 4 Type L2 Offline G136 function generator times i001 acts on ramp up and ramp down time P303 P304 i002 acts on lower and upper transition roundings P305 P306 i003 acts on ramp up time P303 i004 acts on ramp down time P304 i005 acts on lower transition rounding P305 i006 acts on upper transition rounding P306 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P637 Source for selection of Ramp function generator setting 2 All binector numbers Ind 2 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 BDS binector to control switchover to Ramp function generator Type L2 Offline setting 2 With a log 1 signal at the binector ramp function generator par
300. rconnected FDS Position counter hysteresis 052 3 3 P051 40 0 Hysteresis for rotational direction reversal OFF Offline 1 Hysteresis for rotational direction reversal ON the first pulse encoder input pulse after a change in rotational direction is not counted Source for Reset position counter command SW 1 9 and later All binector numbers 1 Selection of binector to control resetting of the position counter 0 binector 80000 1 binector 80001 etc 10 48 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P453 Source for Enable zero marker counter command SW 1 9 and later All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 t 1 FS 1 051 40 BDS Selection of binector to control enabling of the zero marker counter Type L2 off line 0 binector 80000 6145 1 binector 80001 10 23 Connector selector switches see also Section 8 Function Diagram Sheet G124 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD P455 Source for inputs of connector selector switch 1 SW 1 9 and later All connector Ind 3 052 3 numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connectors for the input signals for connector selector switch 1 4 Type L2 off line G124 0 connector 0000 1 connector 0001 etc P456 Source for control of
301. re Waiting for voltage at power terminals 1U1 1V1 1W1 the threshold set in parameters P351 and P353 must be exceeded see also 78 001 Waiting for fuse monitoring to signal OK SW 1 7 and later Waiting for field current Waiting until actual field current K0266 equals gt P396 FS 50 of field current setpoint 0275 and for I field extern gt f min see P265 Waiting for voltage at power terminals 3U1 3W1 the threshold set in parameters P351 and P353 must be exceeded see also P078 002 NOTE The converter dwells in states o4 and 05 for a maximum total delay time that is set in parameter P089 The appropriate fault message is output if the corresponding conditions are still not fulfilled at the end of this period Wait status before the line contactor is closed Waiting for auxiliaries to be switched on delay in P093 Waiting for a setpoint lt P091 to be applied to the ramp function generator input K0193 Waiting for switch on command READY TO SWITCH ON Waiting for switch on command via terminal 37 Waiting for switch on command via binector acc to selection in P654 or control word bit 0 acc to selection in P648 Waiting for cancellation of internal shutdown through input of an internal shutdown command or waiting for cancellation of command Braking with field reversal SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 5 PNU De
302. relays in the customer s installation The units must not be connected to an AC supply with an earth leakage ground detector since in the event of a fault to ground the fault current may contain a DC component that may either prevent or hinder a higher level ground fault detector from tripping In this case all loads connected to this ground fault detector will not be protected Only qualified personnel who are thoroughly familiar with all safety notices contained in the operating instructions as well as erection installation operating and maintenance instructions should be allowed to work on these devices The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on careful transportation proper storage and installation as well as correct operation and maintenance The unit is at a hazardous voltage level even when the line contactor is open The gating board board mounted directly to lower part of housing has many circuits at hazardous voltage levels Before carrying out any maintenance or repair work all Base Drive Panel power sources must be disconnected and locked out These instructions do not claim to list all of the measures required to ensure the safe and reliable operation of the converter For special applications additional supplementary information or instructions might be required If problems do occur and you feel in any way uncertain please contact your local Siemens office or representative The use of unauthor
303. rent protection These units contain hazardous rotating machinery fans and control rotating mechanical components motors Death serious bodily injury or substantial property damage may occur if the instructions in the relevant operating manuals are not observed The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on careful transportation proper storage and installation as well as correct operation and maintenance Siemens Energy amp Automation 7 1 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 7 1 Base Drive Panel Schematics 460 VAC MAIN DISCONNECT AND PROTECTION SIZED 1 BRANCH CIRCUIT 9 9 Sud PER N E C 17 1 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 1 IF APPLICABLE L Ll T 2 4 AWG 60 TORQUE TO 11 INCH LBS BASE DRIVE PANEL 15 AMPS 1 amp 4 QUAD 9 1 N 1CFU 2CFU 1 25A 600V A1 FUF AFA 006 CONTROL TRANSFORMER 25A 700V 3CFU 115VA A1 FUF END C25 0 75A 250V A1 TRC Q0C 285 A1 FUF DKA GBF XF MAIN CONTACTOR 3RT1016 1AP61 15 4 SUPPRESSOR 3RT1916 1BD00 XP XP XP O O 501 5W1 5N1 301 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1 PWR PWR FIELD ARMATURE SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY POWER MODULE CATALOG NO 6RA7018 6FS22 0Z X01 1 QUAD CATALOG NO 6RA7018 6FV62 0Z X01 4 QUAD 3C 3D 1C1 Om 90 91 sol A1 21 gt 7
304. rgy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 9 1 2 12 Description Cause as a function of fault value r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Thyristor unable to block X11 or X21 Thyristor unable to block X12 or X22 Thyristor unable to block X13 or X23 Thyristor unable to block X14 or X24 Thyristor unable to block X15 or X25 Thyristor unable to block X16 or X26 Internal faults Fault in parameter memory active in all operating states Further information r047 002 to r047 016 Software monitoring of correct functioning of the EEPROM module non volatile memory on the A7009 board The EEPROM values contains all data which must be protected in the case of a power failure i e parameter values and process data which must remain stored during power failures The following are monitored Connection between the A7001 electronics board and the EEPROM on the A7009 backplane wiring assembly Whether the parameter values stored on the EEPROM are within the permissible value range Whether data are being correctly stored on the EEPROM For this purpose values are read and checked for correctness after they are transferred to the module Whether the checksum of the non volatile process data in the EEPROM is correct Possible causes for all fault types Excessive EMC related interference is present e g due to unprotected contactors unscreened cables loose shield connect
305. rol stability The con trol stability closed loop PI control is referred to the rated motor speed and applies when the SIMOREG converter is warm The following conditions are applicable Temperature changes of 10 C Line voltage changes corresponding to 10 5 of the rated input voltage Temperature coefficient of temperature compensated tachometer 0 15 per 10 K applies only to analog tachometer Constant setpoint 14 bit resolution Motor load and encoder are correctly aligned and the load is balanced 7 Details of overload capability Followin g Operation at rated load base drive panels are capable of carrying 150 of rated load for 1 minute followed by a period of light load operation of such duration that the rms load does not exceed rated continuous current Base Drive Panels are designed for operation with heatsink air inlet temperatures up to 45 C 54 Applicable standards UL508A National Electr Siemens Energy amp Automation ical Code 1999 5 5 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions NOTES 5 6 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Installation and Dimensions Installation Information SIMOREG Base Drive Panels are designed as chassis units intended to be mounted inside a protective enclosure or inside a control room The units are to be mounted vertically in cubicles usually with the power connection
306. rol the standstill operation OFF1 or Type L2 Offline resetting of crawling setpoint injection when P445 1 log state reset 6130 0 binector 0000 1 binector 0001 etc P445 Selection of level edge for switch on crawling 0101 Ind None P052 3 A 1 FS 0 P051 40 Selection to define whether ON command must be input via terminal 37 and Type O2 Offline G130 the crawling setpoint injected in response to a log 1 level or to a 0 1 transition 0 ON with log 1 state at terminal 37 and injection of crawling setpoint with binectors selected in P440 in log 1 state 1 ON in response to 0 1 transition at terminal 37 and injection of crawling setpoint in response to 0 1 transition of binectors selected in PA40 With this setting the ON command or injection command for the crawling setpoint is stored The memory is reset when the binector selected in P444 switches to the log state 10 22 Position sensing with pulse encoder See parameters P140 to P148 for pulse encoder definition and monitoring P450 Resetting of position counter 0 Reset position counter OFF 1 Reset position counter with zero marker 6145 2 Reset position counter with zero marker when LOW signal is applied to terminal 39 Reset position counter when LOW signal is applied to terminal 39 Note Counter resetting with P450 2 and 3 is executed in the hardware and is not affected by how the binectors controlled by terminal 39 are inte
307. roximately 1 ms is applied as standard 1ms Type O2 Online 10 74 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P746 Source for enabling of Main actual value analog input All binector numbers Ind None P052 3 Selection of binector to control enabling of the analog input 1 state os L2 gt G1 13 enabled 0 binector 80000 1 binector 0001 etc 10 38 Analog outputs see also Section 8 Sheets G115 and G116 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD Analog output terminals 12 13 actual current display P749 G115 Control word for terminal 12 actual current display 0 Output with correct sign positive voltage Current in torque direction Ml negative voltage Current in torque direction MIl Output of absolute value positive voltage only Output with sign inverted positive voltage Current in torque direction MII negative voltage Current in torque direction Output of absolute value inverted negative voltage only Analog output terminals 14 15 P750 Source for output value at analog output 1 All connector Ind None P052 3 7 numbers FS 0 P051 40 Selection of connector whose value is to applied to the analog output 1
308. rs The converters must be installed in accordance with all relevant safety regulations e g NEC DIN VDE as well as all other national or local regulations Operational safety and reliability must be ensured by correct grounding cable sizing and appropriate short circuit protection All panels and doors must be kept closed during normal operation Before carrying out visual checks and maintenance work ensure that the AC power supply is disconnected and locked out Before the AC supply is disconnected both converters and motors have hazardous voltage levels Even when the converter contactor is open hazardous voltages are still present When making measurements with the power supply switched on electrical connections must not be touched under any circumstances Remove all jewelry from wrists and fingers Ensure that the test equipment is in good conditions and operationally safe When working on units that are switched on stand on an insulating surface i e ensure that you are not grounded Carefully follow the relevant instructions and observe all danger warning and cautionary instructions This does not represent a full listing of all the measures necessary for safe operation of the equipment If you require other information or if certain problems occur which are not handled in enough detail in the information provided in the Instruction Manual please contact your local Siemens office Siemens Energy amp A
309. rs P480 to P483 define the waveshape of a rectangular signal oscillation setpoint KO203 The value set in P480 determines the signal level for the time period set in P481 and the value set in P482 the signal level for the time period set in P483 Oscillation Selected in P485 The free running rectangular signal is switched through to the output K0208 P480 Oscillation setpoint 1 199 9 to 199 9 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 0 5 P051 40 FDS 0 1 of maximum Type 12 Online G128 speed P481 Oscillation time 1 0 1 to 300 0 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 0 1 P051 40 G128 0 15 2 Online P482 Oscillation setpoint 2 199 9 to 199 9 Ind 4 052 3 FS 0 4 P051 40 FDS 0 1 of maximum Type 12 Online G128 speed P483 Oscillation time 2 0 1 to 300 0 Ind 4 P052 3 FDS s FS 0 1 P051 40 G128 0 1s Type O2 Online P484 Source for standard setpoint All connector Ind 4 P052 3 pu numbers FS 209 P051 40 Selection of connector to be injected as the output value when the 1 Type L2 Offline FDS Oscillation function is not selected G128 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc P485 Source for oscillation selection All binector numbers 1 Selection of binector to control activation of the Oscillation function log 1 state 7 oscillation active 0 binector 80000 1 binector B0001 etc BDS G128 10 26 Definition of Motor interface see also Section 8 Sheets G18
310. rted and initial rounding of the G136 deceleration acceleration process begins immediately The setpoint is not increased decreased any further but the signal at the ramp function generator output has a breakpoint i e a step change in the acceleration rate Ramp generator output Ramp generator input 1 If the setpoint is reversed during ramp up or ramp down acceleration deceleration gradually changes to deceleration acceleration The setpoint increases decreases further but there is no breakpoint in the signal at the generator output i e there is no step change in the acceleration rate Ramp generator output Ramp generator input P296 Ramp down time of ramp generator with quick stop OFF3 0 00 to 650 00 Ind 4 P052 3 SW 1 9 and later s FS 0 00 P051 40 FDS 0 01 s Type O2 on line G136 When the quick stop command is issued the drive must normally brake down to 0 speed along the current limit If the mechanical design of the drive makes this option impermissible or undesirable then a value of gt 0 can be set here In this case the drive brakes along the deceleration ramp programmed here when the quick stop command is issued see also parameter P330 P297 Lower transition rounding of ramp generator with quick stop OFF3 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 SW 1 9 and later 5 FS 0 00 P051 40 FDS 0 01s Type O2 on line G136 see also parameter P330 P298 Upper transition rounding of r
311. s PNU Description Change Access Status 10 1 Operating status display Operating status display Status display fault and alarm messages Torque direction MO MI or MII RUN No torque direction active Torque direction active Torque direction active MIl Waiting for operating enable READY Brake release delay time running Waiting for operating enable at terminal 38 Waiting for operating enable via binector acc to selection in P661 or control word bit 3 acc to selection in P648 Inching command cancellation delay time running Waiting for field to be reversed Waiting for cancellation of command Brake by field reversal Waiting for operating enable from optimization run the optimization run does not output the operating enable signal at the end until n lt nmin has been reached and SHUTDOWN input Waiting for cancellation of immediate pulse disable via binector acc to selection with P177 SW 1 8 and later Wait for setpoint gt P091 002 If n set KO193 and n actual KO166 are less than P091 002 the firing pulses are disabled and the drive goes into state 02 0 SW 2 0 and later Test phase Waiting for completion of thyrsitor check selectable function Waiting for completion of line symmetry check Waiting for a DC contactor to pick up Waiting for Main contactor checkback control word 2 bit 31 see P691 SW 1 8 and later Waiting for voltage armatu
312. s No indices Factory setting Type See Change Access Status 083 FDS G151 Selection of actual speed value 0 Actual speed value is not yet selected fixed value 0 1 Actual speed value supplied by Main actual value channel 0013 terminals 103 XT 104 2 Actual speed value supplied by Actual speed from pulse encoder channel 0040 3 Actual speed value supplied by Actual EMF channel K0287 but weighted with P115 operation without tacho Note The effectiveness of the overspeed monitoring function see Section 8 function diagram G188 is restricted since very high motor speeds can be reached if the EMF is utilized as the actual speed value when the actual field current value is too low 4 Actual speed value is wired up freely selected in P609 0104 1 Ind 4 FS 0 Type 02 052 3 051 40 Offline P084 G160 Selection of closed loop speed current or torque control 1 Operation under closed loop speed control 2 Operation under closed loop current torque control The setpoint supplied by the ramp function generator output is input as a current or torque setpoint speed controller is bypassed 1102 Ind None FS 1 Type 02 052 3 051 40 Offline 085 Wait period after cancellation of inching command After an inching command has been cancelled the drive dwells in operating state 01 3 for the time period set in this para
313. s and Section 9 11 and Section 8 Sheet G175 Oxy Do nothing automatic resetting value at the end of a copy operation 1 The contents of parameter set x source data set x 1 2 3 or 4 are copied to parameter set y target data set y 1 2 3 or 4 parameter set x remains unchanged the original contents of parameter set y are overwritten x and y are the respective parameter set numbers 1 2 3 or 4 of the source and target parameter sets The copy operation is started by switching P055 over into parameter mode when 055 1 During the copy operation the numbers of the parameters being copied are displayed on the operator panel PMU At the end of the copy operation P055 is reset to 055 0 r056 Display of active function data set 1to4 Ind None 052 3 G175 1 Type 02 057 Bico data set 011 to 121 Ind None 052 3 3 1 FS 012 P051 40 This parameter allows parameter set 1 or 2 to be copied to parameter set 1 Type L2 Offline or 2 This function is applicable only to parameters with 2 indices in the Bico G175 data set see also Section 9 1 Data sets and Section 9 11 and Section 8 Sheet G175 Oxy Do nothing automatic resetting value at the end of a copy operation 1 The contents of parameter set x source data set x 1 2 are copied to parameter set y target data set y 1 or 2 parameter set x remains unchanged the original contents of parameter set y are overwritten x and y are t
314. s at the top and the control connections at the bottom A minimum 100 mm 4 inch clearance must be kept above and below the converter in order to ensure unrestricted cooling airflow The minimum enclosure size to be used is 23 6 by 23 6 by 86 6 inch high The open chassis units are designed to operate in a 45 C ambient When enclosed in a cubicle the ambient temperature outside the cubicle should not exceed 40 C which then allows for a 5 C temperature rise inside the cubicle Care must be taken in the selection of the cubicle so that the internal temperature rise does not exceed 5 C Refer to section 5 for approximate power loss data Note Important This equipment is designed and package protected to handle the normal shock and vibration typically encountered in shipment Do not install these Base Drive Panels on equipment subject to shock or vibration Select a reasonably clean location for installation free from corrosive or conductive materials or fumes CAUTION Failure to lift the Base Drive Panel in the correct manner can result in bodily injury and or property damage The Base Drive Panel must be lifted using suitable equipment and under the instruction of appropriately qualified personnel The user is responsible for installing the Base Drive Panel motor transformer as well as other equipment according to safety regulations e g NEC as well as all other relevant national or local regulations regarding cable sizing and protectio
315. s such as undervoltage overtemperature external faults etc The following parameters are refreshed r047 fault diagnostic memory The displayed values are decimal For bit serial evaluation the values must be converted from decimal to binary notation e g to be able to determine the relevant terminal in the case of F018 r049 Fault time r947 fault memory see also r947 in Section 11 Parameter List r949 fault value The displayed values are decimal For bit serial evaluation the values must be converted from decimal to binary notation e g to be able to determine the Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 1 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions relevant terminal in the case of F018 P952 number of faults A text is also displayed for each individual fault in parameter r951 fault text list These texts can for example be displayed on the 15 If a fault is not acknowledged before the electronics supply voltage is switched off then fault message F040 will be displayed when the supply is next switched on 9 1 2 List of fault messages Further information about the causes of fault messages When a fault message is activated values providing more information about the fault cause are stored in parameter r047 Where the values can be interpreted by the user they are included in the following list of fault messages The value in r047 001 is referred to as the fault value This is also stored in r949 which al
316. s the closed loop field weakening control only the ratio between P118 and P119 is relevant The EMF setpoint in the field weakening range is determined by P101 P100 P110 When the setting in P100 P101 or P110 is changed subsequently the field weakening optimization run need not be repeated However P118 then no longer defines the setpoint EMF in the field weakening range When the setting in parameter P102 is changed subsequently the field weakening optimization run must be repeated the same applies if the maximum speed setting is subsequently re adjusted SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 23 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P119 Rated speed 0 0 to 199 9 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 100 0 P051 40 FDS at which an actual EMF value as set in parameter P118 is reached at 1 Type O2 Offline ull field according to parameter P102 This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field G165 weakening P051 27 and specifies in this case the field weakening activation limit speed Note As regards the closed loop field weakening control only the ratio between P118 and P119 is relevant When the setting in P100 P101 or P110 is changed subsequently the field weakening optimization run need not be repeated However P119 then no longer defines the field weakening
317. scription Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 07 3 Waiting for completion of Restore factory settings operation 07 4 Waiting for switch on command before execution of an optimization run 07 5 Wait for completion of Read in parameter set operation 07 6 Wait for completion of Load MLFB operation performed at factory 07 9 reserved for firmware download for optional supplementary modules SW 2 0 and later o8 Waiting for acknowledgement of starting lockout 08 0 Waiting for acknowledgement of starting lockout through input of SHUTDOWN command 081 Simulation operation active see under 0840 SW1 7 and later o9 Fast stop OFF3 09 0 Fast stop has been input via binector to selection in P658 or control word bit 2 acc to selection in P648 09 1 Faststop has been input via binector acc to selection in P659 09 2 Faststop has been input via binector acc to selection in P660 09 3 Fast stop is stored internally memory can be reset by cancelling FAST STOP command and entering SHUTDOWN 010 X Voltage disconnection OFF2 010 0 Voltage disconnection has been input via binector acc to selection in P655 or control word bit 1 acc to selection in P648 010 1 Voltage disconnection has been input via binector acc to selection in P656 010 2 Voltage disconnection has been input via binector acc to selection in P657 010 3 E Stop safety sh
318. se has blown in power section Voltage failure has lasted longer than period set in P086 if this is gt 0 The Main contactor checkback control word 2 bit 31 see also P691 did not switch to 1 before the time set in 95 ran out or switched back to 0 during operation V1 8 and later Fault in the field circuit active in operating states of lt 05 The line voltage RMS value calculated from the area of each network half wave rectification average value peak factor must be greater than the response value for phase failure monitoring 078 002 aL 10 The distance between two identical network zero passages of the voltage for the field converter must not exceed 450 degrees The actual field current K0265 equals lt 50 of the required field current setpoint K0268 for more than 500ms This monitoring function is effective only if the field current setpoint corresponds to gt 2 of the converter rated field current In SW 1 9 and later the percentage 50 and time 500ms can be altered in P396 and P397 respectively If one of the fault conditions described persists in operation or lt 04 for longer than the restart time set in P086 the fault message is output After the converter is switched on it waits in operating state 05 for a period not exceeding the setting in P089 for the field supply voltage or sufficiently high field current before this fault message is activated Monitoring for timeout as the fie
319. se is electrically isolated and at ground potential On converters rated 1180 1660 and 1680 amperes at 460 VAC the power section for the armature circuit is constructed using disk thyristors and the heat sinks are at line voltage potential The housing and terminal covers on power connections provide protection against accidental contact for operators working in the vicinity All connecting terminals are accessible from the front All open and closed loop drive control and communication functions are performed by two powerful microprocessors Drive control functions are implemented in the software as program modules that can be wired up and changed by parameters Rated DC Current The rating plate of the 6 70 power module has 2 rated currents listed on it The first output rating is IEC class I ratings and has no bearing on the base drive panel rating The second rating is the US NEMA rating which the Base Drive Panel rating is derived from The US NEMA rated current allows operation at this rated current followed by an overload of 150 for 60 seconds in a 45 C ambient The overload can be applied no sooner than every 10 minutes Base Drive Panels are designed using the US rating which means that fuses contactors and terminal blocks are sized for the rated US NEMA current The IEC class I rating is the maximum current the power module can supply continuously with no overload Because an overload is not possible the class I rated
320. sed i016 Not used Applicable settings 0 connector K0000 1 connector K0001 etc 10 80 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range Unit Steps No indices Factory setting Type See Change Access Status P795 G171 G173 Options for G SST2 i001 terminator OFF 1 Bus terminator ON i002 0 Bit 10 of the 17 receive word does not function as Control by PLC 1 Bit 10 of the 17 receive word does function as Control by PLC i e when bit 10 0 all other bits of the 1 receive word as well as receive words 2 to 16 are not written to connectors K6001 to K6016 or to binectors B6100 to B6915 All these connectors and binectors retain their old values 0 to 1 1 Ind 2 FS 0 Type 02 052 3 P051 40 Offline P796 G171 USS bus address for G SST2 This parameter is functional only when P790 2 USS protocol Address via which the unit can be addressed in USS bus operation 0 to 30 1 Ind None FS 0 Type 02 052 3 P051 40 Offline P797 G171 G173 Telegram failure time for G SST2 The failure time set in this parameter is valid when setting P790 2 USS protocol or P790 5 peer to peer is selected 0 000 No time monitoring 0 001 65 000 Time which may elapse between the receipt of two telegrams addressed to the unit before a fault message is a
321. sensing Type 02 Online function They are automatically set during Restore factory settings P051 21 and during the automatic offset compensation run 51 22 P826 Correction of natural commutation timing 100 to 100 1 333 Ind 6 P052 3 us FS 0 P051 40 6163 If there is a variation in the armature current peak value in spite ofa 1 333us Type I2 Online constant firing angle it can be corrected by offsetting the firing angle reference time of the appropriate line phase in parameter P826 One line phase UV UW VW VU WU WV is assigned to each parameter index i001 to i006 Increasing the parameter setting by a value of 1 corresponds to an increase of 1 333 us in the firing angle 0 024 degrees at 50Hz line frequency consequently reducing the armature current peak in the appropriate line phase P826 is automatically set during the optimization run for precontrol and current controller armature and field 51 25 only when U800 0 when U800 1 or 2 parameters P826 001 to 006 are set to 0 Caution Even an asymmetrical system causes variations in the magnitude of armature current peaks However the system asymmetry may also change r827 Internal diagnosis 0 to 65535 Ind 3 P052 3 1 02 i001 Number of write access operations to EEPROM 1002 Number of Page Write access operations to EEPROM i003 Counter for DUAL PORT RAM timeouts r828 MLFB data 0 to 65535 Ind 16 P052 3
322. sition of the right hand digit within the overall parameter value is displayed briefly during manual shifting Example Parameter value 208 1734 208 17 is displayed when the parameter is selected When the Sr drm P and LOWER keys are pressed 1 appears briefly followed by 08 173 i e the right hand digit 3 is the 1 position in the parameter value When the P and RAISE keys are pressed 2 appears briefly P Iv followed by 208 17 i e the right hand digit 7 is the 27 position in the parameter value 7508 tta 8 1 Shifting the PMU display parameter values with more than 4 digits L 6 Press the P key to return to the parameter number level from the parameter value level Siemens Energy amp Automation 8 5 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 8 4 Typical Connection Diagrams 8 4 4 Configured with Analog Speed Setpoint and Start Stop Control by Contacts P24 RUN ENABLE ES P24 SELECT INPUT SELECT INPUT E STOP WHEN DE ENERGIZED 460 VOLT 3 PHASE 50 60 HZ PMU aag _ CES v 1 2 80 81 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 8 4 2 Configured with Analog Speed Setpoint Push Button Start Stop Control 460 VOLT 3 PHASE 50 60 HZ SPEED SETPOINT 10K PMU 88888 Run Rea
323. so contains the fault values belonging to older fault messages The values in r047 are overwritten when the next fault message occurs Values for r047 which are not included in the list below can help a SIEMENS specialist to locate a fault cause For this reason all indices of parameter r047 should be read out whenever a fault message occurs even if the meaning of the individual indices of parameter r047 is not specified for every fault message listed below Please note Before you contact SIEMENS with any query regarding a fault message please make a note of the contents of all indices of parameter r047 Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error 9 1 2 1 Supply faults Failure of electronics power supply active in all operating states Failure of the electronics supply voltage terminals 5U1 5W1 5N1 in RUN state for longer than the restart time set in parameter P086 or the electronics are operating on undervoltage Possible fault causes Line contactor has opened in RUN state Brief supply failure Supply voltage too low Fault value r047 Index 002 to 016 1 Electronics supply voltage in RUN has been interrupted i002 Duration of actual supply failure in 1 10 seconds for longer than setting in P086 3 Supply failure prewarning is active for longer than 1 28 s EE 9 2 Siemens Energy amp Aut
324. speed value Large flywheel mass that is coupled to the drive via long shaft with high torsion possibly via a coupling with large amount of play Possible remedy e Reduce P100 for duration of the optimization run to decrease the acceleration current applied during optimization and thus to lengthen the measuring time Load torque too high 0 Nmax results in gt 40 Nmax actual speed value is averaged over 90 firing cycles speed monitoring at gt 40 Nmax does not start 1s after application of speed setpoint of 0 Possible cause An excessively high load torque in a positive or negative direction e g suspended load causes the drive to rotate the speed controller parameters are parameterized according to the factory setting during this run One of the armature current or torque limits is parameterized too low the motor field may not be reaching full field strength fast enough with the result that the initial motor torque is too low Maximum speed setting is incorrect Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect P140 to P143 Parameters for tachometer adjustment are not correct P741 Load torque is too high nggt 0 Nmax results in 210096 setpoint EMF EMF monitoring at gt P101 P100 P110 does not start for 1 s after application of speed setpoint of nget 0 Possible cause Anexcessively high load torque in a positive or negative direction e g suspended load causes the drive to rotate
325. ss than the minimum line frequency for longer than the restart time set in parameter P086 Note Up to software version 1 7 the threshold for activation of the fault message minimum line frequency is 45Hz Fault value Frequency of the armature supply lt minimum line frequency Frequency of the field supply lt minimum line frequency Line frequency less than the minimum line frequency for longer than set in parameter 086 if gt 0 Line frequency greater than the maximum line frequency acc to parameter P364 active in operating states of lt 05 This fault message is activated if the line frequency is greater than the maximum line frequency for longer than the restart time set in parameter P086 Note Up to software version 1 7 the threshold for activation of the fault message maximum line frequency is 65Hz Fault value 1 Frequency of the armature supply gt maximum line frequency 2 Frequency of the field supply gt maximum line frequency 4 Line frequency greater than the maximum line frequency for longer than set in parameter P086 if gt 0 9 1 2 2 Interface error Telegram failure at GSST1 when P780 2 USS telegram failure at G SST1 active from the first receipt of a valid protocol in all operating states After the receipt of the first valid protocol no further telegrams have been received within the time period set in parameter P787 Possible fault causes Cable break Error in USS
326. stent values have been set in mutually dependent parameters Fault value The parameters for speed dependent current limitation are not set correctly the following applies P105 gt P107 11 gt 12 and P104 P106 n1 n2 The field characteristic is not uniform The first threshold for P gain adaptation of the speed controller set in parameter P556 is higher than the second threshold setting in parameter P559 P557 is set to greater than P560 P558 is set to greater than P561 If PO83 1 analog tachometer then P746 may not equal 0 main actual value is not connected If P083 2 pulse encoder then P140 not equal x0 no pulse encoder installed If 83 3 EMF control then P082 may not equal x1x field weakening operation P090 stabilization time for supply voltage gt P086 time for automatic restart P090 stabilization time for supply voltage gt P089 waiting time in state o4 or 05 P445 1 is set switch on shutdown and crawl act as a pushbutton although no binector is parameterized as a shudown button P444 0 If P067 gt 1 then P075 must also be gt 0 Parameter U673 gt U674 this setting is not permitted see function diagram B152 Parameter P169 1 and P170 1 impermissible setting F059 Technology option 500 is disabled will be disabled soon active in all operating statuses 9 20 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as
327. stor temperature has dropped below the limit value again and the armature current setpoint is lower than the converter rated DC current r072 001 2 Dynamic overload capability is permitted fault F039 The armature current is limited to P077 1 8 r072 001 as long as the calculated thyristor temperature does not exceed the permitted value Fault message F039 is output if the permissible temperature limit is exceeded SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 15 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 076 Reduction of converter rated DC current see column on left Ind 2 52 3 FS 100 0 P051 40 1001 Reduction of converter rated DC current armature Type O2 Offline G101 i002 Reduction of converter rated DC current field For the purpose of achieving a close match between the converter and motor the converter rated DC current is reduced to the value entered here The current value of the device rated DC is indicated in parameter r072 002 The following values can be set 10 0 20 096 33 3 40 0 50 0 60 0 66 6 70 0 80 0 90 0 and 100 0 Note If a load class is selected in parameter 7 which causes a reduction in the converter rated DC current then the lower of the two parameter setting values is effective 077 Total thermal reduction factor 0 50 to 1 00 Ind No
328. structions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P143 Setting the maximum speed for pulse encoder operation 1 0 to 6500 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS rev min FS 500 0 P051 40 2145 set this parameter corresponds to an actual speed 0040 of HAM Type O4 Online Control parameters for speed sensing with pulse encoder 144 to P147 P144 and P147 determine the basic setting for actual speed sensing by means of pulse encoder single or multiple evaluation of pulse encoder signals and nominal measuring time and thus also define the lowest possible measurable speed minimum speed P145 and P146 can be used in special cases to extend the measurable speed range down to even lower speeds on the basis of the minimum speed defined by the settings in P144 and P147 P144 Multiple evaluation of encoder signals 0102 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 2 P051 40 0 1x evaluation of pulse encoder signals Type O2 Offline FDS 1 2x evaluation of pulse encoder signals for encoder types 1 1a 2 9145 2 4x evaluation of pulse encoder signals for encoder types 1 1a Note In contrast to the 1x evaluation method 2x or 4x evaluation reduces the minimum measurable speed by a factor of 2 or 4 respectively but may produce an unsteady actual speed value on encoders with unequal pulse pause ratio or without an exact 90 displacement between encoder signa
329. tailed explanation of the deduction Cash discounts will only be allowed on that portion of the invoice paid within the normal discount period b Freight will be allowed to any common carrier free delivery point within the United States excluding Alaska and Hawaii on shipments exceeding 1 000 net or more providing Seller selects the carrier On shipments to Alaska and Hawaii freight will be allowed to dockside at the listed port of debarkation nearest the destination point on shipments of 1 000 net or more Buyer shall pay all special costs such as cartage stevedoring and insurance Special freight allowances are as shown on latest discount sheets as issued from time to time Cataloged weights are estimated not guaranteed Seller assumes no responsibility for tariff classifications on carriers 16 CHANGES IN LAWS AND REGULATIONS Seller s prices and timely performance are based on all applicable laws rules regulations orders codes standards or requirements of governmental authorities effective on the date of Seller s proposal Any change to any law rule regulation order code standard or requirement which requires any change hereunder shall entitle Seller to an equitable adjustment in the prices and any time of performance Siemens Energy amp Automation 3 11 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions NOTES 3 12 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 4 Receiving
330. ter P077 is incorrectly set Electronics supply disconnected in active fault status active in all operating states This fault message is activated if the electronics power supply has been disconnected even though a fault was displayed and not yet acknowledged Possible fault causes Not all fault messages have been acknowledged Fault value Last active fault message Ambiguous selection of parameter set or ramp function generator active in all operating states While an optimization run is in progress the function data set selection must not be changed Fault F041 is displayed if another different function data set is selected while an optimization run is being executed Check whether ramp function generator parameter set 1 or 2 or 3 parameters P303 to P314 is clearly selected If parameter sets 2 and 3 are selected simultaneously for more than 0 55 then fault message F041 is displayed While the parameter set selection is ambiguous the system continues to apply the last clearly identified ramp function generator parameters Possible fault causes P676 or P677 selection of binectors which determine the active function data set in control word 2 bits 16 and 17 is incorrectly set P637 or P638 selection of binectors which determine ramp function generator setting is incorrectly set Fault value The selection of the function data set has been changed during an optimization run Ambiguous selection of ramp function gen
331. ters manually If PO52 0 only parameters that have been changed from the factory default are displayed This makes it relatively easy to record the changed parameters In the factory setting several fault codes are masked out with P820 and must be enabled if required The 1180 amp 1660 amp and 1680 units contain a three phase fan Although the armature circuit is phase insensitive a check must be made to insure that the airflow in these units is from bottom to top If the fan direction is incorrect swap the L1 and L2 phase wiring at incoming supply once the unit has been de energized See drawings on pages 7 12 and 7 13 If the fan unit on the 1180 amp 1660 amp and 1680 amp units become misaligned during shipment the fan housing can be re aligned by loosing the front two mounting screws and re aligning Siemens Energy amp Automation 8 19 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 8 20 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 9 Faults and alarms When a fault or alarm message is activated it is displayed both on the simple operator control panel PMU and on the 15 user friendly operator control panel see also Section 7 2 Operator control panels An alarm stops being displayed immediately the cause of the alarm signal has been eliminated A fault message must be cancelled by pressing the key on the PMU or Reset key on the 15 panel must be in
332. th a setpoint step change from 0 to G162 100 at r072 002 For older DC machines i e unsuitable for steep rates of current rise P157 1 and P158 0 040 must be set P159 Switchover threshold for auto reversing stage armature 0 00 to 100 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 0 01 P051 40 FDS requested torque direction ae of controller Type 02 Online outpu 6163 0 05 Speed controller output gt P159 P160 Additional torque free interval 0 000 to 2 000 Ind 4 P052 3 f rt s FS 0 000 P051 40 FDS Additional torque free interval for torque direction change in 4Q operation 0 001s Type 02 Online It is particularly important to set this parameter to values of gt 0 for converter G163 armatures which supply large inductances e g lifting solenoids P161 Additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses 0 to 100 Ind 4 P052 3 2 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS Number of additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses after Type 02 Online detection of 1 0 message prior to a change in torque direction G163 It is particularly important to set this parameter to values of gt 0 for converter armatures which supply large inductances e g lifting solenoids These pulses cause the current to decay prior to a change in torque direction When it drops below the thyristor holding current value the current is suddenly chopped by the unfired second thyristor and the residual energy stored in the load inductor must be
333. the Speed controller parameters are parameterized according to the factory setting during this run One of the armature current or torque limits is parameterized too low the motor field may not be reaching full field strength fast enough with the result that the initial motor torque is too low Maximum speed setting is incorrect Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect P140 to P143 Parameters for tachometer adjustment are not correct P741 Setpoint EMF settings are incorrect P101 P100 P110 A steady state actual speed corresponding to 0 of maximum speed cannot be reached within 0 s in speed controlled operation the speed setpoint actual value difference averaged over 90 firing cycles must be 1 096 nmax for a total of 4s Possible cause As for fault value 26 The calculated armature circuit inductance is greater than 327 67 mH therefore P111 327 67 mH has been set All other parameters the current controller parameters P155 and P156 too have been set correctly despite that For the real armature circuit inductance in mH see r047 i010 Possible cause e g field supply from the armature terminals The calculated armature circuit inductance is greater than 327 67 mH and the calculated armature circuit resistance is greater than 32 767 therefore P111 327 67 mH and P110 32 767 has been set All other parameters have also been set However the values of the current controller parameters P155 and P156 might differ from the op
334. the field firing pulse enable the actual field current value in the new field direction has reached the value K0265 gt Ifield set KO268 P398 100 the delay time acc to P092 i004 elapses Then the internal armature Operating enable of field reversal is issued i e the Stopping of the drive in operating state gt 01 4 is canceled This delay time permits waiting of the end of overshooting of the actual field current value and therefore overshooting of the EMF of the DC machine straight after the field current has been built up again before the armature operating enable is issued This is intended to prevent armature overcurrents due to excessive EMF during overshooting 0 0 to 10 0 s 0 1s Ind 4 FS i001 3 0 i002 0 2 i003 0 1 i004 3 0 Type O2 052 3 P051 40 Online P093 Pick up delay for line contactor Pick up of the line contactor is delayed in relation to Switch on auxiliaries by the time delay set in this parameter 0 0 to 120 0 S 0 1s Ind None FS 0 0 Type 02 052 3 051 40 Online P094 Switch off delay for auxiliaries Switch off of the auxiliaries is delayed in relation to dropout of the line contactor by the time delay set in this parameter 0 to 6500 0 ow o 1s Ind None FS 0 0 Type 02 052 3 P051 40 Online P095 Pick up time for a contactor in the DC circuit If the DC output terminals 1C1 and 1D1 is switche
335. the generation of a surge voltage by the load inductor when the current drops below the thyristor holding current When a change in torque direction is required the current in the existing direction must be reduced This is achieved in the following ways If P179 gt 1 Alpha W pulses with enabled second pulses until the 1 0 signal arrives 2 Additional Alpha W pulses with enabled second pulses number as set in P179 F 3 Additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses number as set in P161 F 4 Additional torque free interval period as set in P160 F If P179 0 1 Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses until the 1 0 signal arrives 2 Additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulses number as set in P161 F 3 Additional torque free interval period as set in P160 F P180 Positive torque limit 1 300 00 to 300 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 300 00 51 40 FDS 0 01 Type 12 Online of rated motor torque G160 P181 Negative torque limit 1 300 00 to 300 00 Ind 4 P052 3 FS 300 00 51 40 FDS 0 01 Type 12 Online G160 of rated motor torque P182 Positive torque limit 2 300 00 to 300 00 Ind 4 052 3 FS 300 00 P051 40 FDS If Torque limit switchover is selected state of binector selected in P694 0 01 Type 12 Online 1 and the speed is higher than the threshold speed set in parameter of rated motor torque G160 P184 then torque limit 2 is activated in place of torque lim
336. timum setting Possible cause e g field supply from the armature terminals 9 18 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Further information r047 002 to r047 016 The calculated armature circuit resistance is greater than 32 767 therefore P110 32 767 Q has been set All other parameters have also been set Possibly the calculated P111 and therefore also the current controller parameters P155 and P156 have been distorted by the limitation in P110 Possible cause e g field supply from the armature terminals r047 Index 002 Fault has occurred during optimization run for current controller and precontrol for armature and field selected by means of P051 25 Fault has occurred during optimization run for speed controller selected through setting 051 26 Fault has occurred during optimization run for field weakening selected through setting 051 27 Fault has occurred during internal offset adjustments selected through P051 22 Fault has occurred in optimization run for friction and moment of inertia compensation selected through setting 051 28 No optimization run when permanent memory is disabled V2 1 and later active in all operating states If P051 001 is set to 0 write access to permanent memory disabled it is not possible to execute a
337. ting to 0 Note P952 cannot be reset while a fault is pending gt 0 Display of the faults stored in the fault memory r947 r949 and 049 0 to 65535 1 Ind None FS 0 Type 02 052 3 P051 40 Offline SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 89 PNU Description Value range indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status 10 47 Visualization parameters Alarms 1953 Alarm parameter 1 Ind None 052 3 Type V2 Display of active alarms in bit coded form A001 to A016 ds If one of the alarms between 1 and 16 is generated the corresponding segment in the display lights up 8 b b p hh See Section 10 2 for meaning of individual alarms 1954 Alarm parameter 2 Ind None 052 3 Type V2 Display of active alarms in bit coded form A017 to A032 If one of the alarms between 17 and 32 is generated the corresponding segment in the display lights up T foo E b l 24 21 po 7 keek ktil See Section 10 2 for meaning of individual alarms r955 Alarm parameter 3 Ind None P052 3 Type V2 Parameter alarms 3 If one of the alarms between 33 and 48 is generated the corresponding segment in the display lights up 5 gt 40 9
338. tions Field Converter AC Line Fuses 1 amp 2FSFU DESCRIPTION WHERE USED PART NUMBER RECOM US Rating 460V SPARE 20 amp 20 70006 volt 60 to 210 amp A1 FUF END C20 MEN amp 700 volt 255 to 850 A1 FUF END C40 50 amp 700 volt 1180 to 1660 amp A1 FUF END C50 125 amp 600 volt 1680 amp A1 FUF HHA 024 Control Transformer Primary Fuses 1CFU 2CFU DESCRIPTION WHERE USED PART NUMBER RECOM US Rating 460V SPARE 1 25 amp 600 volt Class CC 15 to 100 amp A1 FUF AFA 006 2 5 amp 600 volt Class CC 140 amp 210 amp A1 FUF AFA 011 1180 1660 amp 1680 amp 3 5 amp 600 volt Class CC 255 to 510 amp A1 FUF AFA 014 850 amp 460 volt input only 5 amp 600 volt Class CC 1180 1660 amp A1 FUF AFA 016 1680 amp 4CFU 5CFU 6CFU 7CFU Control Transformer Secondary Fuse 3CFU DESCRIPTION WHERE USED PART NUMBER RECOM US Rating 460V SPARE 0 75 amp 250 volt Type MDL 15 to 100 amp A1 FUF DKA GBF 1 5 amp 250 volt Type MDL 140 amp 210 amp A1 FUF DKA GBP 1180 1660 amp 1680 amp 2 amp 250 volt Type MDL 255 to 510 amp A1 FUF DKA GBV 6 25 amp 250 volt Type MDL 850 amp A1 FUF DKA GCM Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Control Transformer 1CTR 2CTR 3CTR DESCRIPTION WHERE USED PART NUMBER RECOM 460 VAC Primary US Rating 460V SPARE 115 VA 230 VAC secondary 15 to 100 amp A1 TRC Q0C 285 re 2
339. to control the Braking with field reversal function Type L2 Offline 0 binector B0000 1 binector B0001 G200 etc Signal change 0 1 Reversal of field direction causes braking When n lt n min is reached the original field direction is selected again The drive switches to state 07 2 P582 Source for selection of Field reversal SW 1 9 and later All binector numbers Ind 2 052 3 des 1 FS 0 P051 40 BS Selection of binector to control Field reversal function Type L2 off line 0 binector B0000 1 binector B0001 G200 etc Signal 0 Positive field direction is selected 80260 1 B0261 0 Signal 1 Negative field direction is selected B0260 0 B0261 1 P583 Source for actual speed signal for field reversal logic All connector Ind None P052 3 is SW 1 9 and later numbers FS 167 P051 40 1 Type L2 off line Selection of connector to be used as actual speed value for the field G200 reversal logic 0 binector B0000 1 binector B0001 etc 10 33 Input quantities for signals see also Section 8 Sheet G187 and G188 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD P590 Source for setpoint of nset nact signal 1 All connector Ind None P052 3 2 A numbers FS 174 P051 40 Setpoint actual value deviation signal 1 Type L2 Offline G187 Selection of connector to be injected as input quantity for the setpoint actual value deviation signal 0 connector K0000
340. tor that is interlocked through the enable function at regulator terminals 34 and 38 This circuit is brought out to CBT terminals 93 and 94 to allow an easy point to add an external enable contact if required A remote enable contact can be wired directly to terminals 34 and 38 of the regulator for Base Drive Panels rated 15 to 255 amps Siemens Energy amp Automation 7 23 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 5 7 24 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 8 Start Up 81 General safety information for start up Before handling any boards in particular the A7001 electronics board please make sure that your body is electrostatically discharged to protect electronic components against high voltages caused by electrostatic charges The simplest way of doing this is to touch a conductive grounded object e g bare metal cabinet component immediately beforehand PCBs must not be allowed to come into contact with highly insulating materials e g plastic foil insulating tabletops or clothing made of synthetic fibers PCBs may only be set down on electrically conducting surfaces WARNING Hazardous voltages and rotating parts fans are present in this electrical equipment during operation Non observance of the safety instructions can result in death severe personal injury or substantial property damage Hazardous voltage may be present at the signaling
341. tput terminals 20 and 21 200 0 to 199 99 Ind None P052 3 2116 Display of output value before normalization and offset r010 Display of status of binary inputs Ind None P052 3 2 Representation on operator panel PMU G110 T T lo Segment ON Corresponding terminal is activated HIGH level is applied Segment OFF Corresponding terminal is not activated LOW level is applied Segment or bit Terminal 36 Tx Terminal 37 switch on 2 502 Terminal 38 operating enable Terminal 39 as Terminal 40 Sates Terminal 41 Terminal 42 Terminal 43 8 uus Terminal 211 9 aua Terminal 212 10 22 Terminal 213 T1 ius Terminal 214 12 Safety shutdown E Stop is applied 1 13 15 not used 14 not used 15 5222 not used 1 The safety shutdown command is applied segment dark if terminal XS 105 is open switch operation see also Section 9 or terminal XS 107 Stop pushbutton is opened briefly and terminal XS 108 Reset pushbutton is not yet activated pushbutton operation see also Section 9 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 10 7 PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status r011 Display of status of binary outputs Ind None 52
342. transition speed for field weakening is set too high refer to P101 12 motor monitor has responded active in operating states of Il This monitoring function responds when an 121 value is reached which corresponds to the final temperature at 11096 of the rated motor armature current Possible fault causes Parameter P114 is incorrectly set Drive has been operating for too long at 11096 of rated motor armature current Overspeed active in operating states of I Il This fault message is activated if the actual speed value selected in P595 exceeds the positive P380 or negative P381 threshold by 0 596 Possible fault causes Lower current limit has been input Current controlled operation P512 P513 are set too low Tachometer cable contact fault in operation close to maximum speed 9 10 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error 141 power section monitor has responded active in operating states of I Il This monitoring function responds if the calculated 12 value of the power section reaches the permissible value for the power section concerned see also 075 Possible fault causes Drive has been operating at overload for too long Parameter P075 is incorrectly set Parame
343. tting Type See Change Access Status P082 G166 Operating mode for field 0 to 24 Ind None 12 13 14 21 22 23 24 1 5 2 No field Type 02 No field is used e g in the case of permanent field motors The field gating pulses are disabled Unlike all other cases the motor flux 0290 is not calculated according to the field characteristic P120 to P139 as a function of the actual field current 265 but set to the value for 100 rated flux Internal field power module The field is switched with the line contactor this setting must be selected if the mains supplies for the field and armature power sections are connected or disconnected simultaneously field gating pulses are enabled disabled at the same time as the line contactor is closed opened the field current decays with the field time constant Automatic injection of standstill field set in P257 after expiry of a time period set in P258 after converter has reached operating state 07 or higher Field ACTIVE continuously The field is switched with the Auxiliaries ON 80251 signal External field power module 40 00A field Board C98043 A7044 40A field power module is inserted at connector X102 on board C98043 A7002 or C98043 A7003 The field is controlled as described in para 1 As described in para 11 but the field is controlled as described in para 2 As described in para 11 but the field is co
344. tware of the basic unit with the parameters of an optional supplementary board T400 Depending on how parameter P052 is set only some parameter numbers are displayed Parameter types Display parameters r n d and c are used to display current quantities such as the main setpoint armature voltage feedback signals outputs of controller etc The values of display parameters are read only values and cannot be changed Setting parameters P U H L are used to both display and change parameter quantities such as the rated motor current thermal motor time constant speed controller P gain etc Indexed parameters P U H L are used to both display and change several parameter values which are all assigned to the same parameter number but identified by the index number Parameterization on simple operator control panel After the electronics supply voltage has been switched on the PMU is either in the operational display state and indicating the current operating status of the SIMOREG 6 70 e g 07 0 or in the fault alarm display state and indicating a fault or alarm e g F021 Drive operational states are described by parameter 000 whereas fault and alarm messages are described in the power module operating instructions in Section 10 1 To enter the parameter number level from the operational display state e g 07 0 press the P key and then the Up or Down key to select individual parameter numbers 2 T
345. uBiu NANO 0 10 09 9 lt gt eweoelejepejqeu3 ojeuiuue sng 8 0 pl lt 70097 9 98754 lt 20097 lt 20097 7 PIOM V lt 10093 gt Sigo S0 01 L0 C LSI INav 9 V 218 pues ejqeu3 2018 aalaridiliis NMOHS LON 38V SNOLLON Q 3 18V1IVAV 71 INVa9 Via 2018 YALSVIN 2d 02789 11 9 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Sheet 9 Data Exchange TB to PZD pseog Aejuawajddns oL 9L SL 9 vL SV L vl ZL V LL eV OL Tu 6 PIOM 8 60 2 80 9 S PION 40 90 Z PION L S0 vO 0 20 970 Lo GezU OL 804 WNC re0ed 1 lt f 0 0 ejqeu3 26 Md esuodsei ejdsiq
346. uit between an encoder cable and the supply voltage or another encoder cable P110 or P111 is incorrectly set resulting in incorrectly calculation of EMF Note When the speed encoder is operating correctly signal sequences which are characteristic of a faulty pulse encoder or disturbances on the pulse encoder cables may occur continuously at the input terminals e g continuous changes in rotational direction or short pulse intervals at about 0 speed e g as the result of slight oscillation around a bright dark transition on the speed encoder disk 3 2 For this reason fault F048 is not activated until the EMF gt 10 of 078 001 T Fault value Disturbances on encoder cables Defective pulse encoder 9 1 2 8 Start up faults 9 14 Optimization run not possible active in all operating states A fault has occurred during an optimization run NOTE The contents of r047 Index 002 to 016 can provide specialists with more detailed information about fault causes For this reason please read out and document all the indices associated with this fault and pass them on when you contact Siemens for help Fault value Armature current is too low when a 30 and EMF 0 average armature current lt 75 of lA motor or lt 75 of lA rated Possible cause e Armature circuit interrupted High resistance load e P150 Alpha G limit has been set to excessively high value It was not possible to determine the armature
347. ult message F029 when operating point of PTC thermistor is reached 3 Illegal setting P495 Brush length sensing Tripping of alarm or fault message 0102 Ind 4 P052 3 t 1 FS 0 P051 40 EE 0 No brush length sensing terminal 211 is not scanned Type O2 Offline 1 Binary brush length sensing terminal 211 is scanned Alarm A025 in response to 0 signal 6186 2 Binary brush length sensing terminal 211 is scanned Fault message F025 in response to 0 signal P496 Bearing condition Tripping of alarm or fault message 0102 Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 FDS 0 No bearing condition sensing terminal 212 is not scanned Type O2 Offline 1 Bearing condition sensing terminal 212 is scanned Alarm A026 in response to 1 signal G186 2 Bearing condition sensing terminal 212 is scanned Fault message F026 in response to 1 signal P497 Air flow Tripping of alarm or fault message 0102 Ind 4 P052 3 5 NE 1 FS 0 P051 40 BS 0 No air flow monitoring terminal 213 is not scanned Type O2 Offline 1 Air flow monitoring terminal 213 is scanned Alarm A027 in response to 0 signal G186 2 Air flow monitoring terminal 213 is scanned Fault message F027 in response to 0 signal P498 Temperature switch Tripping of alarm or fault message 0102 Ind 4 P052 3 5 0 051 40 FDS 0 No temperature switch connected terminal 214 is not scanned Type O2 Offline 1 Temperature switch connected terminal 214 is scanned Alarm A028
348. umbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r990 r992 List of modified parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r990 1993 List of modified parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r990 r994 List of modified parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r990 r995 List of modified parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r990 1996 List of modified parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r990 10 92 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status r997 List of modified parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 P052 3 Type 02 See r990 r998 List of modified parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 See r990 r999 List of modified parameter numbers continuation Ind 101 052 3 Type 02 Continuation of the list can be found under index 101 Please note R 2990 n990 See also r990 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation 10 93 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions NOTES 10 94 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 11 Simplified block diagrams Basic functions Page Sheet Legend iu Pie UEM oth e E o P e HEU LUN RR 11 2 Sh
349. urrent of less than 2mA is flowing Possible fault causes Open circuit in supply cable P710is incorrectly set Siemens Energy amp Automation 9 13 SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Fault in measuring channel for digital speed sensing using pulse encoder active in all operating states 1 Disturbances on encoder cables Faults on the encoder cables transitions to 0 with a 1 signal or to 1 with a 0 signal are signalled as a rotational direction change by the evaluation circuit Frequent changes in rotational direction can occur only at speeds around 0 The fault message is activated if 10 consecutive pulse encoder signal evaluations identify direction of rotation change at a speed of gt 48 rev min and an EMF gt threshold see below 2 Pulse encoder defective The fault message is activated if at an EMF gt threshold see below 10 consecutive pulse encoder signal evaluations identify implausible characteristics of these signals i e frequent rotational direction changes edges too close together failure of an encoder cable or short circuit between two encoder cables Possible fault causes EMC related interference on a pulse encoder signal terminals 28 to 31 Pulse encoder defective Interruption in an encoder cable Short circ
350. utdown has been input via terminal 105 or 107 010 4 Wait for receipt of a valid telegram on G SST1 only if telegram failure time monitoring is set with P787 z 0 010 5 Waiting for receipt of a valid telegram on G SST2 only if telegram failure time monitoring is set with P797 z 0 010 6 Waiting for receipt of a valid telegram on G SST3 only if telegram failure time monitoring is set with P807 0 011 Fault 011 0 Fxxx Fault message is displayed red LED lights up 012 Electronics initialization in progress 012 1 Basic converter electronics initialization in progress 012 2 Initialization of supplementary board in location 2 in progress 012 3 Initialization of supplementary board in location 3 in progress 012 9 Restructuring of parameters in non volatile storage after software update takes approx 15s 013 Software update in progress 013 0 Waiting for arrival of start command from HEXLOAD PC routine press the DOWN key to abort this status and start a RESET 013 1 Deletion of Flash EPROM in progress xxxxx Display of address currently being programmed 013 2 The Flash EPROM has been successfully programmed a RESET is performed automatically after approx 1 second 013 3 Programming of the Flash EPROM has failed press UP key to return to operating state 013 0 014 Loading of boot sector in progress this operation is performed only in factory 015 Electronics not connected to voltage Dark display Waiting for voltage at termin
351. utomation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 7 NONCANCELLATION Buyer may not cancel or terminate for convenience or direct suspension of manufacture except with Seller s written consent and then only upon terms that will compensate Seller for its engineering fabrication and purchasing charges and any other costs relating to such cancellation termination or uspension plus a reasonable amount for profit 8 NUCLEAR Buyer represents and warrants that the goods covered by this contract shall not be used in or in connection with a nuclear facility or application If Buyer is unable to make such representation and warranty then Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Seller and to waive and require its insurers to waive all right of recovery against Seller for any damage loss destruction injury or death resulting from a nuclear incident as that term is defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended whether or not due to Seller s negligence 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Neither Seller nor its suppliers shall be liable whether in contract warranty failure of a remedy to achieve its intended or essential purposes tort including negligence strict liability indemnity or any other legal theory for loss of use revenue or profit or for costs of capital or of substitute use or performance or for indirect special liquidated incidental or consequential damages or for any other loss or cost of a similar type
352. utomation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions CAUTION Electro statically sensitive devices The converter contains electro statically sensitive devices These can easily be destroyed if they are not handled correctly If however it is absolutely essential for you to work on electronic modules please pay careful attention to the following instructions e Electronic modules PCBs should not be touched unless work has to be carried out on them e Before touching a PCB the person carrying out the work must himself be electro statically discharged The simplest way of doing this is to touch an electrically conductive ground object e g socket outlet ground contact PCBs must not be allowed to come into contact with electrically insulating materials plastic foil insulating table tops or clothing made of synthetic fibers PCBs may only be set down or stored on electrically conducting surfaces When carrying out soldering jobs on PCBs make sure that the soldering tip has been grounded PCBs and electronic components should generally be packed in electrically conducting containers such as metallized plastic boxes or metal cans before being stored or shipped If the use of non conducting packing containers cannot be avoided PCBs must be wrapped in a conducting material before being put in them Examples of such materials include electrically conducting foam rubber or household aluminum foil For easy reference
353. ux field characteristic point no 3 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 11 0 P051 40 6165 0 1 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 P124 Field current for 20 motor flux field characteristic point no 4 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 14 7 P051 40 G165 0 1 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 P125 Field current for 25 motor flux field characteristic point no 5 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 18 4 P051 40 G165 0 1 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 P126 Field current for 30 motor flux field characteristic point no 6 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 22 0 P051 40 G165 0 196 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 P127 Field current for 35 motor flux field characteristic point no 7 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 25 7 P051 40 G165 0 1 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 P128 Field current for 40 motor flux field characteristic point no 8 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 29 4 P051 40 G165 0 196 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 P129 Field current for 45 motor flux field characteristic point no 9 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 33 1 P051 40 G165 0 1 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 P130 Field current for 50 motor flux field characteristic point no 10 0 0 to 100 0 Ind 4 052 3 FDS of P102 FS 36 8 P051 40 G165 0 196 of P102 Type O2 Offline G166 10 24 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG D
354. ve Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error Current limit is too low With speed controller optimization run Less than 30 or 45 of P100 lA motor the armature current required for zero speed With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation Less than 20 of P100 lA motor the armature current required for a steady state speed corresponding to 10 of maximum speed Field weakening range is too wide lt 7 Nmax produces EMF gt 54 setpoint setpoint EMF K289 P101 P100 P110 Possible cause e Maximum speed setting is incorrect Pulse encoder parameters are incorrect P140 to P143 Parameters for tachometer adaptation are incorrect P741 Setpoint EMF is not correct P101 P100 P110 Caution Even a high absolute negative actual speed value can produce an of gt 5496 setpoint With speed controller optimization run With an acceleration current equaling 2076 or 30 of P100 lA motor armature current required for zero speed or With optimization run for friction moment and moment of inertia compensation With an acceleration current equaling the current required to achieve a steady state speed of 10 of maximum speed 20 of P100 lA motor the maximum speed cannot be reached within 45s 7 Possible cause e Centri
355. ve checked that the contents of this publication agree with the hardware and software described herein Nonetheless differences might exist and therefore we cannot guarantee that they are completely identical The information given in this publication is reviewed at regular intervals and any corrections that might be necessary are made in the subsequent printings Suggestions for improvement are welcome at all times SIMOREG is a registered trademark of Siemens Siemens Energy amp Automation 2006 All rights reserved 0 Contents 1 Safety information 2 Introduction 2 1 Base Drive Panel Description 2 2 General Information 2 3 Rated DC Current 2 4 Card Rack Assembly 3 Parts and Service 3 1 Base Drive Panel model numbers 3 2 Service 3 3 Option part numbers 3 4 Spare Parts 3 5 Standard Terms amp Conditions 4 Receiving and Unpacking 5 Technical Data 5 1 15 to 100 ADC Base Drive Panels 5 2 140 to 850 ADC Base Drive Panels 5 3 1180 to 1680 ADC Base Drive Panels 5 4 Applicable Standards 6 Installation and Dimensions 6 1 Installation Information 6 2 Base Drive Panel Outlines 7 Base Drive Panel Connections 7 1 Base Drive Panel Schematics 7 2 Control Connections CUD1 7 3 Control Connections CUD2 7 4 Description of Power Control Terminals Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Page 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 2 3 4 3 10 4 1 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 5 6 2
356. within the restart time set in 086 the fault message F008 is activated As long as the line frequency is below the value set here the drive is kept in operating state 04 or 05 values lt 45 0 Hz can be set in SW 1 9 and later CAUTION Operation in the extended frequency range between 23 Hz and 110 Hz is available on request P364 Threshold for the maximum line frequency SW 1 8 and later 50 0 to 110 0 Ind 4 P052 3 Hz FS 65 0 P051 40 FDS If the line frequency rises above the value set here and does not fall below it 9 4 Hz Type 02 on line again within the restart time set in 086 the fault message F009 is activated As long as the line frequency is above the value set here the drive is kept in operating state 04 or 05 CAUTION Operation in the extended frequency range between 23 Hz and 110 Hz is available on request 10 18 Setting values for limit value monitors see also Section 8 Sheet 6187 G188 of Operating Instructions 6RX1700 0AD signal Speed threshold nmin Speed threshold for n lt nmin limit value monitor Note This threshold also affects the sequence of control operations for Shutdown Fast stop cancellation of the Inching or Crawling command the Braking with field reversal function and the brake control operation see Section 9 0 00 to 199 99 76 0 0196 of maximum speed P371 Hysteresis for n Nmin si
357. x 001 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index 002 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index 003 is in the state log 1 the binector wired via parameter U103 Index 004 is the state log 1 9 1 2 7 Drive faults Drive is blocked active in operating states of I Il This monitoring function responds if the following conditions are fulfilled for longer than the period set in parameter P355 Positive or negative torque or armature current limit The armature current is higher than 1 of the converter rated armature DC current The actual speed is less than 0 4 of maximum speed Possible fault causes Drive is blocked No armature current is flowing active in operating states of Il This monitoring function responds if the armature firing angle is at the rectifier stability limit for more than 500 ms and the armature current is less than 196 of the converter rated armature DC current Possible fault causes Armature circuit is open e g DC fuses have blown open circuit etc Rectifier stability limit P150 is incorrectly set Drive is operating at ag limit e g due to supplyundervoltage EMF is too high because maximum speed setting is too high refer to P083 P115 P143 P741 EMF is too high because field weakening is not selected refer to P082 EMF is too high because field current is set too high refer to P102 EMF is too high because
358. y amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions 7 Base Drive Panel Connections WARNING Base Drive Panels are operated at high voltages Disconnect the power supply before making any connections Only qualified personnel who are thoroughly familiar with all safety notices contained in the operating instructions as well as erection installation operating and maintenance instructions should be allowed to work on these devices Non observance of the safety instructions can result in death severe personal injury or substantial property damage Failure to make the correct connections may result in irreparable damage to the unit Voltage may be present at the power and control terminals even when the motor is stopped The snubber capacitors may still carry a hazardous voltage for up to 2 minutes after disconnection For this reason wait for at least 2 minutes before opening the converter When working on the open converter remember that live parts are exposed The unit must always be operated with the standard front covers in place The user is responsible for ensuring that the motor SIMOREG Base Drive Panel and other devices are installed and connected up in accordance with the approved codes of practice of the country concerned and any other regional or local codes that may apply Special attention must be paid to proper conductor sizing fusing grounding isolation and disconnection measures and to overcur
359. y of connector selected in P044 02 i003 Display of connector selected in P044 03 i004 Display of connector selected in P044 04 i005 Display of connector selected in P044 05 i006 Display of connector selected in P044 06 1007 Display of connector selected in 44 07 200 0 to 199 9 0 1 Ind 7 P052 3 Type 12 044 0121 Connector display i001 Selection of connector displayed in r043 01 i002 Selection of connector displayed in r043 02 i003 Selection of connector displayed in r043 03 i004 Selection of connector displayed in r043 04 i005 Selection of connector displayed in r043 05 i006 Selection of connector displayed in r043 06 i007 Selection of connector displayed in r043 07 All connector numbers 1 Ind 7 P052 3 FS 0 P051 40 Type L2 Online r045 G121 Binector display i001 Display of binector selected in P046 01 i002 Display of binector selected in P046 02 i003 Display of binector selected in 46 03 i004 Display of binector selected in P046 04 0 to 1 Ind 4 052 3 02 10 10 SIEMENS Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions PNU Description Value range No indices See Unit Factory Change Steps setting Access Type Status P046 Binector display All binector numbers Ind 4 P052 3 1 FS 0 P051 40 i001 Selection of binector displayed in 1045 01 Typ
360. y voltage is incorrectly set P140 The field polarity is not reversed by the external hardware when the field is reversed Fault value r047 Index 002 to 016 1 Open circuit in tachometer or pulse encoder cable i002 Actual speed value 0179 in case of fault 2 Polarity of tachometer or pulse encoder is incorrect i003 Actual EMF value K0287 in case of fault 9 12 Siemens Energy amp Automation SIMOREG DC Master Base Drive Panel Operating Instructions Description Cause as a function of fault value Further information r047 002 to r047 016 r047 001 r949 001 or r949 009 with acknowledged error EMF too high for braking operation active in operating states of I Il This fault message is activated if the following 5 conditions are fulfilled when a torque direction reversal is requested selection of MI or MII 272 0 fault message is parameterized and not alarm field weakening A parameterized additional torque free interval P160 0 has expired Parallel drive is ready for engagement of the new torque direction The absolute value of the armature current K0118 requested the new torque direction is 20 596 of P072 The calculated firing angle K0101 for the armature current requested for the new torque direction is gt 165 degrees Possible fault causes speed dependent field weakening 081 0 is parameterized even though operation in the field weakening range is needed

Bunn 3 Coffeemaker User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents